TABLE OF CONTENTS
MASSMUTUAL PREMIER FUNDS
1295 STATE STREET
SPRINGFIELD, MASSACHUSETTS 01111-0001
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (“SAI”) IS NOT A PROSPECTUS. IT SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PROSPECTUS OF MASSMUTUAL PREMIER FUNDS (THE “TRUST”) DATED FEBRUARY 1, 2023, AS AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “PROSPECTUS”). THIS SAI INCORPORATES HEREIN THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE FUNDS BY REFERENCE TO THE TRUST’S ANNUAL REPORT AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2022 (THE “ANNUAL REPORT”). TO OBTAIN A PROSPECTUS OR AN ANNUAL REPORT, CALL TOLL-FREE 1-888-309-3539, OR WRITE THE TRUST AT THE ABOVE ADDRESS.
This SAI relates to the following Funds:
Fund Name
Class I
Class R5
Service
Class
Administrative
Class
Class R4
Class A
Class R3
Class Y
MassMutual U.S.
Government Money Market Fund
MKSXX
MassMutual Inflation-
Protected and Income Fund
MIPZX MIPSX MIPYX MIPLX MIPRX MPSAX MIPNX MMODX
MassMutual Core Bond
Fund
MCZZX MCBDX MCBYX MCBLX MCZRX MMCBX MCBNX MMNWX
MassMutual Diversified
Bond Fund
MDBZX MDBSX MDBYX MDBLX MDBFX MDVAX MDBNX MMOBX
MassMutual Balanced Fund
MBBIX MBLDX MBAYX MMBLX MBBRX MMBDX MMBRX MMNVX
MassMutual Disciplined
Value Fund
MPIVX MEPSX DENVX MPILX MPIRX MEPAX MPINX MMOAX
MassMutual Main Street
Fund
MSZIX MMSSX MMSYX MMSLX MSSRX MSSAX MMSNX MMOFX
MassMutual Disciplined
Growth Fund
MPDIX MPGSX DEIGX MPGLX MPDGX MPGAX MPDRX MMNYX
MassMutual Small Cap
Opportunities Fund
MSOOX MSCDX MSVYX MSCLX MOORX DLBMX MCCRX MMOGX
MassMutual Global Fund MGFZX MGFSX MGFYX MGFLX MGFRX MGFAX MGFNX MMOCX
MassMutual International
Equity Fund
MIZIX MIEDX MYIEX MIELX MEIRX MMIAX MEERX MMOEX
MassMutual Strategic
Emerging Markets Fund
MPZSX MPSMX MPEYX MPLSX MPRSX MPASX MPZRX MMOHX
No dealer, salesman or any other person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations, other than those contained in this SAI or in the related Prospectus, in connection with the offer contained herein, and, if given or made, such other information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Trust or MML Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”). This SAI and the related Prospectus do not constitute an offer by the Trust or by the Distributor to sell or a solicitation of any offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer in such jurisdiction.
Dated February 1, 2023
As Revised on February 7, 2023
B-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
B-3
B-3
B-47
B-49
B-50
B-61
B-76
B-83
B-83
B-84
B-85
B-85
B-85
B-85
B-89
B-90
B-91
B-92
B-94
B-104
B-105
B-109
B-148
B-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION
MassMutual Premier Funds (the “Trust”) is a professionally managed, open-end investment company. This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) describes the following 11 diversified series of the Trust: (1) MassMutual U.S. Government Money Market Fund (“U.S. Government Money Market Fund”), (2) MassMutual Inflation-Protected and Income Fund (“Inflation-Protected and Income Fund”), (3) MassMutual Core Bond Fund (“Core Bond Fund”), (4) MassMutual Diversified Bond Fund (“Diversified Bond Fund”), (5) MassMutual Balanced Fund (“Balanced Fund”), (6) MassMutual Disciplined Value Fund (“Disciplined Value Fund”), (7) MassMutual Main Street Fund (“Main Street Fund”), (8) MassMutual Small Cap Opportunities Fund (“Small Cap Opportunities Fund”), (9) MassMutual Global Fund (“Global Fund”), (10) MassMutual International Equity Fund (“International Equity Fund”), and (11) MassMutual Strategic Emerging Markets Fund (“Strategic Emerging Markets Fund”); and one non-diversified series of the Trust: MassMutual Disciplined Growth Fund (“Disciplined Growth Fund”) (each individually referred to as a “Fund” or collectively as the “Funds”). Currently, the Trustees have authorized a total of 14 separate series. Additional series may be created by the Trustees from time-to-time.
The Trust is organized under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts as a Massachusetts business trust pursuant to an Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated August 1, 1994, as amended and restated as of November 21, 2011, as it may be further amended from time to time (the “Declaration of Trust”). The investment adviser for each of the Funds is MML Investment Advisers, LLC (“MML Advisers”). The subadviser for the U.S. Government Money Market Fund, Inflation-Protected and Income Fund, Core Bond Fund, and Diversified Bond Fund is Barings LLC (“Barings”). Barings is an indirect subsidiary of Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company (“MassMutual”). In addition, Baring International Investment Limited (“BIIL”) serves as a sub-subadviser for the Inflation-Protected and Income Fund, Core Bond Fund, and Diversified Bond Fund. The subadviser for the Balanced Fund, Main Street Fund, Small Cap Opportunities Fund, Global Fund, and Strategic Emerging Markets Fund is Invesco Advisers, Inc. (“Invesco Advisers”). In addition, Invesco Capital Management LLC (“ICM”) serves as sub-subadviser for the Balanced Fund. The subadviser for the Disciplined Value Fund and Disciplined Growth Fund is Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”). The subadvisers for the International Equity Fund are Wellington Management and Thompson, Siegel & Walmsley LLC (“TSW”). MML Advisers, Barings, BIIL, ICM, Invesco Advisers, TSW, and Wellington Management are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) as investment advisers. References in this SAI to a Fund’s subadviser may include any sub-subadvisers as applicable.
ADDITIONAL INVESTMENT POLICIES
Each Fund has a distinct investment objective which it pursues through separate investment policies, as described in the Prospectus and below. The fundamental investment policies and fundamental investment restrictions of a Fund may not be changed without the vote of a majority of that Fund’s outstanding voting securities (which, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) and the rules thereunder and as used in this SAI and in the Prospectus, means the lesser of (l) 67% of the shares of that Fund present at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of that Fund are present in person or by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of that Fund). The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) may adopt new or amend or delete existing non-fundamental investment policies and restrictions without shareholder approval. There is no guarantee that any Fund will achieve its investment objective.
Unless otherwise specified, each Fund may engage in the investment practices and techniques described below to the extent consistent with such Fund’s investment objective and fundamental investment restrictions. Not all Funds necessarily will utilize all or any of these practices and techniques at any one time or at all. Investment policies and restrictions described below are non-fundamental and may be changed by the Trustees without shareholder approval, unless otherwise noted. For a description of the ratings of corporate debt securities and money market instruments in which the various Funds may invest, reference should be made to Appendix A.
U.S. Government Money Market Fund
For so long as the U.S. Government Money Market Fund values its portfolio instruments on the basis of amortized cost (see “Valuation of Portfolio Securities”), its investments are subject to portfolio maturity, portfolio quality, and portfolio diversification requirements imposed by Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act. The U.S. Government Money Market Fund must maintain a dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity of 60 days or less, generally must purchase instruments having remaining maturities of thirteen months (generally 397 days) or less, and must invest only in United States dollar-denominated securities determined to be of high quality with minimal credit risks.
The high quality debt instruments in which the U.S. Government Money Market Fund invests may not offer as high a yield as may be achieved from lower quality instruments having less safety. An investment in the U.S. Government Money
B-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Market Fund is not without risk. If the U.S. Government Money Market Fund disposes of an obligation prior to maturity, it may realize a loss or gain. An increase in interest rates will generally reduce the value of portfolio investments. In addition, investments are subject to the ability of the issuer to make payment at maturity. The U.S. Government Money Market Fund will reassess whether a particular security presents minimal credit risks in certain circumstances.
Certain money market instruments are available only in relatively large denominations, and others may carry higher yields if purchased in relatively large denominations. Also, the Fund’s investment adviser and subadviser believe that an institutional purchaser of money market instruments who can invest relatively large sums on a regular basis may have investment opportunities that are not available to those who invest smaller sums less frequently. Certain of the U.S. Government Money Market Fund’s investment restrictions limit the percentage of the Fund’s assets that may be invested in certain industries or in securities of any issuer. Accordingly, if the Fund has relatively small net assets and net cash flow from sales and redemptions of shares, the Fund may be unable to invest in money market instruments paying the highest yield available at a particular time.
Balanced Fund
Disclaimer. The “Invesco US Large Cap Total Balanced Multi-Factor ESG Index” and “Invesco Indexing” are the property of Invesco Indexing LLC and have been licensed for use by ICM.
The shares (“Shares”) of the Balanced Fund (the “Product”) are not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Invesco Indexing LLC (“Licensor”). Licensor makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of the Shares or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the Shares particularly or the ability of the Invesco US Large Cap Total Balanced Multi-Factor ESG Index to track general stock market performance. Licensor is an affiliate of ICM and Invesco Advisers and its relationship to ICM and Invesco Advisers includes the licensing of certain trademarks and trade names of Licensor and of the Invesco US Large Cap Total Balanced Multi-Factor ESG Index which is determined, composed and calculated by Licensor without regard to ICM, Invesco Advisers, the Product or the Shares. Licensor has no obligation to take the needs of the Licensee or the owners of the Shares into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the Invesco US Large Cap Total Balanced Multi-Factor ESG Index. Licensor is not responsible for and has not participated in any determination or calculation made with respect to issuance or redemption of the Shares. Licensor has no obligation or liability in connection with the administration, marketing or trading of the Shares.
Licensor does not guarantee the accuracy and/or the completeness of the Invesco US Large Cap Total Balanced Multi-Factor ESG Index and/or any data included therein. Licensor makes no warranty, express or implied, as to results to be obtained by ICM, Invesco Advisers, the Product or any owner of the Shares, or any other person or entity from the use of the Invesco US Large Cap Total Balanced Multi-Factor ESG Index or any data included therein in connection with the rights licensed hereunder or for any other use.
Licensor makes no express or implied warranties, and hereby expressly disclaims all warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose with respect to the Invesco US Large Cap Total Balanced Multi-Factor ESG Index or any data included therein. Without limiting any of the foregoing, in no event shall Licensor have any liability for any special, punitive, indirect, or consequential damages (including lost profits), even if notified of the possibility of such damages.
Asset-Based Securities
A Fund may invest in debt, preferred, or convertible securities, the principal amount, redemption terms, or conversion terms of which are related to the market price of some natural resource asset such as gold bullion. These securities are referred to as “asset-based securities.” If an asset-based security is backed by a bank letter of credit or other similar facility, the investment adviser or subadviser may take such backing into account in determining the creditworthiness of the issuer. While the market prices for an asset-based security and the related natural resource asset generally are expected to move in the same direction, there may not be perfect correlation in the two price movements. Asset-based securities may not be secured by a security interest in or claim on the underlying natural resource asset. The asset-based securities in which a Fund may invest may bear interest or pay preferred dividends at below market (or even relatively nominal) rates. Certain asset-based securities may be payable at maturity in cash at the stated principal amount or, at the option of the holder, directly in a stated amount of the asset to which it is related. In such instance, because no Fund presently intends to invest directly in natural resource assets, a Fund would sell the asset-based security in the secondary market, to the extent one exists, prior to maturity if the value of the stated amount of the asset exceeds the stated principal amount and thereby realize the appreciation in the underlying asset. Certain restrictions imposed on the Funds by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), may limit the Funds’ ability to invest in certain natural resource-based securities.
B-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Precious Metal-Related Securities.   A Fund may invest in the equity securities of companies that explore for, extract, process, or deal in precious metals (e.g., gold, silver, and platinum), and in asset-based securities indexed to the value of such metals. Such securities may be purchased when they are believed to be attractively priced in relation to the value of a company’s precious metal-related assets or when the values of precious metals are expected to benefit from inflationary pressure or other economic, political, or financial uncertainty or instability. Based on historical experience, during periods of economic or financial instability the securities of companies involved in precious metals may be subject to extreme price fluctuations, reflecting the high volatility of precious metal prices during such periods. In addition, the instability of precious metal prices may result in volatile earnings of precious metal-related companies, which may, in turn, adversely affect the financial condition of such companies.
The major producers of gold include the Republic of South Africa, Russia, Canada, the United States, Brazil, and Australia. Sales of gold by Russia are largely unpredictable and often relate to political and economic considerations rather than to market forces. Economic, financial, social, and political factors within South Africa may significantly affect South African gold production.
Bank Capital Securities
A Fund may invest in bank capital securities. Bank capital securities are issued by banks to help fulfill their regulatory capital requirements. Many bank capital securities are commonly thought of as hybrids of debt and preferred stock. Some bank capital securities are perpetual (with no maturity date), callable, and have a cumulative interest deferral feature. This means that under certain conditions, the issuer bank can withhold payment of interest until a later date, likely increasing the credit and interest rate risks of an investment in those securities. Investments in bank capital securities are subject to the risks of other debt investments, such as default and non-payment, as well as certain other risks, such as the risk that bank regulators may force the bank to dissolve, merge, restructure its capitalization, or take other actions intended to prevent its failure or ensure its orderly resolution. Bank regulators in certain jurisdictions have broad authorities they may use to prevent the failure of banking institutions or to stabilize the banking industry, all of which may adversely affect the values of investments in bank capital securities and other bank obligations, including those of other banks.
Bank Loans
A Fund may invest in bank loans including, for example, corporate loans, loan participations, direct debt, bank debt, and bridge debt. A Fund may invest in a loan by lending money to a borrower directly as part of a syndicate of lenders. In a syndicated loan, the agent that originated and structured the loan typically administers and enforces the loan on behalf of the syndicate. In such cases, the agent is normally responsible for the collection of principal and interest payments from the borrower and the apportionment of these payments to the credit of all institutions that are parties to the loan agreement. A Fund will generally rely on the agent to receive and forward to the Fund its portion of the principal and interest payments on the loan. Failure by the agent to fulfill its obligations may delay or adversely affect receipt of payment by a Fund.
A Fund may invest in loans through novations, assignments, and participation interests. In a novation, a Fund typically assumes all of the rights of a lending institution in a loan, including the right to receive payments of principal and interest and other amounts directly from the borrower and to enforce its rights as a lender directly against the borrower. When a Fund takes an assignment of a loan, the Fund acquires some or all of the interest of another lender (or assignee) in the loan. In such cases, the Fund may be required generally to rely upon the assignor to demand payment and enforce rights under the loan. (There may be one or more assignors prior in time to the Fund.) If a Fund acquires a participation in the loan made by a third party loan investor, the Fund typically will have a contractual relationship only with the loan investor, not with the borrower. As a result, a Fund may have the right to receive payments of principal, interest, and any fees to which it is entitled only from the loan investor selling the participation and only upon receipt by such loan investor of such payments from the borrower. In connection with participations, a Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement, nor any rights with respect to any funds acquired by other loan investors through set-off against the borrower, and the Fund may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, a Fund assumes the credit risk of both the borrower and the loan investor selling the participation. In the event of the insolvency of the loan investor selling a participation, a Fund may be treated as a general creditor of such loan investor. In addition, because loan participations are not generally rated by independent credit rating agencies, a decision by a Fund to invest in a particular loan participation will depend almost exclusively on its investment adviser’s or subadviser’s credit analysis of the borrower.
Loans in which a Fund may invest are subject generally to the same risks as debt securities in which the Fund may invest. In addition, loans in which a Fund may invest, including bridge loans, are generally made to finance internal growth, mergers, acquisitions, stock repurchases, leveraged buy-outs, and other corporate activities, including bridge loans. A
B-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
significant portion of the loans purchased by a Fund may represent interests in loans made to finance highly leveraged corporate acquisitions, known as “leveraged buy-out” transactions, leveraged recapitalization loans, and other types of acquisition financing. The highly leveraged capital structure of the borrowers in such transactions may make such loans especially vulnerable to adverse changes in economic or market conditions.
Loans generally are subject to restrictions on transfer, and only limited opportunities may exist to sell loans in secondary markets. In some cases, negotiations involved in disposing of indebtedness may require weeks to complete. As a result, a Fund may be unable to sell loans at a time when it may otherwise be desirable to do so or may be able to sell them only at a price that is less than their fair market value. The settlement time for certain loans is longer than the settlement time for many other types of investments, and a Fund may not receive the payment for a loan sold by it until well after the sale; that cash would be unavailable for payment of redemption proceeds or for reinvestment.
Certain of the loans acquired by a Fund may involve revolving credit facilities under which a borrower may from time to time borrow and repay amounts up to the maximum amount of the facility. In such cases, the Fund would have an obligation to advance its portion of such additional borrowings upon the terms specified in the loan participation. A Fund may be required to fund such advances at times and in circumstances where the Fund might not otherwise choose to make a loan to the borrower.
The value of collateral, if any, securing a loan can decline, or may be insufficient to meet the borrower’s obligations or difficult to liquidate, or a Fund may be prevented or delayed from realizing the collateral. In addition, a Fund’s access to collateral may be limited by bankruptcy or other insolvency laws. If a secured loan is foreclosed, a Fund could become part owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral. A bankruptcy or restructuring can result in the loan being converted to an equity ownership interest in the borrower. In addition, under legal theories of lender liability, a Fund potentially might be held liable as a co-lender.
Loans may not be considered “securities,” and a Fund that purchases a loan may not be entitled to rely on anti-fraud and other protections under the federal securities laws.
Below Investment Grade Debt Securities
A Fund may purchase below investment grade debt securities, sometimes referred to as “junk” or “high yield” bonds. The lower ratings of certain securities held by a Fund reflect a greater possibility that adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuer, or in general economic conditions, or both, or an unanticipated rise in interest rates, may impair the ability of the issuer to make payments of interest and principal. The inability (or perceived inability) of issuers to make timely payment of interest and principal would likely make the values of securities held by the Fund more volatile and could limit the Fund’s ability to sell its securities at prices approximating the values a Fund had placed on such securities. In the absence of a liquid trading market for securities held by it, the Fund may be unable at times to establish the fair market value of such securities. The rating assigned to a security by S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”) or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) does not reflect an assessment of the volatility of the security’s market value or of the liquidity of an investment in the security. (The term “below investment grade debt securities” includes securities that are not rated but are considered by a Fund’s investment adviser or subadviser to be of comparable quality to other below investment grade debt securities.)
Like those of other fixed income securities, the values of below investment grade debt securities fluctuate in response to changes in interest rates. Thus, a decrease in interest rates generally will result in an increase in the value of a Fund’s fixed income securities. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, the value of a Fund’s fixed income securities generally will decline. In addition, the values of such securities are also affected by changes in general economic conditions and business conditions, which are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make principal and interest payments than in the case of higher grade securities. Changes by recognized rating services in their ratings of any fixed income security and in the ability of an issuer to make payments of interest and principal may also affect the value of these investments. Changes in the values of portfolio securities generally will not affect cash income derived from such securities, but will affect the Fund’s net asset value (“NAV”).
Issuers of below investment grade debt securities are often highly leveraged, so their ability to service their debt obligations during an economic downturn or during sustained periods of rising interest rates may be impaired. In the past, economic downturns or increases in interest rates have, under certain circumstances, resulted in a higher incidence of default by the issuers of these instruments and are likely to do so in the future, especially in the case of highly leveraged issuers. In addition, such issuers may not have more traditional methods of financing available to them, and may be unable to repay debt at maturity by refinancing. The risk of loss due to default in payment of interest or principal by such issuers is significantly greater because such securities frequently are unsecured and subordinated to the prior payment of senior
B-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS
indebtedness. Certain of the below investment grade debt securities in which a Fund may invest are issued to raise funds in connection with the acquisition of a company, in so-called “leveraged buy-out” transactions. The highly leveraged capital structure of such issuers may make them especially vulnerable to adverse changes in economic conditions.
Under adverse market or economic conditions or in the event of adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuer, a Fund could find it more difficult to sell below investment grade debt securities when the Fund’s investment adviser or subadviser believes it advisable to do so or may be able to sell such securities only at prices lower than might otherwise be available. Consolidation in the financial services industry has resulted in there being fewer market makers for high yield bonds, which may result in further risk of illiquidity and volatility with respect to high yield bonds held by a Fund, and this trend may continue in the future. Furthermore, high yield bonds held by a Fund may not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and, unless so registered, a Fund will not be able to sell such high yield bonds except pursuant to an exemption from registration under the 1933 Act. This may further limit the Fund’s ability to sell high yield debt securities or to obtain the desired price for such securities. In many cases, below investment grade debt securities may be purchased in private placements and, accordingly, will be subject to restrictions on resale as a matter of contract or under securities laws. Under such circumstances, it may also be more difficult to determine the fair values of such securities for purposes of computing a Fund’s NAV. In order to enforce its rights in the event of a default by an issuer of below investment grade debt securities, a Fund may be required to take possession of and manage assets securing the issuer’s obligations on such securities, which may increase the Fund’s operating expenses and adversely affect the Fund’s NAV. A Fund may also be limited in its ability to enforce its rights and may incur greater costs in enforcing its rights in the event an issuer becomes the subject of bankruptcy proceedings. In addition, the Funds’ intention or ability to qualify as “regulated investment companies” under the Code may limit the extent to which a Fund may exercise its rights by taking possession of such assets.
Certain securities held by a Fund may permit the issuer at its option to “call,” or redeem, its securities. If an issuer were to redeem securities held by a Fund during a time of declining interest rates, the Fund may not be able to reinvest the proceeds in securities providing the same investment return as the securities redeemed.
The prices for below investment grade debt securities may be affected by legislative and regulatory developments. Below investment grade debt securities may also be subject to certain risks not typically associated with “investment grade” securities, such as the following: (i) reliable and objective information about the value of below investment grade debt securities may be difficult to obtain because the market for such securities may be thinner and less active than that for investment grade obligations; (ii) adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of lower than investment grade obligations, and, in turn, adversely affect their market; (iii) companies that issue below investment grade debt securities may be in the growth stage of their development, or may be financially troubled or highly leveraged, so they may not have more traditional methods of financing available to them; (iv) when other institutional investors dispose of their holdings of below investment grade debt securities, the general market and the prices for such securities could be adversely affected; and (v) the market for below investment grade debt securities could be impaired if legislative proposals to limit their use in connection with corporate reorganizations or to limit their tax and other advantages are enacted.
Borrowings
A Fund is required at all times to maintain its assets at a level at least three times the amount of all of its borrowings (the “300% asset coverage test”). Any borrowings that come to exceed the 300% asset coverage requirement will be reduced within three days (not including Sundays and holidays) to the extent necessary to comply with this requirement.
Cash and Short-Term Debt Securities
Money Market Instruments Generally.   The Funds may invest in money market securities, including money market funds. Money market securities are high-quality, short-term debt instruments that may be issued by the U.S. Government, corporations, banks, or other entities. They may have fixed, variable, or floating interest rates. Some money market securities in which the Funds may invest are described below. During the 2008 global financial downturn and the market volatility caused by the coronavirus outbreak beginning in March 2020, many money market instruments that were thought to be highly liquid became illiquid and lost value. The U.S. Government and the Federal Reserve System, as well as certain foreign governments and central banks, have taken extraordinary actions with respect to the financial markets generally and money market instruments in particular. While these actions have stabilized the markets for these instruments, there can be no assurances that those actions will continue or continue to be effective. If a Fund’s money market instruments become
B-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS
illiquid, the Fund may be unable to satisfy certain of its obligations or may only be able to do so by selling other securities at prices or times that may be disadvantageous to do so.
Bank Obligations.   The Funds may invest in bank obligations, including certificates of deposit, time deposits, bankers’ acceptances, and other short-term obligations of domestic banks, foreign subsidiaries of domestic banks, foreign branches of domestic banks, and domestic and foreign branches of foreign banks, domestic savings and loan associations, and other banking institutions.
Certificates of deposit (“CDs”) are negotiable certificates evidencing the obligations of a bank to repay funds deposited with it for a specified period of time. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a stated interest rate. Time deposits which may be held by the Funds will not benefit from insurance from the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association Insurance Fund administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Bankers’ acceptances are credit instruments evidencing the obligation of a bank to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and the drawer to pay the face amount of the instrument upon maturity. The other short-term obligations may include uninsured, direct obligations, bearing fixed, floating, or variable interest rates.
The Funds may invest in certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances of U.S. banks and savings and loan associations, London branches of U.S. banks, and U.S. branches of foreign banks. Obligations of foreign banks and of foreign branches of U.S. banks may be affected by foreign governmental action, including imposition of currency controls, interest limitations, withholding or other taxes, seizure of assets, or the declaration of a moratorium or restriction on payments of principal or interest. Foreign banks and foreign branches of U.S. banks may provide less public information than, and may not be subject to the same accounting, auditing, and financial recordkeeping standards as, domestic banks.
Cash, Short-Term Instruments, and Temporary Investments.   The Funds may hold a significant portion of their assets in cash or cash equivalents at the sole discretion of the Fund’s investment adviser or subadviser. The Funds’ investment adviser or subadvisers will determine the amount of the Funds’ assets to be held in cash or cash equivalents at their sole discretion, based on such factors as they may consider appropriate under the circumstances. The Funds may hold a portion of their assets in cash, for example, in order to provide for expenses or anticipated redemption payments or for temporary defensive purposes. The Funds may also hold a portion of their assets in cash as part of the Funds’ investment programs or asset allocation strategies, in amounts considered appropriate by the Funds’ investment adviser or subadvisers. To the extent the Funds hold assets in cash and otherwise uninvested, its investment returns may be adversely affected and the Funds may not achieve their respective investment objectives. The Funds may invest in high quality money market instruments. The instruments in which the Funds may invest include, without limitation: (i) short-term obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities (including government-sponsored enterprises); (ii) CDs, bankers’ acceptances, fixed time deposits, and other obligations of domestic banks (including foreign branches); (iii) non-convertible corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures) with remaining maturities at the date of purchase of not more than one year; (iv) repurchase agreements; and (v) short-term obligations of foreign banks (including U.S. branches).
Commercial Paper and Short-Term Corporate Debt Instruments.   The Funds may invest in commercial paper (including variable amount master demand notes) consisting of short-term, unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper is usually sold on a discount basis and, other than asset-backed commercial paper, usually has a maturity at the time of issuance not exceeding nine months. Variable amount master demand notes are demand obligations that permit the investment of fluctuating amounts at varying market rates of interest pursuant to arrangements between the issuer and a commercial bank acting as agent for the payee of such notes whereby both parties have the right to vary the amount of the outstanding indebtedness on the notes. The investment adviser or subadvisers monitor on an ongoing basis the ability of an issuer of a demand instrument to pay principal and interest on demand. The Funds also may invest in non-convertible corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures) with not more than one year remaining to maturity at the date of settlement.
Letters of Credit.   Certain of the debt obligations (including municipal securities, certificates of participation, commercial paper, and other short-term obligations) which the Funds may purchase may be backed by an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit of a bank, savings and loan association, or insurance company which assumes the obligation for payment of principal and interest in the event of default by the issuer.
Commodities
A Fund may invest directly or indirectly in commodities (such as precious metals or natural gas). Commodity prices can be more volatile than prices of other types of investments and can be affected by a wide range of factors, including
B-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS
changes in overall market movements, speculative investors, real or perceived inflationary trends, commodity index volatility, changes in interest rates or currency exchange rates, population growth and changing demographics, nationalization, expropriation, or other confiscation, changes in the costs of discovering, developing, refining, transporting, and storing commodities, the success of commodity exploration projects, temporary or long-term price dislocations and inefficiencies in commodity markets generally or in the market for a particular commodity, international or local regulatory, political, and economic developments (for example, regime changes and changes in economic activity levels), and developments affecting a particular region, industry, or commodity, such as drought, floods, or other weather conditions, livestock disease, epidemics, trade embargoes, energy conservation, competition from substitute products, transportation bottlenecks or shortages, fluctuations in supply and demand, and tariffs. Exposure to commodities can cause the NAV of a Fund’s shares to decline or fluctuate in a rapid and unpredictable manner. Commodity prices may be more or less volatile than securities of companies engaged in commodity-related businesses. Investments in commodity-related companies are subject to the risk that the performance of such companies may not correlate with the broader equity market or with returns on commodity investments to the extent expected by the investment adviser or subadviser. Such companies may be significantly affected by import controls, worldwide competition, changes in consumer sentiment, and spending, and can be subject to liability for, among other things, environmental damage, depletion of resources, and mandated expenditures for safety and pollution control. A liquid secondary market may not exist for certain commodity investments, which may make it difficult for the Fund to sell them at a desirable price or at the price at which it is carrying them.
A Fund may also directly or indirectly use commodity-related derivatives. The values of these derivatives may fluctuate more than the relevant underlying commodity or commodities or commodity index. A Fund’s investments in commodities or commodity-related derivatives can be limited by the Fund’s intention to qualify as a regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and can bear on the Fund’s ability to qualify as such.
Common and Preferred Stocks
Stocks represent shares of ownership in a company. Generally, preferred stock has a specified dividend and ranks after bonds and before common stocks in its claim on income for dividend payments and on assets should the company be liquidated. After other claims are satisfied, common stockholders participate in company profits on a pro-rata basis. Profits may be paid out in dividends or reinvested in the company to help it grow. Increases and decreases in earnings are usually reflected in a company’s stock price, so common stocks generally have the greatest appreciation and depreciation potential of all corporate securities. Like other equity securities, preferred stock is subject to the risk that its value may decrease based on actual or perceived changes in the business or financial condition of the issuer. In addition, changes in interest rates may adversely affect the value of a preferred stock that pays a fixed dividend.
Concentration Policy
For purposes of each Fund’s concentration limitation as disclosed in this SAI, the Funds apply such policy to direct investments in the securities of issuers in a particular industry, as determined by a Fund’s investment adviser or subadviser. A Fund’s investment adviser or subadviser may analyze the characteristics of a particular issuer and security and assign an industry or sector classification consistent with those characteristics in the event that the third party classification provider used by the investment adviser or subadviser does not assign a classification or the investment adviser or subadviser, in consultation with the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, determines that another industry or sector classification is more appropriate.
Convertible Securities
The Funds may invest in debt or preferred equity securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, common stock at a stated price or rate. Traditionally, convertible securities have paid dividends or interest at rates higher than common stocks but lower than nonconvertible securities. They generally participate in the appreciation or depreciation of the underlying stock into which they are convertible, but to a lesser degree. In recent years, convertibles have been developed which combine higher or lower current income with options and other features. Convertible securities are subject to the risks of debt and equity securities.
Cyber Security and Technology
With the increased use of technologies such as the Internet and the dependence on computer systems to perform business and operational functions, investment companies (such as the Funds) and their service providers (such as the Funds’ investment adviser, subadvisers, custodian, and transfer agent) may be prone to operational and information security risks resulting from cyber-attacks and/or technological malfunctions. In general, cyber-attacks are deliberate, but
B-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS
unintentional events may have similar effects. Cyber-attacks include, among others, stealing or corrupting data maintained online or digitally, preventing legitimate users from accessing information or services on a website, releasing confidential information without authorization, and causing operational disruption. Successful cyber-attacks against, or security breakdowns of, a Fund, the investment adviser, subadviser, custodian, transfer agent, or service provider may adversely affect the Fund or its shareholders. For instance, cyber-attacks may interfere with the processing of shareholder transactions, affect a Fund’s ability to calculate its NAV, cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential Fund information, impede trading, cause reputational damage, and subject the Fund to regulatory fines, penalties or financial losses, reimbursement or other compensation costs, and additional compliance costs. Cyber-attacks may render records of Fund assets and transactions, shareholder ownership of Fund shares, and other data integral to the functioning of the Fund inaccessible or inaccurate or incomplete. A Fund may also incur substantial costs for cyber security risk management in order to prevent cyber incidents in the future. A Fund and its shareholders could be negatively impacted as a result. There are inherent limitations in business continuity plans and systems designed to minimize the risk of cyber-attacks through the use of technology, processes, and controls, including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified given the evolving nature of this threat. The Funds rely on third-party service providers for many of their day-to-day operations, and will be subject to the risk that the protections and protocols implemented by those service providers will be ineffective to protect the Funds from cyber-attack. The Funds’ investment adviser does not control the cyber security plans and technology systems put in place by third-party service providers, and such third-party service providers may have limited indemnification obligations to the Funds’ investment adviser or the Funds, each of whom could be negatively impacted as a result. Similar types of cyber security risks also are present for issuers of securities in which the Funds invest, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers, and may cause a Fund’s investment in such securities to lose value.
Debtor-in-Possession Financings
The Funds may invest in debtor-in-possession financings (commonly known as “DIP financings”) through participation interests in direct loans, purchase of assignments, and other means. DIP financings are arranged when an entity seeks the protections of the bankruptcy court under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (“Chapter 11”). These financings allow the entity to continue its business operations while reorganizing under Chapter 11. Such financings constitute senior liens on an unencumbered security (i.e., a security not subject to other creditors’ claims). DIP financings are generally subject to the same risks as investments in senior bank loans and similar debt instruments, but involve a greater risk of loss of principal and interest. For example, there is a risk that the entity will not emerge from Chapter 11 and be forced to liquidate its assets under Chapter 7 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, as well as a risk that the bankruptcy court will not approve a proposed reorganization plan or will require substantial and unfavorable changes to an initial plan. In the event of liquidation, a Fund’s only recourse will be against the property securing the DIP financing. Companies in bankruptcy may also be undergoing significant financial and operational changes that may cause their financial performance to have elevated levels of volatility. DIP financings may involve payment-in-kind interest or principal interest payments, and a Fund may receive securities of a reorganized issuer (e.g., common stock, preferred stock, warrants) in return for its investment, which may include illiquid investments and investments that are difficult to value.
Derivatives
General.   Derivatives are financial instruments whose values are based on the values of one or more underlying indicators, such as a security, asset, currency, interest rate, or index. Derivative transactions can create investment leverage and may be highly volatile. Losses from derivatives can be substantially greater than the derivatives’ original cost and can sometimes be unlimited. A Fund may not be able to close out a derivative transaction at a favorable time or price.
A Fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, and possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other more traditional investments. Derivative products can be highly specialized instruments that may require investment techniques and risk analyses different from those associated with investing directly in securities and other more traditional investments. Derivatives are subject to a number of risks, such as potential changes in value in response to interest rate changes or other market developments or as a result of the counterparty’s credit quality and the risk that a derivative transaction may not have the effect or benefit a Fund’s investment adviser or subadviser anticipated. Derivatives also involve the risk of mispricing or improper valuation and the risk that changes in the value of a derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate, or index. When a Fund invests in a derivative instrument, it could lose more than the principal amount invested. Also, suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances, and there can be no assurance that a Fund will engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks when that would be beneficial. Many derivative transactions are entered into “over the counter” ​(not on an exchange or contract market); as a result, the value of such a derivative transaction will depend on the ability and the
B-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
willingness of the Fund’s counterparty to perform its obligations under the transaction. A liquid secondary market may not always exist for a Fund’s derivative positions at any time. Use of derivatives may affect the amount, timing, and character of distributions to shareholders. Although the use of derivatives is intended to enhance a Fund’s performance, it may instead reduce returns and increase volatility.
A Fund may be subject to the credit risk of its counterparty to derivative transactions (including repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements) and to the counterparty’s ability or willingness to perform in accordance with the terms of the transaction. A Fund may be negatively impacted if a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under such a transaction. A Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery in a bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding and a Fund may obtain only limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances. In the event of a counterparty’s (or its affiliate’s) insolvency, the possibility exists that a Fund’s ability to exercise remedies, such as the termination of transactions, netting of obligations, and realization on collateral, could be stayed or eliminated under special resolution regimes adopted in the United States, the European Union, the United Kingdom, and various other jurisdictions. Such regimes provide government authorities with broad authority to intervene when a financial institution is experiencing financial difficulty. In particular, the regulatory authorities could reduce, eliminate, or convert to equity the liabilities to a Fund of a counterparty who is subject to such proceedings in the European Union (sometimes referred to as a “bail in”).
A Fund may enter into cleared derivatives transactions and/or exchange-traded futures contracts. When a Fund enters into a cleared derivative transaction and/or an exchange-traded futures contract, it is subject to the credit risk of the clearinghouse and the clearing member through which it holds its position. The clearing member or the clearinghouse could also fail to perform its obligations, causing losses to the Fund. Credit risk of market participants with respect to derivatives that are centrally cleared is concentrated in a few clearinghouses and clearing members. Under current Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) regulations, a clearing member is required to maintain customers’ assets in omnibus accounts for all of its customers segregated from the clearing member’s proprietary assets. If, for example, a clearing member fails to segregate customer assets, is unable to satisfy a substantial deficit in a customer account, or in the event of fraud or misappropriation of customer assets by a clearing member, clearing member customers may be subject to risk of loss of their funds in the event of that clearing member’s bankruptcy. A Fund might not be fully protected in the event of the bankruptcy of a Fund’s clearing member because the Fund would be limited to recovering only a pro rata share of the funds held by the clearing member on behalf of customers. It is not entirely clear how an insolvency proceeding of a clearinghouse, or the clearing member through which the Fund holds its positions at a clearinghouse, would be conducted, what effect the insolvency proceeding would have on any recovery by a Fund, and what impact an insolvency of a clearinghouse or clearing member would have on the financial system more generally.
U.S. and non-U.S. legislative and governmental authorities, various exchanges, and regulatory and self-regulatory authorities have undertaken reviews of derivatives trading in recent periods. Among the actions that have been taken or proposed to be taken are new position limits and reporting requirements, new or more stringent daily price fluctuation limits for futures and options transactions, new or increased margin and reserve requirements for various types of derivatives transactions, and mandatory clearing, trading, and reporting requirements for many derivatives. Additional measures are under active consideration and as a result there may be further actions that adversely affect the regulation of instruments in which the Funds invest. Such legislative and regulatory measures may reduce the availability of some types of derivative instruments, may increase the cost of trading in or maintaining other instruments or positions, and may cause uncertainty in the markets for a variety of derivative instruments. It is also possible that these or similar measures could potentially limit or completely restrict the ability of a Fund to use these instruments as a part of its investment strategy. For example, the SEC recently finalized new Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act providing for the regulation of registered investment companies’ use of derivatives and certain related instruments. The ultimate impact, if any, of the regulation remains unclear, but the new rule, among other things, limits derivatives exposure through one of two value-at-risk tests and eliminates the asset segregation framework for covering derivatives and certain financial instruments arising from the SEC’s Release 10666 and ensuing staff guidance. Limited derivatives users (as determined by Rule 18f-4), however, are not subject to the full requirements under the rule. Legislative and regulatory measures like this and others are evolving and still being implemented and their effects on derivatives market activities cannot be reliably predicted.
The CFTC and domestic futures exchanges have established (and continue to evaluate and revise) limits (“position limits”) on the maximum net long or net short positions which any person, or group of persons acting in concert, may hold or control in particular contracts. In addition, starting January 1, 2023, federal position limits will apply to swaps that are economically equivalent to futures contracts that are subject to CFTC-set speculative limits. All positions owned or controlled by the same person or entity, even if in different accounts, must be aggregated for purposes of complying with position limits. Thus, even if a Fund does not intend to exceed applicable position limits, it is possible that different clients
B-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS
managed by the investment adviser or subadviser may be aggregated for this purpose. Therefore, the trading decisions of the investment adviser or subadviser may have to be modified and positions held by a Fund liquidated in order to avoid exceeding such limits. Any modification of trading decisions or elimination of open positions that may be required to avoid exceeding such limits may adversely affect the performance of a Fund. A violation of position limits could also lead to regulatory action materially adverse to a Fund’s investment strategy.
No Fund has the obligation to enter into derivatives transactions at any time or under any circumstances. In addition, nothing in this SAI is intended to limit in any way any purpose for which a Fund may enter into any type of derivatives transaction; a Fund may use derivatives transactions for hedging purposes or generally for purposes of enhancing its investment return.
Foreign Currency Exchange Transactions
A Fund may enter into foreign currency exchange transactions for hedging purposes in order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency exchange rates, or for other, non-hedging purposes—for example, a Fund may take a long or short position with respect to a foreign currency in which none of the Fund’s assets or liabilities are denominated, or where the position is in excess of the amount of any such assets or liabilities, in order to take advantage of anticipated changes in the relative values of those currencies. There can be no assurance that appropriate foreign currency transactions will be available for a Fund at any time or that a Fund will enter into such transactions at any time or under any circumstances even if appropriate transactions are available to it. A Fund may purchase or sell a foreign currency on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the prevailing spot rate. A Fund may also enter into contracts to deliver in the future an amount of one currency in return for an amount of another currency (“forward contracts”) and may purchase and sell foreign currency futures contracts. (Foreign currency futures contracts are similar to financial futures contracts, except that they typically contemplate the delivery of foreign currencies; see “Financial Futures Contracts,” below.) A Fund may also purchase or sell options on foreign currencies or options on foreign currency futures contracts.
A Fund may enter into foreign currency exchange transactions in order to hedge against a change in the values of assets or liabilities denominated in one or more foreign currencies due to changes in currency exchange rates.
A Fund may also enter into foreign currency transactions to adjust generally the exposure of its portfolio to various foreign currencies. For example, a Fund with a large exposure to securities denominated in euros might want to continue to hold those securities, but to trade its exposure to the euro to exposure to, say, the Japanese Yen. In that case, the Fund might take a short position in the euro and a long position in the Yen. A Fund may also use foreign currency transactions to hedge the value of the Fund’s portfolio against the Fund’s benchmark index.
The value of any currency, including U.S. dollars and foreign currencies, may be affected by complex political and economic factors applicable to the issuing country. In addition, the exchange rates of foreign currencies (and therefore the values of foreign currency options, forward contracts, and futures contracts) may be affected significantly, fixed, or supported directly or indirectly by U.S. and foreign government actions. Government intervention may increase risks involved in purchasing or selling foreign currency options, forward contracts, and futures contracts, since exchange rates may not be free to fluctuate in response to other market forces. Foreign governmental restrictions or taxes could result in adverse changes in the cost of acquiring or disposing of foreign currencies.
Because foreign currency transactions occurring in the interbank market involve substantially larger amounts than those that may be involved in the use of foreign currency options, investors may be disadvantaged by having to deal in an odd lot market (generally consisting of transactions of less than $1 million) for the underlying foreign currencies at prices that are less favorable than for round lots.
There is no systematic reporting of last-sale information for foreign currencies and there is no regulatory requirement that quotations available through dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis. Available quotation information is generally representative of very large transactions in the interbank market and thus may not reflect relatively smaller transactions (less than $1 million) where rates may be less favorable. The interbank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock market.
B-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Currency Forward and Futures Contracts.   A foreign currency forward contract involves an obligation to deliver in the future, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract as agreed by the parties, an amount of one currency in return for an amount of another currency, at an exchange rate set at the time of the contract. The contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A foreign currency futures contract is a standardized contract for the future delivery of a specified amount of a foreign currency at a future date at an exchange rate set at the time of the contract. Foreign currency futures contracts traded in the United States are designed by and traded on exchanges regulated by the CFTC, such as the Chicago Mercantile Exchange. Foreign currency futures contracts will typically require a Fund to post both initial margin and variation margin.
Foreign currency forward contracts differ from foreign currency futures contracts in certain respects. For example, the maturity date of a forward contract may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, rather than a predetermined date in a given month. Forward contracts may be in any amounts agreed upon by the parties rather than predetermined amounts. Also, forward foreign exchange contracts are traded directly between counterparties, exposing a Fund to credit risk with respect to its counterparty, whereas foreign currency futures contracts are traded on regulated exchanges. Because foreign currency forward contracts are private transactions between a Fund and its counterparty, any benefit of such contracts to the Fund will depend upon the willingness and ability of the counterparty to perform its obligations. In the case of a futures contract, a Fund is subject to the credit risk of the clearinghouse and the clearing member through which it holds its position as well as the risk that the clearing member or the clearinghouse could also fail to perform its obligations.
At the maturity of a forward or futures contract, a Fund will make delivery of the currency or currencies specified in the contract in return for the other currency or currencies specified in the contract (or, if the contract is a non-deliverable or cash-settled contract, settle the contract on a net basis) or, at or prior to maturity, enter into a closing transaction involving the purchase or sale of an offsetting contract. Closing transactions with respect to forward contracts are usually effected with the currency trader who is a party to the original forward contract. Closing transactions with respect to futures contracts are effected on a commodities exchange and a clearinghouse associated with the exchange assumes responsibility for closing out such contracts.
Positions in foreign currency futures contracts and related options may be closed out only on an exchange or board of trade which provides a market in such contracts or options. Although a Fund will normally purchase or sell foreign currency futures contracts and related options only on exchanges or boards of trade where there appears to be an active market, there is no assurance that an active market on an exchange or board of trade will exist for any particular contract or option or at any particular time. In such event, it may not be possible to close a futures or related option position and, in the event of adverse price movements, a Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin on its futures positions. A Fund’s ability to close out a foreign currency forward contract will depend on the willingness of its counterparty to engage in an offsetting transaction.
Foreign Currency Options.   Options on foreign currencies operate similarly to options on securities, and are traded primarily in the over-the-counter (“OTC”) market, although certain options on foreign currencies may be listed on several exchanges. Although such options will be purchased or written only when an investment adviser or subadviser believes that a liquid secondary market exists for such options, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for a particular option at any specific time. Options on foreign currencies are affected by all of those factors which influence exchange rates and investments generally.
The value of a foreign currency option is dependent upon the value of the foreign currency and the U.S. dollar, and may have no relationship to the investment merits of a foreign security.
Foreign Currency Conversion.   Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for currency conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the “spread”) between prices at which they buy and sell various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to a Fund at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange should a Fund desire to resell that currency to the dealer.
Foreign Currency Swap Agreements.   A Fund may enter into currency swaps to protect against adverse changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other currencies or as a means of making indirect investments in foreign currencies. Currency swaps involve the individually negotiated exchange by a Fund with another party of a series of payments in specified currencies in amounts determined pursuant to the terms of the swap agreement. (See “Swap Agreements and Options on Swap Agreements,” below.)
Foreign currency derivatives transactions may be highly volatile and may give rise to investment leverage.
B-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Financial Futures Contracts
A Fund may enter into futures contracts, including interest rate futures contracts, securities index futures contracts, and futures contracts on fixed income securities (collectively referred to as “financial futures contracts”).
A Fund may use interest rate futures contracts to adjust the interest rate sensitivity (duration) of its portfolio or the credit exposure of the portfolio. Interest rate futures contracts obligate the long or short holder to take or make delivery of a specified quantity of a financial instrument, such as a specific fixed income security, during a specified future period at a specified price.
A Fund may use index futures contracts to hedge against broad market risks to its portfolio or to gain broad market exposure when it holds uninvested cash or as an inexpensive substitute for cash investments directly in securities or other assets, including commodities and precious metals. Securities index futures contracts are contracts to buy or sell units of a securities index at a specified future date at a price agreed upon when the contract is made and are settled in cash.
Positions in financial futures contracts may be closed out only on an exchange or board of trade which provides a market for such futures.
There are special risks associated with entering into financial futures contracts. The skills needed to use financial futures contracts effectively are different from those needed to select a Fund’s investments. There may be an imperfect correlation between the price movements of financial futures contracts and the price movements of the securities in which a Fund invests. There is also a risk that a Fund will be unable to close a position in a financial futures contract when desired because there is no liquid market for it.
The risk of loss in trading financial futures contracts can be substantial due to the low margin deposits required and the extremely high degree of leverage involved in futures pricing. Relatively small price movements in a financial futures contract could have an immediate and substantial impact, which may be favorable or unfavorable to a Fund. It is possible for a price-related loss to exceed the amount of a Fund’s margin deposit. An investor could also suffer losses if it is unable to close out a futures contract because of an illiquid market. Futures are subject to the creditworthiness of the clearing members (i.e., futures commission merchants) and clearing organizations involved in the transactions.
Although some financial futures contracts by their terms call for the actual delivery or acquisition of securities at expiration, in most cases the contractual commitment is closed out before expiration. The offsetting of a contractual obligation is accomplished by purchasing (or selling as the case may be) on a futures exchange an identical financial futures contract calling for delivery in the same month. Such a transaction offsets the obligation to make or take delivery. A Fund will incur brokerage fees when it purchases or sells financial futures contracts, and will be required to maintain margin deposits. If a liquid market does not exist when a Fund wishes to close out a financial futures contract, it will not be able to do so and will continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin in the event of adverse price movements.
The investment adviser has claimed with respect to each Fund an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”) and, therefore, is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the CEA. For the investment adviser to be eligible to claim such an exclusion, a Fund may only use futures contracts, options on such futures, commodity options and certain swaps solely for “bona fide hedging purposes” ​(as defined by the CFTC), or must limit its use of such instruments for non-bona fide hedging purposes to certain de minimis amounts, as provided by CFTC Rule 4.5. It is possible that that exclusion may in the future cease to be available with respect to one or more Funds. In any case where the exclusion is unavailable with respect to a Fund, additional requirements, including CFTC and National Futures Association (“NFA”)-mandated disclosure, reporting, and recordkeeping obligations, would apply with respect to that Fund. Compliance with the CFTC’s regulatory requirements and NFA rules could increase Fund expenses and potentially adversely affect a Fund’s total return.
Margin Payments.   When a Fund purchases or sells a financial futures contract, it is required to deposit with the clearing member an amount of cash, U.S. Treasury bills, or other permissible collateral equal to a small percentage of the amount of the financial futures contract. This amount is known as “initial margin.” The nature of initial margin is different from that of margin in security transactions in that it does not involve borrowing money to finance transactions. Rather, initial margin is similar to a performance bond or good faith deposit that is returned to a Fund upon termination of the contract, assuming the Fund satisfies its contractual obligations.
Subsequent payments to and from the clearing member occur on a daily basis in a process known as “marking to market.” These payments are called “variation margin” and are made as the value of the underlying financial futures contract fluctuates. For example, when a Fund sells an index futures contract and the price of the underlying index rises above the delivery price, the Fund’s position declines in value. The Fund then pays the clearing member a variation margin
B-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS
payment equal to the difference between the delivery price of the index futures contract and the value of the index underlying the index futures contract. Conversely, if the price of the underlying index falls below the delivery price of the contract, the Fund’s futures position increases in value. The clearing member then must make a variation margin payment equal to the difference between the delivery price of the index futures contract and the value of the index underlying the index futures contract.
When a Fund terminates a position in a financial futures contract, a final determination of variation margin is made, additional cash is paid by or to the Fund, and the Fund realizes a loss or a gain. Such closing transactions involve additional commission costs.
Options on Financial Futures Contracts.   A Fund may purchase and write call and put options on financial futures contracts. An option on a financial futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a financial futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put) at a specified exercise price at any time during the period of the option or only at expiration of the option, depending on the option’s terms. Upon exercise of the option, the holder would assume the underlying futures position and would receive a variation margin payment of cash or securities approximating the increase in the value of the holder’s option position. If an option is exercised on the last trading day prior to the expiration date of the option, the settlement will be made entirely in cash. Purchasers of options who fail to exercise their options prior to or on the exercise date suffer a loss of the premium paid.
Options on Swaps.   Options on swaps (“swaptions”) are similar to options on securities except that they are traded over-the-counter (i.e., not on an exchange) and the premium paid or received is to buy or grant the right to enter into a previously agreed upon swap transaction, such as an interest rate or credit default contract. Forward premium swaption contracts include premiums that have extended settlement dates. The delayed settlement of the premiums is factored into the daily valuation of the swaption contracts. In the case of interest rate cap and floor contracts, in return for a premium, ongoing payments between two parties are based on interest rates exceeding a specified rate, in the case of a cap contract, or falling below a specified rate, in the case of a floor contract.
Special Risks of Transactions in Financial Futures Contracts and Related Options.   Financial futures contracts entail risks. The risks associated with purchasing and writing put and call options on financial futures contracts can be influenced by the market for financial futures contracts. An increase in the market value of a financial futures contract on which the Fund has written an option may cause the option to be exercised. In this situation, the benefit to a Fund would be limited to the value of the exercise price of the option and the Fund may realize a loss on the option greater than the premium the Fund initially received for writing the option. In addition, a Fund’s ability to close out an option it has written by entering into an offsetting transaction depends upon the market’s demand for such financial futures contracts. If a purchased option expires unexercised, a Fund would realize a loss in the amount of the premium paid for the option.
If an investment adviser’s or subadviser’s judgment about the general direction of interest rates or markets is wrong, the overall performance may be poorer than if no financial futures contracts had been entered into.
Liquidity Risks.   Positions in financial futures contracts may be closed out only on the exchange on which such contract is listed. Although the Funds intend to purchase or sell financial futures contracts for which there appears to be an active market, there is no assurance that a liquid market will exist for any particular contract or at any particular time. If there is not a liquid market at a particular time, it may not be possible to close a position in a financial futures contract at such time and, in the event of adverse price movements, a Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin.
The ability to establish and close out positions in options on financial futures contracts will be subject to the development and maintenance of a liquid market. It is not certain that such a market will develop. Although a Fund generally will purchase only those options for which there appears to be an active market, there is no assurance that a liquid market on an exchange will exist for any particular option or at any particular time. In the event no such market exists for particular options, it might not be possible to effect closing transactions in such options, with the result that a Fund would have to exercise the options in order to realize any profit.
B-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Hedging Risks.   There are several risks in connection with the use by a Fund of financial futures contracts and related options as a hedging device. One risk arises because of the imperfect correlation between movements in the prices of the financial futures contracts and options and movements in the underlying securities or index or movements in the prices of a Fund’s securities which are the subject of a hedge.
Successful use of financial futures contracts and options by a Fund for hedging purposes is also subject to an investment adviser’s or subadviser’s ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of the market. It is possible that, where a Fund has purchased puts on financial futures contracts to hedge its portfolio against a decline in the market, the securities or index on which the puts are purchased may increase in value and the value of securities held in the portfolio may decline. If this occurred, the Fund would lose money on the puts and also experience a decline in the value of its portfolio securities. In addition, the prices of financial futures contracts, for a number of reasons, may not correlate perfectly with movements in the underlying securities or index due to certain market distortions. First, all participants in the futures market are subject to margin deposit requirements. Such requirements may cause investors to close financial futures contracts through offsetting transactions which could distort the normal relationship between the underlying security or index and futures markets. Second, the margin requirements in the futures markets are less onerous than margin requirements in the securities markets in general, and as a result the futures markets may attract more speculators than the securities markets do. Increased participation by speculators in the futures markets may also cause temporary price distortions. Due to the possibility of price distortion, even a correct forecast of general market trends by an investment adviser or subadviser still may not result in a successful hedging transaction over a very short time period.
Other Risks.   A Fund will incur brokerage fees in connection with its transactions in financial futures contracts and related options. In addition, while financial futures contracts and options on financial futures contracts will be purchased and sold to reduce certain risks, those transactions themselves entail certain other risks. Thus, while a Fund may benefit from the use of financial futures contracts and related options, unanticipated changes in interest rates or stock price movements may result in a poorer overall performance for the Fund than if it had not entered into any financial futures contracts or options transactions. Moreover, in the event of an imperfect correlation between the position in the financial futures contract and the portfolio position that is intended to be protected, the desired protection may not be obtained and the Fund may be exposed to risk of loss.
Swap Agreements and Options on Swap Agreements
A Fund may engage in swap transactions, including interest rate swap agreements, credit default swaps, and total return swaps.
Swap agreements are two party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments or rates, which may be adjusted for an interest factor. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a “notional amount” ​(i.e., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate or in a “basket” of securities representing a particular index). When a Fund enters into an interest rate swap, it typically agrees to make payments to its counterparty based on a specified long- or short-term interest rate, and will receive payments from its counterparty based on another interest rate. Other forms of swap agreements include, among others, interest rate caps, under which, in return for a specified payment stream, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or “cap”; interest rate floors, under which, in return for a specified payment stream, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified rate, or “floor”; interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor or vice versa in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels; and curve cap swaps, under which a party might buy or sell protection against an increase in long-term interest rates relative to shorter-term rates. A Fund may enter into an interest rate swap in order, for example, to hedge against the effect of interest rate changes on the value of specific securities in its portfolio, or to adjust the interest rate sensitivity (duration) or the credit exposure of its portfolio overall, or otherwise as a substitute for a direct investment in debt securities.
A Fund may enter into total return swaps. In a total return swap, one party typically agrees to pay to the other a short-term interest rate in return for a payment at one or more times in the future based on the increase in the value of an underlying security or other asset, or index of securities or assets; if the underlying security, asset, or index declines in value, the party that pays the short-term interest rate must also pay to its counterparty a payment based on the amount of the decline. A Fund may take either side of such a swap, and so may take a long or short position in the underlying security, asset, or index. A Fund may enter into a total return swap to hedge against an exposure in its portfolio (including to adjust the duration or credit quality of a Fund’s bond portfolio) or generally to put cash to work efficiently in the markets in
B-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS
anticipation of, or as a replacement for, cash investments. A Fund may also enter into a total return swap to gain exposure to securities or markets in which it might not be able to invest directly (in so-called market access transactions). A Fund may also enter into contracts for difference, which are similar to total return swaps.
A Fund also may enter into credit default swap transactions. In a credit default swap, one party provides what is in effect insurance against a default or other adverse credit event affecting an issuer of debt securities (typically referred to as a “reference entity”). In general, the protection “buyer” in a credit default swap is obligated to pay the protection “seller” an upfront amount or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the swap. If a “credit event” occurs, the buyer has the right to deliver to the seller bonds or other obligations of the reference entity (with a value up to the full notional value of the swap), and to receive a payment equal to the par value of the bonds or other obligations. Credit events that would trigger a request that the seller make payment are specific to each credit default swap agreement, but generally include bankruptcy, failure to pay, restructuring, obligation acceleration, obligation default, or repudiation/moratorium. A Fund may be either the buyer or seller in a credit default swap transaction. When a Fund buys protection, it may or may not own securities of the reference entity. If it does own securities of the reference entity, the swap serves as a hedge against a decline in the value of the securities due to the occurrence of a credit event involving the issuer of the securities. If the Fund does not own securities of the reference entity, the credit default swap may be seen to create a short position in the reference entity. If a Fund is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Fund will typically recover nothing under the swap, but will have had to pay the required upfront payment and stream of continuing payments under the swap. When a Fund sells protection under a credit default swap, the position may have the effect of creating leverage in the Fund’s portfolio through the Fund’s indirect long exposure to the issuer or securities on which the swap is written. When a Fund sells protection, it may do so either to earn additional income or to create such a “synthetic” long position. Credit default swaps involve general market risks, illiquidity risk, counterparty risk, and credit risk.
A Fund may also enter into options on swap agreements (“swaptions”). A swaption is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel, or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. A Fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swaptions. Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, a Fund will generally incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swaption than it will incur when it purchases a swaption. When a Fund purchases a swaption, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when a Fund writes a swaption, upon exercise of the option the Fund will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying agreement. A Fund may enter into swaptions for the same purposes as swaps.
Whether a Fund’s use of swap agreements or swaptions will be successful will depend on the investment adviser’s or subadviser’s ability to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments. Moreover, a Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. Certain restrictions imposed on the Funds by the Code may limit the Funds’ ability to use swap agreements.
Swaps are highly specialized instruments that require investment techniques, risk analyses, and tax planning different from those associated with traditional investments. The use of a swap requires an understanding not only of the referenced asset, reference rate, or index but also of the swap itself, without the benefit of observing the performance of the swap under all possible market conditions. Because they are two party contracts that may be subject to contractual restrictions on transferability and termination and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid and subject to a Fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities. To the extent that a swap is not liquid, it may not be possible to initiate a transaction or liquidate a position at an advantageous time or price, which may result in significant losses.
Like most other investments, swap agreements are subject to the risk that the market value of the instrument will change in a way detrimental to a Fund’s interest. A Fund bears the risk that an investment adviser or subadviser will not accurately forecast future market trends or the values of assets, reference rates, indexes, or other economic factors in establishing swap positions for the Fund. If an investment adviser or subadviser attempts to use a swap as a hedge against, or as a substitute for, a portfolio investment, the Fund will be exposed to the risk that the swap will have or will develop imperfect or no correlation with the portfolio investment. This could cause substantial losses for the Fund. While hedging strategies involving swap instruments can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in other Fund investments. Many swaps are complex and often valued subjectively.
When a Fund enters into swap agreements, it is subject to the credit risk of its counterparty and to the counterparty’s ability or willingness to perform in accordance with the terms of the agreement. A Fund may be negatively impacted if a
B-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS
counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a swap agreement. A Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery in a bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding and a Fund may obtain only limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances.
Options, Rights, and Warrants
A Fund may purchase and sell put and call options on securities to enhance investment performance or to protect against changes in market prices. A Fund that invests in debt securities may also purchase and sell put and call options to adjust the interest rate sensitivity of its portfolio or the credit exposure of the portfolio.
Call Options.   A Fund may write call options on portfolio securities to realize a greater current return through the receipt of premiums. Such option transactions may also be used as a limited form of hedging against a decline in the price of securities owned by the Fund.
A call option gives the holder the right to purchase, and obligates the writer to sell, a security at the exercise price at any time before the expiration date in the case of an American-style option or only on the expiration date in the case of a European-style option. A Fund may write covered call options or uncovered call options. A call option is “covered” if the writer, at all times while obligated as a writer, either owns the underlying securities (or comparable securities satisfying the cover requirements of the securities exchanges), or has the right to acquire such securities through immediate conversion of securities. When a Fund has written an uncovered call option, the Fund will not necessarily hold securities offsetting the risk to the Fund. As a result, if the call option were exercised, the Fund might be required to purchase the security that is the subject of the call at the market price at the time of exercise. The Fund’s exposure on such an option is theoretically unlimited. There is also a risk, especially with less liquid preferred and debt securities, that the security may not be available for purchase.
A Fund will receive a premium from writing a call option, which increases the Fund’s return in the event the option expires unexercised or is closed out at a profit. The amount of the premium reflects, among other things, the relationship between the exercise price and the current market value of the underlying security, the volatility of the underlying security, the amount of time remaining until expiration, current interest rates, and the effect of supply and demand in the options market and in the market for the underlying security.
In return for the premium received when it writes a covered call option, a Fund takes the risk during the life of the option that it will be required to deliver the underlying security at a price below the current market value of the security or, in the case of a covered call option, to give up some or all of the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market price of the securities covering the call option.
In the case of a covered option, the Fund also retains the risk of loss should the price of the securities decline. If the covered option expires unexercised, the Fund realizes a gain equal to the premium, which may be offset by a decline in price of the underlying security. If the option is exercised, the Fund realizes a gain or loss equal to the difference between the Fund’s cost for the underlying security and the proceeds of sale (exercise price minus commissions) plus the amount of the premium.
A Fund may enter into closing purchase transactions in order to realize a profit or limit a loss on a previously written call option or, in the case of a covered call option, to free itself to sell the underlying security or to write another call on the security, or protect a security from being called in an unexpected market rise. Any profits from a closing purchase transaction in the case of a covered call option may be offset by a decline in the value of the underlying security. Conversely, because increases in the market price of a call option will generally reflect increases in the market price of the underlying security, any loss resulting from a closing purchase transaction relating to a covered call option is likely to be offset in whole or in part by unrealized appreciation of the underlying security owned by the Fund.
Put Options.   A Fund may write put options in order to enhance its current return by taking a long directional position as to a security or index of securities. Such options transactions may also be used as a limited form of hedging against an increase in the price of securities that the Fund plans to purchase. A put option gives the holder the right to sell, and obligates the writer to buy, a security at the exercise price. A Fund may write covered or uncovered put options. A put option is “covered” if the writer segregates cash and high-grade short-term debt obligations or other permissible collateral equal to the price to be paid if the option is exercised.
By writing a put option, the Fund assumes the risk that it may be required to purchase the underlying security for an exercise price higher than its then current market value, resulting in a potential capital loss unless the security later appreciates in value. A Fund may terminate a put option that it has written before it expires by entering into a closing purchase transaction. Any loss from this transaction may be partially or entirely offset by the premium received on the terminated option.
B-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Purchasing Put and Call Options.   A Fund may also purchase put options to protect portfolio holdings against a decline in market value. This protection lasts for the life of the put option because the Fund, as a holder of the option, may sell the underlying security at the exercise price regardless of any decline in its market price. A Fund may also purchase a put option hoping to profit from an anticipated decline in the value of the underlying security. In order for a put option to be profitable, the market price of the underlying security must decline sufficiently below the exercise price to cover the premium and transaction costs that the Fund must pay. If the Fund holds the security underlying the option, these costs will reduce any profit the Fund might have realized had it sold the underlying security instead of buying the put option.
A Fund may purchase call options to hedge against an increase in the price of securities that the Fund wants ultimately to buy. Such hedge protection is provided during the life of the call option since the Fund, as holder of the call option, is able to buy the underlying security at the exercise price regardless of any increase in the underlying security’s market price. A Fund may also purchase a call option as a long directional investment hoping to profit from an anticipated increase in the value of the underlying security. In order for a call option to be profitable, the market price of the underlying security must rise sufficiently above the exercise price to cover the premium and transaction costs. These costs will reduce any profit the Fund might have realized had it bought the underlying security at the time it purchased the call option.
A Fund may also buy and sell combinations of put and call options on the same underlying security to earn additional income.
A Fund may purchase or sell “structured options,” which may comprise multiple option exposures within a single security. The risk and return characteristics of a structured option will vary depending on the nature of the underlying option exposures. The Fund may use such options for hedging purposes or as a substitute for direct investments in options or securities. The Fund’s use of structured options may create investment leverage.
Options on Foreign Securities.   A Fund may purchase and sell options on foreign securities if an investment adviser or subadviser believes that the investment characteristics of such options, including the risks of investing in such options, are consistent with the Fund’s investment objective. It is expected that risks related to such options will not differ materially from risks related to options on U.S. securities. However, position limits and other rules of foreign exchanges may differ from those in the United States. In addition, options markets in some countries, many of which are relatively new, may be less liquid than comparable markets in the United States.
Options on Securities Indexes.   A Fund may write or purchase options on securities indexes, subject to its general investment restrictions regarding options transactions. Index options are similar to options on individual securities in that the purchaser of an index option acquires the right to buy (in the case of a call) or sell (in the case of a put), and the writer undertakes the obligation to sell or buy (as the case may be), units of an index at a stated exercise price during the term of the option. Instead of giving the right to take or make actual delivery of securities, the holder of an index option has the right to receive a cash “exercise settlement amount.” This amount is equal to the amount by which the fixed exercise price of the option exceeds (in the case of a put) or is less than (in the case of a call) the closing value of the underlying index on the date of the exercise, multiplied by a fixed “index multiplier.” If the Fund has written an index call option, it will lose money if the index level rises above the option exercise price (plus the amount of the premium received by the Fund on the option). If the Fund has written an index put option, it will lose money if the index level falls below the option exercise price (less the amount of the premium received by the Fund).
In cases where a Fund uses index options for hedging purposes, price movements in securities which a Fund owns or intends to purchase probably will not correlate perfectly with movements in the level of a securities index and, therefore, a Fund bears the risk of a loss on a securities index option which is not completely offset by movements in the price of such securities. Because securities index options are settled in cash, a call writer cannot determine the amount of its settlement obligations in advance and, unlike call writing on a specific security, cannot provide in advance for, or cover, its potential settlement obligations by acquiring and holding underlying securities. A Fund may, however, cover call options written on a securities index by holding a mix of securities which substantially replicate the movement of the index or by holding a call option on the securities index with an exercise price no higher than the call option sold.
A Fund may purchase or sell options on stock indexes in order to close out its outstanding positions in options on stock indexes which it has purchased. A Fund may also allow such options to expire unexercised.
B-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Risks Involved in the Sale of Options.   The successful use of a Fund’s options strategies depends on the ability of an investment adviser or subadviser to forecast correctly interest rate and market movements. For example, if a Fund were to write a covered call option based on an investment adviser’s or subadviser’s expectation that the price of the underlying security would fall, but the price were to rise instead, the Fund could be required to sell the security upon exercise at a price below the current market price. Similarly, if a Fund were to write a put option based on an investment adviser’s or subadviser’s expectation that the price of the underlying security would rise, but the price were to fall instead, the Fund could be required to purchase the security upon exercise at a price higher than the current market price.
When a Fund purchases an option, it runs the risk that it will lose its entire investment in the option in a relatively short period of time, unless the Fund exercises the option or enters into a closing sale transaction before the option’s expiration. If the price of the underlying security does not rise (in the case of a call) or fall (in the case of a put) to an extent sufficient to cover the option premium and transaction costs, the Fund will lose part or all of its investment in the option. This contrasts with an investment by a Fund in the underlying security, since the Fund will not realize a loss if the security’s price does not change.
The effective use of options also depends on a Fund’s ability to terminate option positions at times when an investment adviser or subadviser deems it desirable to do so. There is no assurance that a Fund will be able to effect closing transactions at any particular time or at an acceptable price.
If a secondary market in options were to become unavailable, a Fund could no longer engage in closing transactions. Lack of investor interest might adversely affect the liquidity of the market for particular options or series of options. A market may discontinue trading of a particular option or options generally. In addition, a market could become temporarily unavailable if unusual events—such as volume in excess of trading or clearing capability—were to interrupt its normal operations.
A market may at times find it necessary to impose restrictions on particular types of options transactions, such as opening transactions. If an underlying security ceases to meet qualifications imposed by the market or the Options Clearing Corporation, new series of options on that security will no longer be opened to replace expiring series, and opening transactions in existing series may be prohibited. If an options market were to become unavailable, a Fund as a holder of an option would be able to realize profits or limit losses only by exercising the option, and the Fund, as option writer, would remain obligated under the option until expiration or exercise.
Disruptions in the markets for the securities underlying options purchased or sold by a Fund could result in losses on the options. If trading is interrupted in an underlying security, the trading of options on that security is normally halted as well. As a result, a Fund as purchaser or writer of an option will be unable to close out its positions until options trading resumes, and it may be faced with considerable losses if trading in the security reopens at a substantially different price. In addition, the Options Clearing Corporation or other options markets may impose exercise restrictions. If a prohibition on exercise is imposed at the time when trading in the option has also been halted, a Fund as purchaser or writer of an option will be locked into its position until one of the two restrictions has been lifted. If the Options Clearing Corporation were to determine that the available supply of an underlying security appears insufficient to permit delivery by the writers of all outstanding calls in the event of exercise, it may prohibit indefinitely the exercise of put options. A Fund, as holder of such a put option, could lose its entire investment if the prohibition remained in effect until the put option’s expiration.
Foreign-traded options are subject to many of the same risks presented by internationally-traded securities. In addition, because of time differences between the United States and various foreign countries, and because different holidays are observed in different countries, foreign options markets may be open for trading during hours or on days when U.S. markets are closed. As a result, option premiums may not reflect the current prices of the underlying interest in the United States.
Exchanges have established limits on the maximum number of options an investor or group of investors acting in concert may write. The Funds, an investment adviser or subadviser, and other clients of the investment adviser or subadviser may constitute such a group. These limits restrict a Fund’s ability to purchase or sell particular options.
Over-the-Counter Options.   A Fund may purchase or sell OTC options. OTC options are not traded on securities or options exchanges or backed by clearinghouses. Rather, they are entered into directly between a Fund and the counterparty to the option. In the case of an OTC option purchased by the Fund, the value of the option to the Fund will depend on the willingness and ability of the option writer to perform its obligations to the Fund. In addition, OTC options may not be transferable and there may be little or no secondary market for them, so they may be considered illiquid. It may not be possible to enter into closing transactions with respect to OTC options or otherwise to terminate such options, and as a result a Fund may be required to remain obligated on an unfavorable OTC option until its expiration. It may be difficult under certain circumstances to value OTC options.
B-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Rights and Warrants to Purchase Securities; Index Warrants; International.   A Fund may invest in rights and warrants to purchase securities. Rights or warrants generally give the holder the right to receive, upon exercise, a security at a stated price. Funds typically use rights and warrants in a manner similar to their use of options on securities, as described above. Risks associated with the use of rights or warrants are generally similar to risks associated with the use of options. Rights and warrants typically do not carry with them dividend or voting rights with respect to the underlying securities, or any rights in the assets of the issuer. In addition, the value of a right or a warrant will likely, but will not necessarily, change with the value of the underlying securities, and a right or a warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date.
Bonds issued with warrants attached to purchase equity securities have many characteristics of convertible bonds and their prices may, to some degree, reflect the performance of the underlying stock. Bonds also may be issued with warrants attached to purchase additional fixed income securities.
A Fund may also invest in equity-linked warrants. A Fund purchases equity-linked warrants from a broker, who in turn is expected to purchase shares in the local market. If the Fund exercises its warrant, the shares are expected to be sold and the warrant redeemed with the proceeds. Typically, each warrant represents one share of the underlying stock. Therefore, the price and performance of the warrant are directly linked to the underlying stock, less transaction costs. In addition to the market risk related to the underlying holdings, a Fund bears counterparty risk with respect to the issuing broker. There is currently no active trading market for equity-linked warrants, and they may be highly illiquid.
In addition to warrants on securities, a Fund may purchase put warrants and call warrants whose values vary depending on the change in the value of one or more specified securities indexes (“index-linked warrants”). Index-linked warrants are generally issued by banks or other financial institutions and give the holder the right, at any time during the term of the warrant, to receive upon exercise of the warrant a cash payment from the issuer based on the value of the underlying index at the time of exercise. In general, if the value of the underlying index rises above the exercise price of the index-linked warrant, the holder of a call warrant will be entitled to receive a cash payment from the issuer upon exercise based on the difference between the value of the index and the exercise price of the warrant; if the value of the underlying index falls, the holder of a put warrant will be entitled to receive a cash payment from the issuer upon exercise based on the difference between the exercise price of the warrant and the value of the index. The holder of a warrant would not be entitled to any payments from the issuer at any time when, in the case of a call warrant, the exercise price is greater than the value of the underlying index, or, in the case of a put warrant, the exercise price is less than the value of the underlying index. If a Fund were not to exercise an index-linked warrant prior to its expiration, then the Fund would lose the amount of the purchase price paid by it for the warrant.
A Fund using index-linked warrants would normally do so in a manner similar to its use of options on securities indexes. The risks of a Fund’s use of index-linked warrants are generally similar to those relating to its use of index options. Unlike most index options, however, index-linked warrants are issued in limited amounts and are not obligations of a regulated clearing agency, but are backed only by the credit of the bank or other institution that issues the warrant. Also, index-linked warrants may have longer terms than index options. Index-linked warrants are not likely to be as liquid as certain index options backed by a recognized clearing agency. In addition, the terms of index-linked warrants may limit a Fund’s ability to exercise the warrants at such time, or in such quantities, as the Fund would otherwise wish to do.
A Fund may make indirect investments in foreign equity securities, through international warrants, participation notes, low exercise price warrants, or other products that allow the Fund to access investments in foreign markets that would otherwise be unavailable to them. International warrants are financial instruments issued by banks or other financial institutions, which may or may not be traded on a foreign exchange. International warrants are a form of derivative security that may give holders the right to buy or sell an underlying security or a basket of securities from or to the issuer for a particular price or may entitle holders to receive a cash payment relating to the value of the underlying security or basket of securities. International warrants are similar to options in that they are exercisable by the holder for an underlying security or securities or the value of the security or securities, but are generally exercisable over a longer term than typical options. These types of instruments may be American style exercise, which means that they can be exercised at any time on or before the expiration date of the international warrant, or European style exercise, which means that they may be exercised only on the expiration date. International warrants have an exercise price, which is typically fixed when the warrants are issued.
A Fund may invest in low exercise price warrants, which are warrants with an exercise price that is very low relative to the market price of the underlying instrument at the time of issue (e.g., one cent or less). The buyer of a low exercise price warrant effectively pays the full value of the underlying common stock at the outset. In the case of any exercise of warrants, there may be a time delay between the time a holder of warrants gives instructions to exercise and the time the price of the
B-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS
common stock relating to exercise or the settlement date is determined, during which time the price of the underlying security could change significantly. These warrants entail substantial credit risk, since the issuer of the warrant holds the purchase price of the warrant (approximately equal to the value of the underlying investment at the time of the warrant’s issue) for the life of the warrant.
The exercise or settlement date of the warrants and other instruments described above may be affected by certain market disruption events, such as difficulties relating to the exchange of a local currency into U.S. dollars, the imposition of capital controls by a local jurisdiction or changes in the laws relating to foreign investments. These events could lead to a change in the exercise date or settlement currency of the instruments, or postponement of the settlement date. In some cases, if the market disruption events continue for a certain period of time, the warrants may become worthless, resulting in a total loss of the purchase price of the warrants.
A participation note or “P-note” is typically a debt instrument issued by a bank or broker-dealer, where the amount of the bank’s or broker-dealer’s repayment obligation is tied to changes in the value of an underlying security or index of securities. A P-note is a general unsecured contractual obligation of the bank or broker-dealer that issues it. A Fund must rely on the creditworthiness of the issuer for repayment of the P-note and for any return on the Fund’s investment in the P-note and would have no rights against the issuer of the underlying security.
There is no assurance that there will be a secondary trading market for any of the instruments described above. They may by their terms be non-transferable or otherwise be highly illiquid and difficult to price. Issuers of such instruments or the calculation agent named in respect of such an instrument may have broad authority and discretion to adjust the instrument’s terms in response to certain events or to interpret an instrument’s terms or to make certain determinations relating to the instrument, which could have a significant adverse effect on the value of the instrument to a Fund. If the issuer or other obligor on an instrument is unable or unwilling to perform its obligations under such an instrument, a Fund may lose some or all of its investment in the instrument and any unrealized return on that investment. Certain of these instruments may be subject to foreign investment risk and currency risk.
Equity-Linked Notes
An equity-linked note (ELN) is a debt instrument whose value changes based on changes in the value of a single equity security, basket of equity securities, or an index of equity securities. An equity-linked note may or may not pay interest. See “Hybrid Instruments,” below.
Hybrid Instruments
Hybrid instruments are generally considered derivatives and include indexed or structured securities, and combine elements of many derivatives transactions with those of debt, preferred equity, or a depositary instrument. A Fund may use a hybrid instrument as a substitute for any type of cash or derivative investment which it might make for any purpose.
A hybrid instrument may be a debt security, preferred stock, warrant, convertible security, certificate of deposit, or other evidence of indebtedness on which a portion of or all interest payments, and/or the principal or stated amount payable at maturity, redemption or retirement, is determined by reference to prices, changes in prices, or differences between prices, of securities, currencies, intangibles, goods, articles, or commodities (collectively, “underlying assets”), or by another index, economic factor, or other measure, including interest rates, currency exchange rates, or commodities or securities indexes (collectively, “benchmarks”). Hybrid instruments may take a number of forms, including, for example, debt instruments with interest or principal payments or redemption terms determined by reference to the value of an index, security, or other measure at a future time, preferred stock with dividend rates determined by reference to the value of a currency, or convertible securities where the conversion terms relate to a particular commodity.
The risks of investing in a hybrid instrument may, depending on the nature of the instrument, reflect a combination of the risks of investing in securities, options, futures, currencies, or other types of investments. An investment in a hybrid instrument as a debt instrument may entail significant risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional debt instrument. The risks of a particular hybrid instrument will depend upon the terms of the instrument, but may include the possibility of significant changes in the level of the benchmark(s) or the prices of the underlying assets to which the instrument is linked. Such risks generally depend upon factors unrelated to the operations or credit quality of the issuer of the hybrid instrument, and may not be foreseen by the purchaser, such as financial or market developments, economic and political events, the supply and demand of the underlying assets, and interest rate movements. Hybrid instruments may be highly volatile and their use by a Fund may not be successful.
Hybrid instruments are potentially more volatile and carry greater market risks than traditional debt instruments. Hybrid instruments may be highly leveraged. Depending on the structure of the particular hybrid instrument, changes in a
B-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS
benchmark may be magnified by the terms of the hybrid instrument and have an even more dramatic and substantial effect upon the value of the hybrid instrument. Also, the prices of the hybrid instrument and the benchmark or underlying asset may not move in the same direction or at the same time.
Hybrid instruments may also carry liquidity risk since they typically trade OTC, and are not backed by a central clearing organization. The instruments are often “customized” to meet the portfolio needs of a particular investor, and therefore, the number of investors that are willing and able to buy such instruments in the secondary market may be smaller than that for more traditional debt securities. Under certain conditions, the value of such an investment could be zero. In addition, because the purchase and sale of hybrid investments would likely take place in an OTC market without the backing of a central clearing organization, or in a transaction between a Fund and the issuer of the hybrid instrument, the instruments will not likely be actively traded. Hybrid instruments also may not be subject to regulation by the CFTC, the SEC, or any other governmental regulatory authority.
When a Fund invests in a hybrid instrument, it also takes on the credit risk of the issuer of the hybrid instrument. In that respect, a hybrid instrument may create greater risks than investments directly in the securities or other assets underlying the hybrid instrument because the Fund is exposed both to losses on those securities or other assets and to the credit risk of the issuer of the hybrid instrument. A hybrid instrument may also pose greater risks than other derivatives based on the same securities or assets because, when it purchases the instrument, a Fund may be required to pay all, or most, of the notional amount of the investment by way of purchase price, whereas many other derivatives require a Fund to post only a relatively small portion of the notional amount by way of margin or similar arrangements.
Structured Investments
A structured investment is typically issued by a specially created corporation or trust that purchases one or more securities or other assets (“underlying instruments”), and that in turn issues one or more classes of securities (“structured securities”) backed by, or representing different interests in, the underlying instruments. The cash flow on the underlying instruments may be apportioned among the newly issued structured securities to create securities with different investment characteristics, such as varying maturities, payment priorities, and interest rate provisions, and the extent of such payments made with respect to structured securities is dependent on the extent of the cash flow on the underlying instruments. Because structured securities typically involve no credit enhancement, their credit risk generally will reflect that of the underlying instruments. Investments in a structured security may be subordinated to the right of payment of another class of securities. Subordinated structured securities typically have higher yields and present greater risks than unsubordinated structured securities. Structured securities are typically sold in private placement transactions, and there currently is no active trading market for structured securities, and they may be highly illiquid and difficult to value. Because the purchase and sale of structured securities would likely take place in an OTC market without the backing of a central clearing organization, or in a transaction between a Fund and the issuer of the structured securities, the creditworthiness of the counterparty of the issuer of the structured securities would be an additional risk factor the Fund would have to consider and monitor.
Commodity-Linked “Structured” Securities.   Certain structured products may provide exposure to the commodities markets. Commodity-linked structured securities may be equity or debt securities, may be leveraged or unleveraged, and may present investment characteristics and risks of an investment in a security and one or more underlying commodities. Certain restrictions imposed on the Funds by the Code may limit the Funds’ ability to invest in certain commodity-linked structured securities.
Credit-Linked Securities.   Credit-linked securities are typically issued by a limited purpose trust or other vehicle that, in turn, invests in a basket of derivative instruments, such as credit default swaps, interest rate swaps, and other securities or transactions, in order to provide exposure to certain high yield or other fixed income issuers or markets. For example, a Fund may invest in credit-linked securities in order to gain exposure to the high yield markets pending investment of cash and/or to remain fully invested when more traditional income producing securities are not available. A Fund’s return on its investments in credit-linked securities will depend on the investment performance of the investments held in the trust or other vehicle. A Fund’s investments in these instruments are indirectly subject to the risks associated with the derivative instruments in which the trust or other vehicle invests, including, among others, credit risk, default, or similar event risk, counterparty risk, interest rate risk, leverage risk, and management risk. There will likely be no established trading market for credit-linked securities and they may be illiquid.
B-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Event-Linked Securities.   Event-linked securities are typically fixed income securities for which the return of principal and payment of interest is contingent on the non-occurrence of a trigger event, such as a hurricane, earthquake, or other event that leads to physical or economic loss. If the trigger event occurs prior to maturity, a Fund may lose all or a portion of its principal and unpaid interest. Event-linked securities may expose a Fund to certain other risks, including issuer default, adverse regulatory or jurisdictional interpretations, liquidity risk, and adverse tax consequences.
Structured Hybrid Instruments.   Because the performance of structured hybrid instruments is linked to the performance of an underlying commodity, commodity index, or other economic variable, those investments are subject to “market risks” with respect to the movements of the commodity markets and may be subject to certain other risks that do not affect traditional equity and debt securities. If the interest payment on a hybrid instrument is linked to the value of a particular commodity, commodity index, or other economic variable and the underlying investment loses value, the purchaser might not receive the anticipated interest on its investment. If the amount of principal to be repaid on a structured hybrid instrument is linked to the value of a particular commodity, commodity index, or other economic variable, the purchaser might not receive all or any of the principal at maturity of the investment.
The values of structured hybrid instruments may fluctuate significantly because the values of the underlying investments to which they are linked are themselves extremely volatile, and the Fund may lose most or all of the value of its investment in a hybrid instrument. Additionally, the particular terms of a structured hybrid instrument may create economic leverage by contemplating payments that are based on a multiple of the price increase or decrease of the underlying commodity, commodity index, or other economic variable. A liquid secondary market may not exist for structured hybrid instruments, which may make it difficult to sell such instruments at an acceptable price or to value them accurately.
A Fund’s investment in structured products may be subject to limits under applicable law.
When-Issued, Delayed-Delivery, To-Be-Announced, Forward Commitment, and Standby Commitment Transactions
A Fund may enter into when-issued, delayed-delivery, to-be-announced (“TBA”), or forward commitment transactions in order to lock in the purchase price of the underlying security or in order to adjust the interest rate exposure of the Fund’s existing portfolio. In when-issued, delayed-delivery, or forward commitment transactions, a Fund commits to purchase or sell particular securities, with payment and delivery to take place at a future date. In the case of TBA purchase commitments, the unit price and the estimated principal amount are established when the Fund enters into a commitment, with the actual principal amount being within a specified range of the estimate. Although a Fund does not typically pay for the securities in these types of transactions until they are delivered, it immediately assumes the risks of ownership, including the risk of price fluctuation. As a result, each of these types of transactions may create investment leverage in a Fund’s portfolio and increase the volatility of the Fund. If a Fund’s counterparty fails to deliver a security purchased on a when-issued, delayed-delivery, TBA, or forward commitment basis, there may be a loss, and the Fund may have missed an opportunity to make an alternative investment.
A Fund may also enter into standby commitment agreements, obligating the Fund, for a specified period, to buy a specified amount of a security at the option of the issuer, upon the issuance of the security. The price at which the Fund would purchase the security is set at the time of the agreement. In return for its promise to purchase the security, a Fund receives a commitment fee. The Fund receives this fee whether or not it is ultimately required to purchase the security. The securities subject to a standby commitment will not necessarily be issued, and, if they are issued, the value of the securities on the date of issuance may be significantly less than the price at which the Fund is required to purchase them.
Recently finalized Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) rules include mandatory margin requirements for the TBA market with limited exceptions. TBA trades historically have not been required to be collateralized. The collateralization of TBA trades is intended to mitigate counterparty credit risk between trade and settlement, but could increase the cost of TBA transactions and impose added operational complexity. As of the date of this SAI, it is expected these FINRA rules will be implemented in the near future but it is not clear the full impact the rules will have on the Funds.
Distressed Securities
A Fund may invest in securities, including loans purchased in the secondary market, that are the subject of bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise in default or in risk of being in default as to the repayment of principal and/or interest at the time of acquisition by the Fund or that are rated in the lower rating categories by one or more nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (for example, Ca or lower by Moody’s and CC or lower by S&P or Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”)) or, if unrated, are in the judgment of the investment adviser or subadviser of equivalent quality (“Distressed Securities”). Investment in Distressed Securities is speculative and involves significant risks and a Fund could lose all of its investment in any Distressed Security.
B-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Distressed Securities are subject to greater credit and liquidity risks than other types of loans. Reduced liquidity can affect the values of Distressed Securities, make their valuation and sale more difficult, and result in greater volatility. A bankruptcy proceeding or other court proceeding could delay or limit the ability of the Fund to collect the principal and interest payments on Distressed Securities or adversely affect the Fund’s rights in collateral relating to a Distressed Security. If a lawsuit is brought by creditors of a borrower under a Distressed Security, a court or a trustee in bankruptcy could take certain actions that would be adverse to a Fund. For example:

Other creditors might convince the court to set aside a loan or the collateralization of the loan as a “fraudulent conveyance” or “preferential transfer.” In that event, the court could recover from the Fund the interest and principal payments that the borrower made before becoming insolvent. There can be no assurance that the Fund would be able to prevent that recapture.

A bankruptcy court may restructure the payment obligations under the loan so as to reduce the amount to which the Fund would be entitled.

The court might discharge the amount of the loan that exceeds the value of the collateral.

The court could subordinate the Fund’s rights to the rights of other creditors of the borrower under applicable law, decreasing, potentially significantly, the likelihood of any recovery on the Fund’s investment.
A Fund may, but will not necessarily, invest in a Distressed Security when the investment adviser or subadviser believes it is likely that the issuer of the Distressed Securities will make an exchange offer or will be the subject of a plan of reorganization pursuant to which the Fund will receive new securities in return for the Distressed Securities. There can be no assurance that such an exchange offer will be made or that such a plan of reorganization will be adopted. In addition, a significant period of time may pass between the time at which a Fund makes its investment in Distressed Securities and the time that any such exchange offer or plan of reorganization is completed. Even if an exchange offer is made or plan of reorganization is adopted with respect to Distressed Securities held by a Fund, there can be no assurance that the securities or other assets received by a Fund in connection with such exchange offer or plan of reorganization will not have a lower value or income potential than may have been anticipated when the investment was made. If a Fund participates in negotiations with respect to any exchange offer or plan of reorganization with respect to an issuer of Distressed Securities, the Fund may be restricted from disposing of such securities.
Dollar Roll Transactions
A Fund may enter into dollar roll transactions, in which the Fund sells mortgage-backed securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contracts to purchase substantially similar securities on a specified future date from the same party. A Fund may invest in dollar rolls in order to benefit from anticipated changes in pricing for the mortgage-backed securities during the term of the transaction, or for the purpose of creating investment leverage.
In a dollar roll, the securities that are to be purchased will be of the same type as the securities sold, but will be supported by different pools of mortgages. A Fund that engages in a dollar roll forgoes principal and interest paid on the sold securities during the roll period, but is compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower forward price for the future purchase. In addition, a Fund may benefit by investing the transaction proceeds during the roll period. Dollar roll transactions generally have the effect of creating leverage in a Fund’s portfolio.
Dollar rolls involve the risk that the Fund’s counterparty will be unable to deliver the mortgage-backed securities underlying the dollar roll at the fixed time. If the counterparty files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, the counterparty or its representative may ask for and receive an extension of time to decide whether to enforce the Fund’s repurchase obligation. A Fund’s use of the transaction proceeds may be restricted pending such decision. A Fund may enter into dollar roll transactions without limit up to the amount permitted under applicable law.
Exchange Traded Notes (ETNs)
ETNs are senior, unsecured, debt securities typically issued by financial institutions. An ETN’s return is typically based on the performance of a particular market index, and the value of the index may be impacted by market forces that affect the value of ETNs in unexpected ways. ETNs are similar to Structured Investments, except that they are typically listed on an exchange and traded in the secondary market. See “Structured Investments” in this SAI. The return on an ETN is based on the performance of the specified market index, and an investor may, at maturity, realize a negative return on the investment. ETNs typically do not make periodic interest payments and principal is not protected. The repayment of principal and any additional return due either at maturity or upon repurchase by the issuer depends on the issuer’s ability to
B-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS
pay, regardless of the performance of the underlying index. Accordingly, ETNs are subject to credit risk that the issuer will default or will be unable to make timely payments of principal. Certain events can impact an ETN issuer’s financial situation and ability to make timely payments to ETN holders, including economic, political, legal, or regulatory changes and natural disasters. Event risk is unpredictable and can significantly impact ETN holders.
The market value of an ETN may be influenced by, among other things, time to maturity, level of supply and demand of the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in the underlying assets, changes in the applicable interest rates, the current performance of the market index to which the ETN is linked, and the credit rating of the ETN issuer. The market value of an ETN may differ from the performance of the applicable market index and there may be times when an ETN trades at a premium or discount. This difference in price may be due to the fact that the supply and demand in the market for ETNs at any point in time is not always identical to the supply and demand in the market for the securities underlying the market index that the ETN seeks to track. A change in the issuer’s credit rating may also impact the value of an ETN without regard to the level of the underlying market index. ETNs are also subject to tax risk. No assurance can be given that the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) will accept, or a court will uphold, how the Funds characterize and treat ETNs for tax purposes.
A Fund’s ability to sell its ETN holdings may be limited by the availability of a secondary market. In addition, although an ETN may be listed on an exchange, the issuer may not be required to maintain the listing and there can be no assurance that a secondary market will exist for an ETN. Some ETNs may be relatively illiquid and may therefore be difficult to purchase or sell at a fair price. Leveraged ETNs may offer the potential for greater return, but their values may be highly volatile.
Financial Services Companies
A Fund may invest in financial services companies. Financial services companies are subject to extensive government regulation that may affect their profitability in many ways, including by limiting the amount and types of loans and other commitments they can make, and the interest rates and fees they can charge. A financial services company’s profitability, and therefore its stock price, is especially sensitive to interest rate changes as well as the ability of borrowers to repay their loans. Changing regulations, continuing consolidations, and development of new products and structures all are likely to have a significant impact on financial services companies.
Fixed Income Securities
Certain of the debt securities in which the Funds may invest may not offer as high a yield as may be achieved from lower quality instruments having less safety. If a Fund disposes of an obligation prior to maturity, it may realize a loss or a gain. An increase in interest rates will generally reduce the value of debt securities, and a decline in interest rates will generally increase the value of debt securities. In addition, debt securities are subject to the ability of the issuer to make payment at maturity. As inflation increases, the present value of a Fund’s fixed income investment typically will decline. Investors’ expectation of future inflation can also adversely affect the current value of portfolio investments, resulting in lower asset values and potential losses.
To the extent that a Fund invests in debt securities, interest rate fluctuations will affect its NAV, but not the income it receives from its debt securities. In addition, if the debt securities contain call, prepayment, or redemption provisions, during a period of declining interest rates, those securities are likely to be redeemed, and a Fund would probably be unable to replace them with securities having as great a yield. Certain events, such as market or economic developments, regulatory or government actions, natural disasters, pandemics, terrorist attacks, war, and other geopolitical events can have a dramatic adverse effect on the debt market and the overall liquidity of the market for fixed income securities.
Investment in medium- or lower-grade debt securities involves greater investment risk, including the possibility of issuer default or bankruptcy. An economic downturn could severely disrupt this market and adversely affect the value of outstanding bonds and the ability of the issuers to repay principal and interest. In addition, lower-quality bonds are less sensitive to interest rate changes than higher-quality instruments and generally are more sensitive to adverse economic changes or individual corporate developments. During a period of adverse economic changes, including a period of rising interest rates, issuers of such bonds may experience difficulty in servicing their principal and interest payment obligations. Furthermore, medium- and lower-grade debt securities tend to be less marketable than higher-quality debt securities because the market for them is less broad. The market for unrated debt securities is even narrower. During periods of thin trading in these markets, the spread between bid and asked prices is likely to increase significantly, and a Fund may have greater difficulty selling its portfolio securities. The market value of these securities and their liquidity may be affected by adverse publicity and investor perceptions.
B-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Foreign Securities
Each Fund may invest in foreign securities. Foreign securities include securities of foreign companies and foreign governments (or agencies or subdivisions thereof). If a Fund’s securities are held abroad, the countries in which such securities may be held and the sub-custodian holding them must be approved by the Board or its delegate under applicable rules adopted by the SEC. In buying foreign securities, each Fund may convert U.S. dollars into foreign currency.
The globalization and integration of the world economic system and related financial markets have made it increasingly difficult to define issuers geographically. Accordingly, the Funds intend to construe geographic terms such as “foreign,” “non-U.S.,” “European,” “Latin American,” “Asian,” and “emerging markets” in the manner that affords to the Funds the greatest flexibility in seeking to achieve the investment objective(s) of the relevant Fund. Specifically, unless otherwise stated, in circumstances where the investment objective and/or strategy is to invest (a) exclusively in “foreign securities,” “non-U.S. securities,” “European securities,” “Latin American securities,” “Asian securities,” or “emerging markets” ​(or similar directions) or (b) at least some percentage of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities, etc., the Fund will take the view that a security meets this description so long as the issuer of a security is tied economically to the particular country or geographic region indicated by words of the relevant investment objective and/or strategy (the “Relevant Language”). For these purposes the issuer of a security is deemed to have that tie if:
(i)
the issuer is organized under the laws of the country or a country within the geographic region suggested by the Relevant Language or maintains its principal place of business in that country or region; or
(ii)
the securities are traded principally in the country or region suggested by the Relevant Language; or
(iii)
the issuer, during its most recent fiscal year, derived at least 50% of its revenues or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in the country or region suggested by the Relevant Language or has at least 50% of its assets in that country or region.
In addition, the Funds intend to treat derivative securities (e.g., call options) by reference to the underlying security. Conversely, if the investment objective and/or strategy of a Fund limits the percentage of assets that may be invested in “foreign securities,” etc. or prohibits such investments altogether, a Fund intends to categorize securities as “foreign,” etc. only if the security possesses all of the attributes described above in clauses (i), (ii), and (iii).
Foreign securities also include a Fund’s investment in foreign securities through depositary receipts, in the form of American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”), or other similar securities. An ADR is a U.S. dollar-denominated security issued by a U.S. bank or trust company that represents, and may be converted into, a foreign security. An EDR or a GDR is generally similar but is issued by a non-U.S. bank. Depositary receipts are subject to the same risks as direct investment in foreign securities. Depositary receipts may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the underlying securities into which they may be converted, and changes in currency exchange rates may affect the value of an ADR investment in ways different from direct investments in foreign securities. Funds may invest in both sponsored and unsponsored depositary receipts. Unsponsored depositary receipts are organized independently and without the cooperation of the issuer of the underlying securities. As a result, available information concerning the issuers may not be as current for unsponsored depositary receipts and the prices of unsponsored depositary receipts may be more volatile than if such instruments were sponsored by the issuer. In addition, the underlying issuers of certain depositary receipts, particularly unsponsored or unregistered depositary receipts, are under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications to the holders of such receipts or to pass through to them any voting rights with respect to the deposited securities. A Fund may therefore receive less timely information or have less control than if it invested directly in the foreign issuer. An investment in an ADR is subject to the credit risk of the issuer of the ADR.
Investments in foreign securities involve special risks and considerations. Foreign companies are not generally subject to uniform accounting, auditing, and financial reporting standards, practices, and requirements comparable to those applicable to domestic companies, and such practices and standards may vary significantly from country to country. There may be less publicly available information about a foreign company than about a domestic company. The U.S. Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”), which regulates auditors of U.S. public companies, is unable to inspect audit work papers in certain foreign countries. Investors in foreign countries often have limited rights and few practical remedies to pursue shareholder claims, including class actions or fraud claims, and the ability of the SEC, the U.S. Department of Justice, and other authorities to bring and enforce actions against foreign issuers or foreign persons is limited. Foreign markets have different clearance and settlement procedures. Delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when assets of a Fund are uninvested. The inability of a Fund to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems could cause it to miss certain investment opportunities. Foreign securities may also entail certain other risks, such as the possibility of one or more of the following: imposition of dividend or interest withholding or confiscatory
B-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS
taxes, higher brokerage costs, thinner trading markets, currency blockages or transfer restrictions, expropriation, nationalization, military coups, economic sanctions, or other adverse political or economic developments; less government supervision and regulation of securities exchanges, brokers and listed companies; and the difficulty of enforcing obligations in other countries, and are more susceptible to environmental problems. Purchases of foreign securities are usually made in foreign currencies and, as a result, a Fund may incur currency conversion costs and may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in the value of foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar. Further, it may be more difficult for a Fund’s agents to keep currently informed about corporate actions which may affect the prices of portfolio securities. Communications between the United States and foreign countries may be less reliable than within the United States, thus increasing the risk of delayed settlements of portfolio transactions or loss of certificates for portfolio securities. Certain markets may require payment for securities before delivery. In addition, there may be a possibility of nationalization or expropriation of assets, imposition of currency exchange controls, confiscatory taxation, political or financial instability, diplomatic developments that could adversely affect the values of the Fund’s investments in certain non-U.S. countries, and quotas or other limits on the ability of the Fund (or clients of the Fund’s investment adviser or subadviser) to invest or maintain investments in securities of issuers in certain countries.
A number of current significant political, demographic, and economic developments may affect investments in foreign securities and in securities of companies with operations overseas. The course of any one or more of these events and the effect on trade barriers, competition, and markets for consumer goods and services are uncertain. Similar considerations are of concern with respect to developing countries. For example, the possibility of revolution and the dependence on foreign economic assistance may be greater in these countries than in developed countries. Management seeks to mitigate the risks associated with these considerations through diversification and active professional management.
In addition to the general risks of investing in foreign securities, investments in emerging markets involve special risks. Securities of many issuers in emerging markets may have less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards, and may be less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable domestic issuers. Shares of companies that only trade on an emerging market securities exchange are not likely to file reports with the SEC. The availability of material financial information about such companies and its reliability may be limited since such companies are generally not subject to the same regulatory, accounting, auditing, or auditor oversight requirements applicable to companies that file reports with the SEC. In addition, the PCAOB is unable to inspect audit work papers in certain emerging market countries. Emerging markets may have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when a portion of the assets of a Fund is uninvested and no return is earned thereon. The inability of a Fund to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems could cause a Fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. Inability to dispose of portfolio securities due to settlement problems could result in losses to a Fund due to subsequent declines in values of the portfolio securities, decrease in the level of liquidity in a Fund’s portfolio, or, if a Fund has entered into a contract to sell the security, possible liability to the purchaser. Certain markets may require payment for securities before delivery, and in such markets a Fund bears the risk that the securities will not be delivered and that the Fund’s payments will not be returned. In addition, securities markets of emerging market countries are subject to the risk that such markets may close, sometimes for extended periods of time, due to market, economic, political, regulatory, geopolitical, environmental, public health, or other conditions. Securities prices in emerging markets can be significantly more volatile than in the more developed nations of the world, reflecting the greater uncertainties of investing in less established markets and economies. In particular, countries with emerging markets may have relatively unstable governments, present the risk of nationalization of businesses, or may have restrictions on foreign ownership or prohibitions of repatriation of assets, and may have less protection of property rights than more developed countries. Investors in emerging markets may not have the ability to seek certain legal remedies in U.S. courts as private plaintiffs. As a practical matter, investors may have to rely on domestic legal remedies that are available in the emerging market and such remedies are often limited and difficult for international investors to pursue. Shareholder claims, including class action and securities law and fraud claims, generally are difficult or unavailable to pursue as a matter of law or practicality in many emerging market countries. In addition, the SEC, U.S. Department of Justice, and other U.S. authorities often have substantial difficulties in bringing and enforcing actions against non-U.S. companies and non-U.S. persons, including company officers and directors, in certain emerging markets due to jurisdictional limitations and various other factors. The economies of countries with emerging markets may be predominantly based on only a few industries, may be highly vulnerable to changes in local or global trade conditions, and may suffer from extreme and volatile debt burdens or inflation rates. Local securities markets may trade a small number of securities and may be unable to respond effectively to increases in trading volume, potentially making prompt liquidation of substantial holdings difficult or impossible at times. Securities of issuers located in countries with emerging markets may have limited marketability and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements. In addition, many emerging market countries with less established health care systems have experienced outbreaks of pandemics or contagious diseases from time to time.
B-28

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Certain emerging markets may require governmental approval for the repatriation of investment income, capital, or the proceeds of sales of securities by foreign investors. In addition, if a deterioration occurs in an emerging market’s balance of payments or for other reasons, a country could impose temporary restrictions on foreign capital remittances. A Fund could be adversely affected by delays in, or a refusal to grant, any required governmental approval for repatriation of capital, as well as by the application to that Fund of any restrictions on investments.
Russia, the Middle East, and many other emerging market countries are highly reliant on income from oil sales. Oil prices can have a major impact on these economies. Other commodities such as base and precious metals are also important to these economies. As global supply and demand for commodities fluctuates, these economies can be significantly impacted by the prices of such commodities.
Investment in certain foreign emerging market debt obligations may be restricted or controlled to varying degrees. These restrictions or controls may at times preclude investment in certain foreign emerging market debt obligations and increase the expenses of a Fund.
China Investment Risk.   Investments in securities of companies domiciled in the People’s Republic of China (“China” or the “PRC”) involve a high degree of risk and special considerations not typically associated with investing in the U.S. securities markets. Such heightened risks include, among others, an authoritarian government, popular unrest associated with demands for improved political, economic, and social conditions, the impact of regional conflict on the economy, and hostile relations with neighboring countries.
Military conflicts, either in response to internal social unrest or conflicts with other countries, could disrupt economic development. The Chinese economy is vulnerable to the long-running disagreements and religious and nationalist disputes with Tibet and the Xinjiang region. Since 1997, there have been tensions between the Chinese government and many people in Hong Kong who perceive China as tightening control over Hong Kong’s semi-autonomous liberal political, economic, legal, and social framework. Recent protests and unrest have increased tensions even further. Due to the interconnected nature of the Hong Kong and Chinese economies, this instability in Hong Kong may cause uncertainty in the Hong Kong and Chinese markets. China has a complex territorial dispute regarding the sovereignty of Taiwan and has made threats of invasion; Taiwan-based companies and individuals are significant investors in China. Military conflict between China and Taiwan may adversely affect securities of Chinese issuers. In addition, China has strained international relations with Japan, India, Russia, and other neighbors due to territorial disputes, historical animosities, and other defense concerns. Additionally, China is alleged to have participated in state-sponsored cyberattacks against foreign companies and foreign governments. Actual and threatened responses to such activity and strained international relations, including purchasing restrictions, sanctions, tariffs, or cyberattacks on the Chinese government or Chinese companies, may impact China’s economy and Chinese issuers of securities in which a Fund invests. China could be affected by military events on the Korean peninsula or internal instability within North Korea. These situations may cause uncertainty in the Chinese market and may adversely affect the performance of the Chinese economy.
The Chinese government has implemented significant economic reforms in order to liberalize trade policy, promote foreign investment in the economy, reduce government control of the economy, and develop market mechanisms. However, there can be no assurance that these reforms will continue or that they will be effective. Despite reforms and privatizations of companies in certain sectors, the Chinese government still exercises substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector and may own or control many companies. Chinese companies, such as those in the financial services or technology sectors, and potentially other sectors in the future, are subject to the risk that Chinese authorities can intervene in their operations and structure. The Chinese government continues to maintain a major role in economic policy making and investing in China involves risks of losses due to expropriation, nationalization, confiscation of assets and property, and the imposition of restrictions on foreign investments and on repatriation of capital invested.
The Chinese government may intervene in the Chinese financial markets, such as by the imposition of trading restrictions, a ban on “naked” short selling, or the suspension of short selling for certain stocks. This may affect market price and liquidity of these stocks, and may have an unpredictable impact on the investment activities of the Funds. Furthermore, such market interventions may have a negative impact on market sentiment which may in turn affect the performance of the securities markets and as a result the performance of the Funds.
In addition, there is less regulation and monitoring of the securities markets and the activities of investors, brokers, and other participants in China than in the United States. Accordingly, issuers of securities in China are not subject to the same degree of regulation as those in the United States with respect to such matters as insider trading rules, tender offer regulation, stockholder proxy requirements, and the requirements mandating timely and accurate disclosure of information. Stock markets in China are in the process of change and further development. This may lead to trading volatility, and
B-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS
difficulties in the settlement and recording of transactions and interpretation and application of the relevant regulations. Custodians may not be able to offer the level of service and safe-keeping in relation to the settlement and administration of securities in China that is customary in more developed markets. In particular, there is a risk that a Fund may not be recognized as the owner of securities that are held on behalf of the Fund by a sub-custodian.
The Chinese government has taken positions that prevent the PCAOB from inspecting the audit work and practices of accounting firms in mainland China and Hong Kong for compliance with U.S. law and professional standards. Audits performed by PCAOB-registered accounting firms in mainland China and Hong Kong may be less reliable than those performed by firms subject to PCAOB inspection. Accordingly, information about the Chinese securities in which the Funds invest may be less reliable or complete. Under amendments to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act enacted in December 2020, which requires that the PCAOB be permitted to inspect the accounting firm of a U.S.-listed Chinese issuer, Chinese companies with securities listed on U.S. exchanges may be delisted if the PCAOB is unable to inspect the accounting firm.
The Renminbi (“RMB”) is currently not a freely convertible currency and is subject to foreign exchange control policies and repatriation restrictions imposed by the Chinese government. The imposition of currency controls may negatively impact performance and liquidity of the Funds as capital may become trapped in the PRC. The Funds could be adversely affected by delays in, or a refusal to grant, any required governmental approval for repatriation of capital, as well as by the application to the Funds of any restrictions on investments. Investing in entities either in, or which have a substantial portion of their operations in, the PRC may require the Funds to adopt special procedures, seek local government approvals, or take other actions, each of which may involve additional costs and delays to the Funds.
While the Chinese economy has grown rapidly in recent years, there is no assurance that this growth rate will be maintained. China may experience substantial rates of inflation or economic recessions, causing a negative effect on its economy and securities market. China’s economy is heavily dependent on export growth. Reduction in spending on Chinese products and services, institution of tariffs or other trade barriers, or a downturn in any of the economies of China’s key trading partners may have an adverse impact on the securities of Chinese issuers. The tax laws and regulations in the PRC are subject to change, including the issuance of authoritative guidance or enforcement, possibly with retroactive effect. The interpretation, applicability, and enforcement of such laws by the PRC tax authorities are not as consistent and transparent as those of more developed nations, and may vary over time and from region to region. The application and enforcement of the PRC tax rules could have a significant adverse effect on a Fund and its investors, particularly in relation to capital gains withholding tax imposed upon non-residents. In addition, the accounting, auditing, and financial reporting standards and practices applicable to Chinese companies may be less rigorous, and may result in significant differences between financial statements prepared in accordance with PRC accounting standards and practices and those prepared in accordance with international accounting standards.
From time to time, China has experienced outbreaks of infectious illnesses and the country may be subject to other public health threats, infectious illnesses, diseases, or similar issues in the future. Any spread of an infectious illness, public health threat, or similar issue could reduce consumer demand or economic output, result in market closures, travel restrictions or quarantines, and generally have a significant impact on the Chinese economy, which in turn could adversely affect a Fund’s investments.
Investments in Hong Kong.   In 1997, the United Kingdom handed over control of Hong Kong to China. Since that time, Hong Kong has been governed by a quasi-constitution known as the Basic Law, while defense and foreign affairs are the responsibility of the central government in Beijing. The chief executive of Hong Kong is appointed by the Chinese government. However, Hong Kong is able to participate in international organizations and agreements and it continues to function as an international financial center, with no exchange controls, free convertibility of the Hong Kong dollar, and free inward and outward movement of capital. By treaty, China has committed to preserve Hong Kong’s high degree of autonomy in certain matters until 2047. However, as demonstrated by Hong Kong protests in recent years over political, economic, and legal freedoms, and the Chinese government’s response to them, there continues to exist political uncertainty within Hong Kong. For example, in June 2020, China adopted a new security law that severely limits freedom of speech in Hong Kong and expands police powers to seize electronic devices and intercept communications of suspects. Hong Kong has experienced strong economic growth in recent years due, in part, to its close ties with China and a strong service sector, but the decline in growth rates in China could limit Hong Kong’s future growth. In addition, if China exerts its authority so as to alter the economic, political, or legal structures, or further alters the existing social policy of Hong Kong, investor and business confidence in Hong Kong could be negatively affected, which in turn could negatively affect markets and business performance. These and other factors could have a negative impact on a Fund’s performance.
B-30

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Investments in Taiwan.   For decades, a state of hostility has existed between Taiwan and China. Although tensions have lowered, exemplified by improved relations in recent years, the relationship with China remains a divisive political issue within Taiwan. As an export-oriented economy, Taiwan depends on a free-trade regime and remains vulnerable to downturns in the world economy. Taiwanese companies continue to compete mostly on price, producing generic products or branded merchandise on behalf of multinational companies. Accordingly, these businesses can be particularly vulnerable to currency volatility and increasing competition from neighboring lower-cost countries. Moreover, many Taiwanese companies are heavily invested in mainland China and other countries throughout Southeast Asia, making them susceptible to political events and economic crises in the region. Significantly, Taiwan and China have entered into agreements covering banking, securities, and insurance. Closer economic links with mainland China may bring greater opportunities for the Taiwanese economy, but such arrangements also pose new challenges. For example, foreign direct investment in China has resulted in Chinese import substitution away from Taiwan’s exports and a constriction of potential job creation in Taiwan. Likewise, the Taiwanese economy has experienced slow economic growth as demand for Taiwan’s exports has weakened due, in part, to declines in growth rates in China. Taiwan has sought to diversify its export markets and reduce its dependence on the Chinese market by increasing exports to the United States, Japan, Europe, and other Asian countries by, among other things, entering into free-trade agreements. The Taiwanese economy’s long-term challenges include a rapidly aging population, low birth rate, and the lingering effects of Taiwan’s diplomatic isolation. These and other factors could have a negative impact on a Fund’s performance.
Risk of Investing in China through Stock Connect and Bond Connect.   China A-shares are equity securities of companies domiciled in China that trade on Chinese stock exchanges such as the Shanghai Stock Exchange (“SSE”) and the Shenzhen Stock Exchange (“SZSE”) (“A-shares”) and are denominated and traded in RMB whereas China B-shares are traded on Chinese stock exchanges and are denominated in RMB but traded in either U.S. dollars or Hong Kong dollars (“B-shares”). Foreign investment in A-shares on the SSE and SZSE has historically not been permitted, other than through a license granted under regulations in the PRC known as the Qualified Foreign Institutional Investor (“QFII”) and Renminbi Qualified Foreign Institutional Investor (“Renminbi QFII”) systems. Foreign investors may invest in B-shares directly. A Fund’s exposure to B-shares may be obtained through indirect exposure through investment in participation notes.
Investment in eligible A-shares listed and traded on the SSE or SZSE is also permitted through the Shanghai-Hong Kong Stock Connect program or the Shenzhen-Hong Kong Stock Connect program, as applicable (each, a “Stock Connect” and collectively, “Stock Connects”). Each Stock Connect is a securities trading and clearing links program established by The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“SEHK”), the Hong Kong Securities Clearing Company Limited (“HKSCC”), the SSE or SZSE, as applicable, and China Securities Depository and Clearing Corporation Limited (“CSDCC”) that aims to provide mutual stock market access between the PRC and Hong Kong by permitting investors to trade and settle shares on each market through their local securities brokers. Under Stock Connects, a Fund’s trading of eligible A-shares listed on the SSE or SZSE, as applicable, would be effectuated through its Hong Kong broker and a securities trading service company established by SEHK.
Although no individual investment quotas or licensing requirements apply to investors in Stock Connects, trading through a Stock Connect’s Northbound Trading Link is subject to daily investment quota limitations which require that buy orders for A-shares be rejected once the daily quota is exceeded (although a Fund will be permitted to sell A-shares regardless of the quota). These limitations may restrict a Fund from investing in A-shares on a timely basis, which could affect the Fund’s ability to effectively pursue its investment strategy. Investment quotas are also subject to change. Investment in eligible A-shares through a Stock Connect is subject to trading, clearance and settlement procedures that could pose risks to a Fund. A-shares purchased through Stock Connects generally may not be sold or otherwise transferred other than through Stock Connects in accordance with applicable rules. For example, the PRC regulations require that in order for an investor to sell any A-share on a certain trading day, there must be sufficient A-shares in the investor’s account before the market opens on that day. If there are insufficient A-shares in the investor’s account, the sell order will be rejected by the SSE or SZSE, as applicable. SEHK carries out pre-trade checking on sell orders of certain stocks listed on the SSE market (“SSE Securities”) or SZSE market (“SZSE Securities”) of its participants (i.e., stock brokers) to ensure that this requirement is satisfied. While shares must be designated as eligible to be traded under a Stock Connect, those shares may also lose such designation, and if this occurs, such shares may be sold but cannot be purchased through a Stock Connect. In addition, Stock Connects will only operate on days when both the Chinese and Hong Kong markets are open for trading, and banking services are available in both markets on the corresponding settlement days. Therefore, an investment in A-shares through a Stock Connect may subject a Fund to a risk of price fluctuations on days when the Chinese market is open, but a Stock Connect is not trading. Moreover, day (turnaround) trading is not permitted on the A-shares market. If an investor buys A-shares on day “T,” the investor will only be able to sell the A-shares on or after day
B-31

TABLE OF CONTENTS
T+1. Further, since all trades of eligible A-shares must be settled in RMB, investors must have timely access to a reliable supply of offshore RMB, which cannot be guaranteed. There is also no assurance that RMB will not be subject to devaluation. Any devaluation of RMB could adversely affect a Fund’s investments. If a Fund holds a class of shares denominated in a local currency other than RMB, the Fund will be exposed to currency exchange risk if the Fund converts the local currency into RMB for investments in A-shares. A Fund may also incur conversion costs.
A-shares held through the nominee structure under a Stock Connect will be held through HKSCC as nominee on behalf of investors. The precise nature and rights of a Fund as the beneficial owner of the SSE Securities or SZSE Securities through HKSCC as nominee is not well defined under the PRC laws. There is a lack of a clear definition of, and distinction between, legal ownership and beneficial ownership under the PRC laws and there have been few cases involving a nominee account structure in the PRC courts. The exact nature and methods of enforcement of the rights and interests of a Fund under the PRC laws is also uncertain. In the unlikely event that HKSCC becomes subject to winding up proceedings in Hong Kong, there is a risk that the SSE Securities or SZSE Securities may not be regarded as held for the beneficial ownership of a Fund or as part of the general assets of HKSCC available for general distribution to its creditors. Notwithstanding the fact that HKSCC does not claim proprietary interests in the SSE Securities or SZSE Securities held in its omnibus stock account in the CSDCC, the CSDCC as the share registrar for SSE- or SZSE-listed companies will still treat HKSCC as one of the shareholders when it handles corporate actions in respect of such SSE Securities or SZSE Securities. HKSCC monitors the corporate actions affecting SSE Securities and SZSE Securities and keeps participants of Central Clearing and Settlement System (“CCASS”) informed of all such corporate actions that require CCASS participants to take steps in order to participate in them. Investors may only exercise their voting rights by providing their voting instructions to HKSCC through participants of CCASS. All voting instructions from CCASS participants will be consolidated by HKSCC, who will then submit a combined single voting instruction to the relevant SSE- or SZSE-listed company.
A Fund’s investments through a Stock Connect’s Northbound Trading Link are not covered by Hong Kong’s Investor Compensation Fund. Hong Kong’s Investor Compensation Fund is established to pay compensation to investors of any nationality who suffer pecuniary losses as a result of default of a licensed intermediary or authorized financial institution in relation to exchange-traded products in Hong Kong. In addition, since a Fund carries out Northbound Trading through securities brokers in Hong Kong but not PRC brokers, it is not protected by the China Securities Investor Protection Fund in the PRC.
Market participants are able to participate in Stock Connects subject to meeting certain information technology capability, risk management and other requirements as may be specified by the relevant exchange and/or clearinghouse. Further, the “connectivity” in Stock Connects requires routing of orders across the border of Hong Kong and the PRC. This requires the development of new information technology systems on the part of SEHK and exchange participants. There is no assurance that the systems of SEHK and market participants will function properly or will continue to be adapted to changes and developments in both markets. In the event that the relevant systems fail to function properly, trading in A-shares through Stock Connects could be disrupted.
The Shanghai-Hong Kong Stock Connect program launched in November 2014 and the Shenzhen-Hong Kong Stock Connect program launched in December 2016 and are both in their initial stages. The current regulations are relatively untested and there is no certainty as to how they will be applied or interpreted going forward. In addition, the current regulations are subject to change and there can be no assurance that a Stock Connect will not be discontinued. New regulations may be issued from time to time by the regulators and stock exchanges in China and Hong Kong in connection with operations, legal enforcement and cross-border trades under Stock Connects. A Fund may be adversely affected as a result of such changes. Furthermore, the securities regimes and legal systems of China and Hong Kong differ significantly and issues may arise from the differences on an ongoing basis. In the event that the relevant systems fail to function properly, trading in both markets through Stock Connects could be disrupted and a Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective may be adversely affected. In addition, a Fund’s investments in A-shares through Stock Connects are generally subject to Chinese securities regulations and listing rules, among other restrictions. Further, different fees, costs and taxes are imposed on foreign investors acquiring A-shares through Stock Connects, and these fees, costs and taxes may be higher than comparable fees, costs and taxes imposed on owners of other securities providing similar investment exposure.
Some Funds may invest in onshore China bonds via a QFII license awarded to the Fund’s subadviser or through a China Interbank Bond Market (“CIBM”) registration through the Bond Connect program. CIBM is an OTC market outside the two main stock exchanges in the PRC, SSE, and SZSE, and was established in 1997. On CIBM, institutional investors (including domestic institutional investors but also QFIIs, Renminbi QFIIs as well as other offshore institutional investors, subject to authorization) trade certain debt instruments on a one-to-one quote-driven basis. CIBM accounts for a vast majority of outstanding bond values of total trading volume in the PRC. The main debt instruments traded on CIBM include government bonds, financial bonds, corporate bonds, bond repo, bond lending, and People’s Bank of China bills.
B-32

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Investors should be aware that trading on CIBM exposes the applicable Fund to increased risks. CIBM is still in its development stage, and the market capitalization and trading volume may be lower than those of more developed markets. Market volatility and potential lack of liquidity due to low trading volume of certain debt securities may result in the prices of debt securities traded on such market to fluctuate significantly. Funds investing in such a market therefore may incur significant trading, settlement, and realization costs and may face counterparty default, liquidity, and volatility risks, resulting in significant losses for the Funds and their investors. Further, since a large portion of CIBM consists of Chinese state-owned entities, the policy priorities of the Chinese government, the strategic importance of the industry, and the strength of a company’s ties to the local, provincial, or central government may and will affect the pricing of such securities.
The Bond Connect program is a relatively new program and may be subject to further interpretation and guidance. There can be no assurance as to the program’s continued existence or whether future developments regarding the program may restrict or adversely affect a Fund’s investments or returns. In addition, the application and interpretation of the laws and regulations of Hong Kong and China, and the rules, policies, or guidelines published or applied by relevant regulators and exchanges in respect of the Bond Connect program are uncertain, and they may have a detrimental effect on a Fund’s investments and returns.
A-Share Market Suspension Risk.   A-shares may only be bought from, or sold to, a Fund at times when the relevant A-shares may be sold or purchased on the relevant Chinese stock exchange. The A-shares market has a higher propensity for trading suspensions than many other global equity markets. Trading suspensions in certain stocks could lead to greater market execution risk and costs for a Fund. The SSE and SZSE currently apply a daily price limit, generally set at 10%, of the amount of fluctuation permitted in the prices of A-shares during a single trading day. The daily price limit refers to price movements only and does not restrict trading within the relevant limit. There can be no assurance that a liquid market on an exchange will exist for any particular A-share or for any particular time.
Risks of Investing in China through Variable Interest Entities.    Investments in Chinese companies may be made through a special structure known as a variable interest entity (“VIE”) that is designed to provide foreign investors, such as a Fund, with exposure to Chinese companies that operate in certain sectors in which China restricts or prohibits foreign investments. Investments in VIEs may pose additional risks because the investment is made through an intermediary shell company that has entered into service and other contracts with the underlying Chinese operating company in order to provide investors with exposure to the operating company, and therefore does not represent equity ownership in the operating company. The value of the shell company is derived from its ability to consolidate the VIE into its financials pursuant to contractual arrangements that allow the shell company to exert a degree of control over, and obtain economic benefits arising from, the VIE without formal legal ownership. The contractual arrangements between the shell company and the operating company may not be as effective in providing operational control as direct equity ownership, and the rights of a foreign investor (such as a Fund) may be limited, including by actions of the Chinese government that could determine that the underlying contractual arrangements are invalid. While VIEs are a longstanding industry practice and Chinese regulators have permitted such arrangements to proliferate, the structure has not been formally recognized under Chinese law and it is uncertain whether Chinese regulators will withdraw their implicit acceptance of the structure. It is also uncertain whether the contractual arrangements, which may be subject to conflicts of interest between the legal owners of the VIE and foreign investors, would be enforced by Chinese courts or arbitration bodies. Prohibitions of these structures by the Chinese government, or the inability to enforce such contracts, from which the shell company derives its value, would likely cause the VIE-structured holding(s) to suffer significant, detrimental, and possibly permanent loss, and in turn, adversely affect a Fund’s returns and net asset value.
Investments in the Middle East.   The economies of countries in the Middle East are all considered emerging markets economies and tend to be highly reliant on the exportation of commodities. Many Middle Eastern economies have little or no democratic tradition and are led by family structures. Opposition parties are often banned, leading to dissidence and militancy. Such developments, if they were to occur, could result in significant disruptions in securities markets. Certain Middle Eastern countries have strained relations with other Middle Eastern countries due to territorial disputes, historical animosities, international alliances, defense concerns, or other reasons, which may adversely affect the economies of these Middle Eastern countries. Certain Middle Eastern countries may be heavily dependent upon international trade, and consequently have been and may continue to be negatively affected by trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values, and other protectionist measures imposed by the countries with which they trade. In addition, certain issuers in Middle Eastern countries in which a Fund invests may operate in, or have dealings with, countries subject to sanctions and/or embargoes imposed by the U.S. Government as state sponsors of terrorism. As a result, an issuer may sustain damage to its reputation if it is identified as an issuer operating in, or having dealings with, such countries.
B-33

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The manner in which foreign investors may invest in companies in certain Middle Eastern countries, as well as limitations on those investments, may have an adverse impact on the operations of a Fund. For example, in certain of these countries, a Fund may be required to invest initially through a local broker or other entity and then have the shares that were purchased re-registered in the name of the Fund. Re-registration in some instances may not be possible on a timely basis. This may result in a delay during which the Fund may be denied certain of its rights as an investor, including rights to dividends or to be made aware of certain corporate actions. There also may be instances where the Fund places a purchase order but is subsequently informed, at the time of re-registration, that the permissible allocation of the investment to foreign investors has been filled.
Investments in Saudi Arabia.   A Fund generally expects to conduct transactions in a manner in which it would not be limited by regulations to a single broker. However, there may be a limited number of brokers who can provide services to the Fund in Saudi Arabia, which may have an adverse impact on the prices, quantity, or timing of Fund transactions.
A Fund’s ability to invest in Saudi Arabian equity securities depends on the ability of the investment adviser or subadviser, as a Foreign Portfolio Manager, and the Fund, as a Qualified Foreign Investor (“QFI”), to obtain and maintain such authorizations from the Saudi Arabia Capital Market Authority (“CMA”). Even though a Fund may obtain a QFI approval, the Fund does not have an exclusive investment quota and is subject to foreign investment limitations and other regulations imposed by the CMA on QFIs, as well as local market participants. Any change in the QFI system generally, including the possibility of the investment adviser or subadviser or the Fund losing its respective Foreign Portfolio Manager or QFI status with the CMA, may adversely affect the Fund.
A Fund is required to use a trading account to buy and sell securities in Saudi Arabia. This trading account can be held directly with a broker or held with a custodian, which is known as the Independent Custody Model (“ICM”). The ICM approach is generally regarded as preferable because securities are under the safekeeping and control of the custodian and would be recoverable in the event of the bankruptcy of the custodian. When a Fund utilizes the ICM approach, it relies on a broker standing instruction letter to authorize the Fund’s sub-custodian to move securities to a trading account for settlement, based on the details supplied by the broker. However, an authorized broker could potentially either fraudulently or erroneously sell a Fund’s securities, although opportunities for a local broker to conduct fraudulent transactions are limited due to short trading hours (trading hours in Saudi Arabia are generally between 10 a.m. to 3 p.m.). In addition, the risk of fraudulent or erroneous transactions is further mitigated by a manual pre-matching process conducted by the custodian, which validates the Fund’s settlement instructions with the local broker contract note and the transaction report from the depositary. Similar risks also apply to using a direct broker trading account. When a Fund utilizes a direct broker trading account, the account is set up in the Fund’s name, and the assets are likely to be treated as ring-fenced and separated from any other accounts at the broker. However, if the broker defaults, there may be a delay in recovering the Fund’s assets that are held in the broker account, and legal proceedings may need to be initiated in order to do so.
Health Care Companies
A Fund may invest in health care companies. The activities of health care companies may be funded or subsidized by federal and state governments. If government funding and subsidies are reduced or discontinued, the profitability of these companies could be adversely affected. Health care companies may also be affected by government policies on health care reimbursements, regulatory approval for new drugs and medical instruments, and similar matters. They are also subject to legislative risk, i.e., the risk of a reform of the health care system through legislation.
Illiquid Securities
Each Fund may invest not more than 15% of its net assets (5% of its total assets in the case of the U.S. Government Money Market Fund) in “illiquid securities,” which are investments that the Fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment. A Fund may not be able to dispose of such securities in a timely fashion and for a fair price, which could result in losses to a Fund. In addition, illiquid securities are generally more difficult to value. Illiquid securities may include repurchase agreements with maturities greater than seven days, futures contracts and options thereon for which a liquid secondary market does not exist, time deposits maturing in more than seven calendar days, and securities of new and early stage companies whose securities are not publicly traded. The Funds may also purchase securities eligible for resale to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act. Such securities may be determined to be liquid based on an analysis taking into account, among other things, trading activity for such securities and the availability of reliable pricing information, among other factors. If there is a lack of trading interest in
B-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS
particular Rule 144A securities, a Fund’s holdings of those securities may be illiquid, resulting in undesirable delays in selling these securities at prices representing fair value.
Index-Related Securities (Equity Equivalents)
The Funds may invest in certain types of securities that enable investors to purchase or sell shares in a portfolio of securities that seeks to track the performance of an underlying index or a portion of an index. Such Equity Equivalents include, among others, DIAMONDS (interests in a portfolio of securities that seeks to track the performance of the Dow Jones Industrial Average), SPDRs or Standard & Poor’s Depositary Receipts (interests in a portfolio of securities that seeks to track the performance of the S&P 500® Index), and the Nasdaq-100 Trust (interests in a portfolio of securities of the largest and most actively traded non-financial companies listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market). Such securities are similar to index mutual funds, but they are traded on various stock exchanges or secondary markets. The value of these securities is dependent upon the performance of the underlying index on which they are based. Thus, these securities are subject to the same risks as their underlying indexes as well as the securities that make up those indexes. For example, if the securities comprising an index that an index-related security seeks to track perform poorly, the index-related security will lose value.
Equity Equivalents may be used for several purposes, including to simulate full investment in the underlying index while retaining a cash balance for fund management purposes, to facilitate trading, to reduce transaction costs, or to seek higher investment returns where an Equity Equivalent is priced more attractively than securities in the underlying index. Because the expense associated with an investment in Equity Equivalents may be substantially lower than the expense of small investments directly in the securities comprising the indexes they seek to track, investments in Equity Equivalents may provide a cost-effective means of diversifying the fund’s assets across a broad range of equity securities.
The prices of Equity Equivalents are derived and based upon the securities held by the particular investment company. Accordingly, the level of risk involved in the purchase or sale of an Equity Equivalent is similar to the risk involved in the purchase or sale of traditional common stock, with the exception that the pricing mechanism for such instruments is based on a basket of stocks. The market prices of Equity Equivalents are expected to fluctuate in accordance with both changes in the NAVs of their underlying indexes and the supply and demand for the instruments on the exchanges on which they are traded. Substantial market or other disruptions affecting an Equity Equivalent could adversely affect the liquidity and value of the shares of the fund investing in such instruments.
Inflation-Linked Securities
Inflation-linked securities are typically fixed income securities whose principal values are periodically adjusted according to a measure of inflation. If the index measuring inflation falls, the principal value of an inflation-linked security will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on the security (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original principal of the security upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of U.S. Treasury inflation-linked securities. For securities that do not provide a similar guarantee, the adjusted principal value of the security repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal.
Alternatively, the interest rates payable on certain inflation-linked securities may be adjusted according to a measure of inflation. As a result, the principal values of such securities do not adjust according to the rate of inflation, although the interest payable on such securities may decline during times of falling inflation.
The values of inflation-linked securities are expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. If nominal interest rates increase at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates may rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-linked securities. Inflation-linked securities may cause a potential cash flow mismatch to investors, because an increase in the principal amount of an inflation-linked security will be treated as interest income currently subject to tax at ordinary income rates even though investors will not receive repayment of principal until maturity. If a Fund invests in such securities, it will be required to distribute such interest income in order to qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company and eliminate the Fund-level tax, without a corresponding receipt of cash, and therefore may be required to dispose of portfolio securities at a time when it may not be advantageous to do so in order to make such distributions.
While the values of inflation-linked securities are expected to be largely protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to declines in value. In addition, if interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in inflation-linked securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the securities’ inflation measure.
B-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The periodic adjustment of U.S. Treasury inflation-linked securities is tied to the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (“CPI-U”), which is calculated monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation, and energy. Inflation-linked securities issued by a foreign government or a private issuer are generally adjusted to reflect an inflation measure specified by the issuer. There can be no assurance that the CPI-U or any other inflation measure will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services.
IPOs and Other Limited Opportunities
A Fund may purchase securities of companies that are offered pursuant to an initial public offering (“IPO”) or other similar limited opportunities. Although companies can be any age or size at the time of their IPO, they are often smaller and have a limited operating history, which involves a greater potential for the value of their securities to be impaired following the IPO. The price of a company’s securities may be highly unstable at the time of its IPO and for a period thereafter due to factors such as market psychology prevailing at the time of the IPO, the absence of a prior public market, the small number of shares available, and limited availability of investor information. Securities purchased in IPOs have a tendency to fluctuate in value significantly shortly after the IPO relative to the price at which they were purchased. These fluctuations could impact the NAV and return earned on a Fund’s shares. Investors in IPOs can be adversely affected by substantial dilution in the value of their shares, by sales of additional shares, and by concentration of control in existing management and principal shareholders. In addition, all of the factors that affect the performance of an economy or equity markets may have a greater impact on the shares of IPO companies. IPO securities tend to involve greater risk due, in part, to public perception and the lack of publicly available information and trading history.
Master Limited Partnerships
A Fund may invest in master limited partnerships (“MLPs”), which are limited partnerships in which ownership units are publicly traded. MLPs often own or own interests in properties or businesses that are related to oil and gas industries, including pipelines, although MLPs may invest in other types of investments, including credit-related investments. Generally, an MLP is operated under the supervision of one or more managing general partners. Limited partners (like a Fund when it invests in an MLP) are not involved in the day-to-day management of the partnership. A Fund also may invest in companies who serve (or whose affiliates serve) as MLP general partners.
Investments in MLPs are generally subject to many of the risks that apply to partnerships. For example, holders of the units of MLPs may have limited control and limited voting rights on matters affecting the partnership. There may be fewer corporate protections afforded investors in an MLP than investors in a corporation. Conflicts of interest may exist among unit holders, subordinated unit holders, and the general partner of an MLP, including those arising from incentive distribution payments. MLPs that concentrate in a particular industry or region are subject to risks associated with such industry or region. MLPs holding credit-related investments are subject to interest rate risk and the risk of default on payment obligations by debt issuers. Investments held by MLPs may be illiquid. MLP units may trade infrequently and in limited volume, and they may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than securities of larger or more broadly based companies.
A Fund may also hold investments in limited liability companies that have many of the same characteristics and are subject to many of the same risks as master limited partnerships.
The manner and extent of a Fund’s investments in MLPs and limited liability companies may be limited by its intention to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code, and any such investments by the Fund may adversely affect the ability of the Fund to qualify as such.
Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securities
Mortgage-backed securities, including collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) and certain stripped mortgage-backed securities, represent a participation in, or are secured by, mortgage loans. Asset-backed securities are structured like mortgage-backed securities, but instead of mortgage loans or interests in mortgage loans, the underlying assets may include such items as motor vehicle installment sales or installment loan contracts, leases of various types of real and personal property, receivables from credit card agreements, home equity loans, and student loans. Asset-backed securities may also include collateralized debt obligations as described below.
A Fund may invest in mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by (i) U.S. Government agencies or instrumentalities such as the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) (also known as Ginnie Mae), the
B-36

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) (also known as Fannie Mae), and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) (also known as Freddie Mac) or (ii) other issuers, including private companies. Under the Federal Housing Finance Agency’s “Single Security Initiative,” Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have entered into a joint initiative to develop a common securitization platform for the issuance of Uniform Mortgage-Backed Securities (“UMBS”), which would generally align the characteristics of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities. In June 2019, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac started to issue UMBS in place of their current offerings of TBA-eligible mortgage-backed securities. The effect of the issuance of UMBS on the market for mortgage-backed securities is uncertain. Privately issued mortgage-backed securities may include securities backed by commercial mortgages, which are mortgages on commercial, rather than residential, real estate. Privately issued mortgage-backed securities are not traded on an exchange and there may be a limited market for the securities, especially when there is a perceived weakness in the mortgage and real estate market sectors. Without an active trading market, mortgage-backed securities held in a Fund’s portfolio may be particularly difficult to value because of the complexities involved in assessing the value of the underlying mortgage loans. There is no assurance that the U.S. Government would provide financial support to its agencies and instrumentalities if not required to do so. In addition, certain governmental entities have been subject to regulatory scrutiny regarding their accounting policies and practices and other concerns that may result in legislation, changes in regulatory oversight and/or other consequences that could adversely affect the credit quality, availability, or investment character of securities issued by these entities.
Mortgage-backed securities have yield and maturity characteristics corresponding to the underlying assets. Unlike traditional debt securities, which may pay a fixed rate of interest until maturity, when the entire principal amount comes due, payments on certain mortgage-backed securities include both interest and a partial repayment of principal. Besides the scheduled repayment of principal, repayments of principal may result from the voluntary prepayment, refinancing, or foreclosure of the underlying mortgage loans. If property owners make unscheduled prepayments of their mortgage loans, these prepayments will result in early payment of the applicable mortgage-related securities. In that event a Fund may be unable to invest the proceeds from the early payment of the mortgage-related securities in an investment that provides as high a yield as the mortgage-related securities. Consequently, early payment associated with mortgage-related securities may cause these securities to experience significantly greater price and yield volatility than that experienced by traditional fixed income securities. The occurrence of mortgage prepayments is affected by factors including the level of interest rates, general economic conditions, the location and age of the mortgages, and other social and demographic conditions. During periods of falling interest rates, the rate of mortgage prepayments tends to increase, thereby tending to decrease the life of mortgage-related securities. During periods of rising interest rates, the rate of mortgage prepayments usually decreases, thereby tending to increase the life of mortgage-related securities. If the life of a mortgage-related security is inaccurately predicted, a Fund may not be able to realize the rate of return the investment adviser or subadviser expected.
Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are less effective than other types of securities as a means of “locking in” attractive long-term interest rates. One reason is the need to reinvest prepayments of principal; another is the possibility of significant unscheduled prepayments resulting from declines in interest rates. These prepayments would have to be reinvested at lower rates. As a result, these securities may have less potential for capital appreciation during periods of declining interest rates than other securities of comparable maturities, although they may have a similar or greater risk of decline in market value during periods of rising interest rates. Prepayments may also significantly shorten the effective maturities of these securities, especially during periods of declining interest rates. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, a reduction in prepayments may increase the effective maturities of these securities, subjecting them to a greater risk of decline in market value in response to rising interest rates than traditional debt securities, and, therefore, potentially increasing the volatility of the Funds. The terms of certain asset-backed securities may require early prepayment in response to certain credit events potentially affecting the values of the asset-backed securities.
At times, some mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities will have higher than market interest rates and therefore will be purchased at a premium above their par value. Prepayments may cause losses on securities purchased at a premium. Ongoing developments in the residential and commercial mortgage markets may have additional consequences for the market for mortgage-backed securities. Asset-backed securities also involve the risk that borrowers may default on the obligations backing them and that the values of and interest earned on such investments will decline as a result. Loans made to lower quality borrowers, including those of sub-prime quality, involve a higher risk of default. Therefore, the values of asset-backed securities backed by lower quality assets, such as lower quality loans, including those of sub-prime quality, may suffer significantly greater declines in value due to defaults, payment delays, or a perceived increased risk of default, especially during periods when economic conditions worsen. During periods of deteriorating economic conditions, such as recessions or periods of rising unemployment, delinquencies and losses generally increase, sometimes dramatically, with respect to securitizations involving loans, sales contracts, receivables, and other obligations underlying asset-backed securities. The effects of the COVID-19 virus and governmental responses to the effects of the virus, as well
B-37

TABLE OF CONTENTS
as the effects of and responses to other pandemics and epidemics, may result in increased delinquencies and losses and have other, potentially unanticipated, adverse effects on such investments and the markets for those investments. There are fewer investors in mortgage- and asset-backed securities markets and those investors are more homogenous than in markets for other kinds of securities. If a number of market participants are impacted by negative economic conditions, forced selling of mortgage- or asset-backed securities unrelated to fundamental analysis could depress market prices and liquidity significantly and for a longer period of time than in markets with greater liquidity.
CMOs may be issued by a U.S. Government agency or instrumentality or by a private issuer. Although payment of the principal of, and interest on, the underlying collateral securing privately issued CMOs may be guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities, these CMOs represent obligations solely of the private issuer and are not insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, or any other person or entity.
CMOs typically issue multiple classes of securities, having different maturities, interest rates, and payment schedules, and with the principal and interest on the underlying mortgages allocated among the several classes in various ways. Payment of interest or principal on some classes or series of CMOs may be subordinated to payments on other classes or series and may be subject to contingencies; or some classes or series may bear some or all of the risk of default on the underlying mortgages. CMOs of different classes or series are generally retired in sequence as the underlying mortgage loans in the mortgage pool are repaid. If enough mortgages are repaid ahead of schedule, the classes or series of a CMO with the earliest maturities generally will be retired prior to their maturities. Thus, the early retirement of particular classes or series of a CMO would have the same effect as the prepayment of mortgages underlying other mortgage-backed securities. Conversely, slower than anticipated prepayments can extend the effective maturities of CMOs, subjecting them to a greater risk of decline in market value in response to rising interest rates than traditional debt securities, and, therefore, potentially increasing their volatility. Certain classes or series of CMOs may experience high levels of volatility in response to changes in interest rates and other factors.
Stripped mortgage-backed securities are usually structured with two classes that receive payments of interest or principal on a pool of mortgage loans. Stripped mortgage-backed securities may experience very high levels of volatility in response to changes in interest rates. The yield to maturity on an interest only or “IO” class of stripped mortgage-backed securities is extremely sensitive not only to changes in prevailing interest rates but also to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying assets. A rapid rate of principal prepayments will typically result in a substantial decline in the value of IOs and may have a significant adverse effect on a Fund’s yield to maturity to the extent it invests in IOs. If the assets underlying the IO experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may fail to recoup fully, or at all, its initial investment in these securities. Conversely, principal only securities or “POs” tend to increase in value if prepayments are greater than anticipated and decline if prepayments are slower than anticipated.
The secondary market for stripped mortgage-backed securities may be more volatile and less liquid than that for other mortgage-backed securities, potentially limiting a Fund’s ability to buy or sell those securities at any particular time.
Subprime mortgage loans, which typically are made to less creditworthy borrowers, have a higher risk of default than conventional mortgage loans. Therefore, mortgage-backed securities backed by subprime mortgage loans may suffer significantly greater declines in value due to defaults, and may experience high levels of volatility.
A Fund may invest in collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), including collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”), and other similarly structured securities. CBOs, CLOs, and other CDOs are types of asset-backed securities. A CBO is typically an obligation of a trust backed (or collateralized) by a pool of securities, often including high risk, below investment grade debt securities. The collateral may include many different types of debt securities such as high yield debt, residential privately issued mortgage-related securities, commercial privately issued mortgage-related securities, trust preferred securities, and emerging market debt. A CLO is typically an obligation of a trust backed (or collateralized) by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans. Other types of CDOs may include, by way of example, obligations of trusts backed by other types of assets representing obligations of various types, and may include high risk, below investment grade debt obligations. CBOs, CLOs, and other CDOs may pay management fees and administrative expenses. The risk profile of an investment in a CBO, CLO, or other CDO depends largely on the type of the collateral securities and the class of the instrument in which a Fund invests.
For CBOs, CLOs, and other CDOs, the cash flows from the trust are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the “equity” tranche which typically bears the effects of defaults from the bonds or loans in the trust in the first instance and may serve to protect other, senior tranches from defaults. Typically, the
B-38

TABLE OF CONTENTS
more senior the tranche in a CBO, CLO, or other CDO, the higher its rating, although senior tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults. The market values of CBO, CLO, and CDO obligations may be affected by a number of factors, including, among others, changes in interest rates, defaults affecting junior tranches, market anticipation of defaults, and general market aversion to CBO, CLO, or other CDO securities as a class, or to the collateral backing them.
CBOs, CLOs, and other CDOs may be illiquid. In addition to the risks associated with debt securities discussed elsewhere in this SAI and the Funds’ Prospectus (e.g., interest rate risk and the risk of default), CBOs, CLOs, and other CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments on a CBO’s, CLO’s, or other CDO’s obligations; (ii) the collateral may decline in value or be in default; (iii) the risk that Funds may invest in tranches of CBOs, CLOs, or other CDOs that are subordinate to other classes; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.
Some of the loans in which a Fund may invest or to which a Fund may gain exposure through its investments in CDOs, CLOs, or other types of structured securities may be covenant-lite loans, which contain fewer or less restrictive constraints on the borrower than certain other types of loans. Covenant-lite loans generally do not include terms that allow the lender to monitor the performance of the borrower and declare a default or force a borrower into bankruptcy restructuring if certain criteria are breached. Under such loans, lenders typically must rely on covenants that restrict a company from incurring additional debt or engaging in certain actions. Such covenants can only be breached by an affirmative action of the borrower, rather than by a deterioration in the borrower’s financial condition. Accordingly, a Fund may have fewer rights against a borrower when it invests in or has exposure to such loans and, accordingly, may have a greater risk of loss on such investments as compared to investments in or exposure to loans with additional or more conventional covenants.
Other Income-Producing Securities
Other types of income-producing securities the Funds may purchase, include, but are not limited to, the following:

Variable and floating rate obligations. Variable and floating rate securities are debt instruments that provide for periodic adjustments in the interest rate paid on the security and, under certain limited circumstances, may have varying principal amounts. Variable rate securities provide for a specified periodic adjustment in the interest rate, while floating rate securities have interest rates that may change with change to the level of prevailing interest rates or the issuer’s credit quality. These types of securities are relatively long-term instruments that often carry demand features permitting the holder to demand payment of principal at any time or at specified intervals prior to maturity. There is a risk that the current interest rate on variable and floating securities may not accurately reflect current market interest rates or adequately compensate the holder for the current creditworthiness of the issuer. Due to their variable- or floating-rate features, these instruments will generally pay higher levels of income in a rising interest rate environment and lower levels of income as interest rates decline. For the same reason, the market value of a variable- or floating-rate instrument is generally expected to have less sensitivity to fluctuations in market interest rates than a fixed-rate instrument, although the value of a floating-rate instrument may nonetheless decline as interest rates rise and due to other factors, such as changes in credit quality. Some variable or floating rate securities are structured with liquidity features such as (1) put options or tender options that permit holders (sometimes subject to conditions) to demand payment of the unpaid principal balance plus accrued interest from the issuers or certain financial intermediaries or (2) auction rate features, remarketing provisions, or other maturity-shortening devices designed to enable the issuer to refinance or redeem outstanding debt securities (market-dependent liquidity features). The market-dependent liquidity features may not operate as intended as a result of the issuer’s declining creditworthiness, adverse market conditions, or other factors or the inability or unwillingness of a participating broker-dealer to make a secondary market for such securities. As a result, variable or floating rate securities that include market-dependent liquidity features may lose value and the holders of such securities may be required to retain them for an extended period of time or until maturity.
In order to use these investments most effectively, a Fund’s investment adviser or subadviser must correctly assess probable movements in interest rates. This involves different skills than those used to select most portfolio securities. If the investment adviser or subadviser incorrectly forecasts such movements, a Fund could be adversely affected by the use of variable or floating rate obligations.
Many financial instruments use or may use a floating rate based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), which is the offered rate for short-term Eurodollar deposits between major international banks. On
B-39

TABLE OF CONTENTS
July 27, 2017, the head of the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. The administrator of LIBOR ceased publication of most LIBOR settings on a representative basis at the end of 2021 and is expected to cease publication of remaining U.S. dollar LIBOR settings on a representative basis after June 30, 2023. In addition, global regulators have announced that, with limited exceptions, no new LIBOR-based contracts should be entered into after 2021. Actions by regulators have resulted in the establishment of alternative reference rates to LIBOR in most major currencies. Market participants are focused on the transition mechanisms by which the reference rate in existing contracts or instruments may be amended, whether through market wide protocols, fallback contractual provisions, bespoke negotiations, or amendments, or otherwise. Markets are developing in response to these new rates, and questions around liquidity in these rates and how to appropriately adjust these rates to eliminate any economic value transfer at the time of transition remain a significant concern for a Fund. Neither the effect of the transition process nor its ultimate success can yet be known. A Fund may have investments linked to other interbank offered rates which may also cease to be published. The transition process might lead to increased volatility and illiquidity in markets that currently rely on LIBOR to determine interest rates. It could also lead to a reduction in the value of some LIBOR-based investments and reduce the effectiveness of new hedges placed against existing LIBOR-based instruments. Since the usefulness of LIBOR as a benchmark could deteriorate during the transition period, these effects could occur prior to the cessation of LIBOR.

Standby commitments. These instruments, which are similar to a put, give a Fund the option to obligate a broker, dealer, or bank to repurchase a security held by the Fund at a specified price.

Tender option bonds. Tender option bonds are relatively long-term bonds that are coupled with the agreement of a third party, such as a broker, dealer, or bank, to grant the holders of such securities the option to tender the securities to the institution at periodic intervals.

Inverse floaters. Inverse floaters have variable interest rates that typically move in the opposite direction from movements in prevailing interest rates, most often short-term rates. Accordingly, the value of inverse floaters, or other obligations or certificates structured to have similar features, generally moves in the opposite direction from interest rates. The value of an inverse floater can be considerably more volatile than the value of other debt instruments of comparable maturity and credit quality. Inverse floaters incorporate varying degrees of leverage. Generally, greater leverage results in greater price volatility for any given change in interest rates. Inverse floaters may be subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale and therefore may be less liquid than other types of securities. Similar to variable and floating rate obligations, effective use of inverse floaters requires skills different from those needed to select most portfolio securities. If movements in interest rates are incorrectly anticipated, a Fund could lose money or the NAV of its shares could decline by the use of inverse floaters.

Strip bonds. Strip bonds are debt securities that are stripped of their interest, usually by a financial intermediary, after the securities are issued. The market value of these securities generally fluctuates more in response to changes in interest rates than interest-paying securities of comparable maturities.
Standby commitments, tender option bonds, and instruments with demand features are primarily used by the Funds for the purpose of increasing the liquidity of a Fund’s portfolio.
Other Investment Companies
A Fund may invest in securities of other open- or closed-end investment companies, including exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), traded on one or more national securities exchanges, as well as private investment vehicles. Provisions of the 1940 Act may limit the ability of a Fund to invest in certain registered investment companies or private investment vehicles or may limit the amount of its assets that a Fund may invest in any investment vehicle.
A Fund may, for example, invest in other open- or closed-end investment companies, including ETFs, during periods when it has large amounts of uninvested cash, when its investment adviser or subadviser believes share prices of other investment companies offer attractive values, or to gain or maintain exposure to various asset classes and markets or types of strategies and investments. A Fund may invest in shares of another registered investment company or private investment vehicle in order to gain indirect exposure to markets in a country where the Fund is not able to invest freely, or to gain indirect exposure to one or more issuers whose securities it may not buy directly. As a shareholder in an investment vehicle, a Fund would bear its ratable share of that vehicle’s expenses and would remain subject to payment of the Fund’s management fees with respect to assets so invested. Shareholders would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the
B-40

TABLE OF CONTENTS
extent a Fund invests in other investment vehicles. Shares of registered open-end investment companies traded on a securities exchange may not be redeemable by a Fund in all cases. Private investment vehicles in which a Fund may invest are not registered under the 1940 Act, and so will not offer all of the protections provided by the 1940 Act (including, among other things, independent oversight, protections against certain conflicts of interest, and custodial risks).
If a Fund invests in another investment vehicle, it is exposed to the risk that the other investment vehicle will not perform as expected. A Fund is exposed indirectly to all of the risks applicable to an investment in such other investment vehicle. In addition, lack of liquidity in the other investment vehicle could result in its value being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities, and may limit the ability of a Fund to sell or redeem its interest in the investment vehicle at a time or at a price it might consider desirable. A Fund may not be able to redeem its interest in private investment vehicles except at certain designated times. The investment policies and limitations of the other registered investment company or private investment vehicle may not be the same as those of the investing Fund; as a result, the Fund may be subject to additional or different risks, or may achieve a reduced investment return, as a result of its investment in another investment vehicle. If the other investment company is an ETF or other product traded on a securities exchange or otherwise actively traded, its shares may trade at a premium or discount to their NAV, an effect that might be more pronounced in less liquid markets. ETFs are also subject to additional risks, including, among others, the risk that the market price of an ETF’s shares may trade above or below its NAV, the risk that an active trading market for an ETF’s shares may not develop or be maintained, the risk that trading of an ETF’s shares may be halted, and the risk that the ETF’s shares may be delisted from the listing exchange. Unlike shares of a mutual fund, which can be bought and redeemed from the issuing fund by all shareholders at a price based on NAV, shares of an ETF may be purchased or redeemed directly from the ETF solely by Authorized Participants (“APs”) and only in aggregations of a specified number of shares (“Creation Units”). ETFs may have a limited number of financial institutions that act as APs. To the extent that those APs exit the business, or are unable to or choose not to process creation and/or redemption orders for Creation Units, and no other AP steps forward to create and redeem ETF shares, the ETF’s shares may be more likely to trade at a premium or discount to NAV and possibly face trading halts or delisting.
A Fund’s investment adviser or subadviser or their affiliates may serve as investment adviser to a registered investment company or private investment vehicle in which the Fund may invest, leading to conflicts of interest. For example, a Fund’s investment adviser or subadviser may receive fees based on the amount of assets invested in the other investment vehicle. Investment by a Fund in another registered investment company or private investment vehicle will typically be beneficial to its investment adviser or subadviser in the management of the other investment vehicle, by helping to achieve economies of scale or enhancing cash flows. Due to this and other factors, a Fund’s investment adviser or subadviser will have an incentive to invest the Fund’s assets in an investment vehicle sponsored or managed by it or its affiliates in lieu of investments by the Fund directly in portfolio securities, and will have an incentive to invest in such an investment vehicle over a non-affiliated investment vehicle. The investment adviser or subadviser will have no obligation to select the least expensive or best performing investment companies available to serve as an underlying investment vehicle. Similarly, a Fund’s investment adviser or subadviser will have an incentive to delay or decide against the sale of interests held by the Fund in an investment company sponsored or managed by it or its affiliates. It is possible that other clients of a Fund’s investment adviser or subadviser or its affiliates will purchase or sell interests in an investment company sponsored or managed by it at prices and at times more favorable than those at which the Fund does so.
New SEC Rule 12d1-4 under the 1940 Act, which became effective on January 19, 2022, is designed to streamline and enhance the regulatory framework for fund of funds arrangements. Rule 12d1-4 permits an investment company to invest in other investment companies beyond the statutory limits, subject to certain conditions. In connection with this Rule, the SEC rescinded Rule 12d1-2 under the 1940 Act and most fund of funds exemptive orders, effective January 19, 2022.
The Rule could affect a Fund’s ability to redeem its investments in other investment companies, make such investments less attractive, cause the Fund to incur losses, realize taxable gains distributable to shareholders, incur greater or unexpected expenses, or experience other adverse consequences.
Partly Paid Securities
These securities are paid for on an installment basis. A partly paid security trades net of outstanding installment payments—the buyer “takes over payments.” The buyer’s rights are typically restricted until the security is fully paid. If the value of a partly paid security declines before a Fund finishes paying for it, the Fund will still owe the payments, but may find it hard to sell and as a result will incur a loss.
B-41

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Portfolio Management
A Fund’s investment adviser or subadviser uses trading as a means of managing the portfolio of the Fund in seeking to achieve its investment objective. Transactions will occur when a Fund’s investment adviser or subadviser believes that the trade, net of transaction costs, will improve interest income or capital appreciation potential, or will lessen capital loss potential. Whether the goals discussed above will be achieved through trading depends on the Fund’s investment adviser’s or subadviser’s ability to evaluate particular securities and anticipate relevant market factors, including interest rate trends and variations from such trends. If such evaluations and expectations prove to be incorrect, a Fund’s income or capital appreciation may be reduced and its capital losses may be increased. In addition, high turnover in a Fund could result in additional brokerage commissions to be paid by that Fund. See also “Taxation” below.
The Funds may pay brokerage commissions to affiliates of one or more affiliates of the Funds’ investment adviser or subadvisers.
Portfolio Turnover
Portfolio turnover involves brokerage commissions and other transaction costs, which the relevant Fund will bear directly, and could involve realization of taxable capital gains. To the extent that portfolio turnover results in realization of net short-term capital gains, such gains ordinarily are treated as ordinary income when distributed to shareholders. Portfolio turnover rates are shown in the “Fees and Expenses of the Fund” and “Financial Highlights” sections of the Prospectus. See the “Taxation” and “Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage” sections in this SAI for additional information.
Real Estate-Related Investments; Real Estate Investment Trusts
Factors affecting the performance of real estate may include excess supply of real property in certain markets, changes in zoning laws, environmental regulations and other governmental action, completion of construction, changes in real estate value and property taxes, losses from casualty, condemnation, or natural disaster, sufficient level of occupancy, adequate rent to cover operating expenses, and local and regional markets for competing assets. The performance of real estate may also be affected by changes in interest rates, prudent management of insurance risks, and social and economic trends.
Real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) that may be purchased by a Fund include equity REITs, which own real estate directly, mortgage REITs, which make construction, development, or long-term mortgage loans, and hybrid REITs, which share characteristics of equity REITs and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs will be affected by, among other things, changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REITs, while mortgage REITs will be affected by, among other things, the value of the properties to which they have extended credit. REITs are dependent upon the skill of each REIT’s management.
A Fund could, under certain circumstances, own real estate directly as a result of a default on debt securities it owns or from an in-kind distribution of real estate from a REIT. Risks associated with such ownership could include potential liabilities under environmental laws and the costs of other regulatory compliance. If a Fund has rental income or income from the direct disposition of real property, the receipt of such income may adversely affect its ability to retain its tax status as a regulated investment company and thus its ability to avoid taxation on its income and gains distributed to its shareholders. REITs are also subject to substantial cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers, self-liquidation, and the risk of failing to qualify for favorable tax treatment under the Code and/or to maintain exempt status under the 1940 Act. If a Fund invests in REITs, investors would bear not only a proportionate share of the expenses of that Fund, but also, indirectly, expenses of the REITs.
Repurchase Agreements
A repurchase agreement is a contract under which a Fund acquires a security for a relatively short period (usually not more than one week) subject to the obligation of the seller to repurchase and the Fund to resell such security at a fixed time and price (representing the Fund’s cost plus interest). Repurchase agreements may also be viewed as loans made by a Fund which are collateralized by the securities subject to repurchase. The investment adviser or subadviser will monitor such transactions to ensure that the value of the underlying securities will be at least equal at all times to the total amount of the repurchase obligation, including the interest factor. If the seller defaults, a Fund could realize a loss on the sale of the underlying security to the extent that the proceeds of the sale including accrued interest are less than the resale price provided in the agreement including interest. In addition, if the seller should be involved in bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, the Fund may incur delay and costs in selling the underlying security or may suffer a loss of principal and
B-42

TABLE OF CONTENTS
interest if the Fund is treated as an unsecured creditor and required to return the underlying collateral to the seller’s estate. There is no limit on the Funds’ investment in repurchase agreements.
Restricted Securities
Restricted securities are subject to legal restrictions on their sale. Difficulty in selling securities may result in a loss or be costly to a Fund. Restricted securities generally can be sold in privately negotiated transactions, pursuant to an exemption from registration under the 1933 Act, or in a registered public offering. Where registration is required, the holder of a registered security may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expense and a considerable period may elapse between the time it decides to seek registration and the time it may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, the holder might obtain a less favorable price than prevailed when it decided to seek registration of the security.
Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Treasury Rolls
A Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements or Treasury rolls with banks and broker-dealers to enhance return. Reverse repurchase agreements involve sales by a Fund of portfolio securities concurrently with an agreement by the Fund to repurchase the same securities at a later date at a fixed price (typically equal to the original sale price plus interest). During the reverse repurchase agreement period, the Fund continues to receive principal and interest payments on the securities and also has the opportunity to earn a return on the purchase price received by it from the counterparty. Similarly, in a Treasury roll transaction, a Fund sells a Treasury security and simultaneously enters into an agreement to repurchase the security from the buyer at a later date, at the original sale price plus interest. The repurchase price is typically adjusted to provide the Fund the economic benefit of any interest that accrued on the Treasury security during the term of the transaction. The Fund may use the purchase price received by it to earn additional return during the term of the Treasury roll transaction. Reverse repurchase agreements and Treasury rolls are similar to a secured borrowing of a Fund and generally create investment leverage. A Fund might lose money both on the security subject to the reverse repurchase agreement and on the investments it makes with the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement. If the counterparty in such a transaction files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, a Fund’s use of the proceeds from the sale of its securities may be restricted or forfeited, and the counterparty may fail to return/resell the securities in question to the Fund. A Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements or Treasury rolls without limit up to the amount permitted under applicable law. Pursuant to Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act, a Fund has the option to treat all reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions as “derivatives transactions,” or to include all such transactions in the Fund’s asset coverage ratio for borrowings.
Securities Lending
A Fund, with the exception of the U.S. Government Money Market Fund, may lend its portfolio securities. The Fund expects that, in connection with any securities loan: (1) the loan will be secured continuously by collateral consisting of U.S. Government securities, cash, or cash equivalents adjusted daily to have market value at least equal to the current market value of the securities loaned; (2) the Fund will have the right at any time on reasonable notice to call the loan and regain the securities loaned; (3) the Fund will receive an amount equal to any interest or dividends paid on the loaned securities; and (4) the aggregate market value of securities the Fund has loaned will not at any time exceed one-third (or such other lower limit as the Board may establish) of the total assets of the Fund. The risks in lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of credit, include a possible delay in recovering the loaned securities or a possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially. Regulations adopted by global prudential regulators that are now in effect require certain bank-regulated counterparties and certain of their affiliates to include in certain financial contracts, including many securities lending agreements, terms that delay or restrict the rights of counterparties, such as the Funds, to terminate such agreements, foreclose upon collateral, exercise other default rights, or restrict transfers of credit support in the event that the counterparty and/or its affiliates are subject to certain types of resolution or insolvency proceedings. It is possible that these new requirements, as well as potential additional government regulation and other developments in the market, could adversely affect a Fund’s ability to terminate existing securities lending agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements. Voting rights or rights to consent with respect to the loaned securities pass to the borrower, although a Fund would retain the right to call the loans at any time on reasonable notice, and may do so in order that the securities may be voted in an appropriate case.
A Fund’s securities loans will be made by a third-party agent appointed by the Fund, although the agent is only permitted to make loans to borrowers previously approved by the Fund’s Board. Any cash collateral securing a loan of securities by a Fund will typically be invested by the agent. The investment of the collateral will be at the risk and for the
B-43

TABLE OF CONTENTS
account of the Fund. The earnings on the investment of collateral will be split between the Fund and the agent; as a result, the agent may have an incentive to invest the collateral in riskier investments than if it were not to share in the earnings. It is possible that any loss on the investment of collateral for a securities loan will exceed (potentially by a substantial amount) the Fund’s earnings on the loan.
Short Sales
A short sale is a transaction in which a fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline. When a fund makes a short sale on a security, it must borrow the security sold short and deliver it to a broker dealer through which it made the short sale as collateral for its obligation to deliver the security upon the conclusion of the sale. A fund may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities and is often obligated to pay over any accrued interest and dividends on such borrowed securities. If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time a fund replaces the borrowed security, a fund will incur a loss, which could be unlimited, in cases where a fund is unable for whatever reason to close out its short position; conversely, if the price declines, a fund will realize a capital gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above. The successful use of short selling may be adversely impacted by imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the security sold short and the securities being hedged.
Selling short “against-the-box” refers to the sale of securities actually owned by the seller but held in safekeeping. In such short sales, while the short position is open, a fund must own an equal amount of such securities, or by virtue of ownership of securities have the right, without payment of further consideration, to obtain an equal amount of securities sold short. Short sales against-the-box generally produce current recognition of gain (but not loss) for U.S. federal income tax purposes on the constructive sale of securities “in the box” prior to the time the short position is closed out.
Terrorism, War, Natural Disasters, and Epidemics
Terrorism, war, and related geopolitical events (and their aftermath) have led, and in the future may lead, to increased short-term market volatility and may have adverse long-term effects on U.S. and world economies and markets generally. For example, in February 2022, Russia commenced a large-scale military attack on Ukraine. The outbreak of hostilities between the two countries could result in more widespread conflict and could have a severe adverse effect on the regional and the global financial markets and economies. In addition, sanctions imposed on Russia, Russian individuals, including politicians, and Russian corporate and banking entities by the U.S. and other countries, and any sanctions imposed in the future, may have a significant adverse impact on the Russian economy and related markets. Such actions may also result in a decline in the value and liquidity of Russian securities, and a weakening of the ruble, and will impair a Fund’s ability to buy, sell, receive, or deliver Russian securities. In addition, securities market trading halts related to the conflict could adversely impact the value and liquidity of a Fund’s holdings, and could impair a Fund’s ability to transact in and/or value portfolio securities. The ramifications of the conflict and related sanctions may negatively impact other regional and global financial markets (including in Europe, Asia, and the U.S.), companies in other countries (including those that have done business in Russia), and various sectors, industries, and markets for securities and commodities, such as oil and natural gas. The price and liquidity of a Fund’s investments may fluctuate widely as a result of this and other geopolitical conflicts and related events. The extent and duration of any military conflict or future escalation of such hostilities (including cyberattacks), the extent and impact of existing and future sanctions, market disruptions and volatility, and the result of any diplomatic negotiations, cannot be predicted. These and any related or similar future events could have a significant adverse impact on a Fund’s performance and the value of an investment in a Fund.
Natural and environmental disasters, such as, for example, earthquakes, fires, floods, hurricanes, tsunamis, and weather-related phenomena generally, as well as widespread epidemics, can be highly disruptive to economies and markets, adversely affecting individual companies, sectors, industries, markets, currencies, interest and inflation rates, credit ratings, investor sentiment, and other factors affecting the value of the Funds’ investments. For example, the spread of the novel strain of coronavirus and its variants (known as COVID-19) has caused volatility, severe market dislocations and liquidity constraints in many markets, and may adversely affect the Funds’ investments and operations. The transmission of COVID-19 and efforts to contain its spread have resulted in, among other things, travel restrictions and disruptions, closed international borders, enhanced health screenings at ports of entry and elsewhere, disruption of and delays in healthcare service preparation and delivery, quarantines, event and service cancellations or interruptions, and disruptions to business operations (including staff reductions), supply chains, and consumer activity, as well as general concern and uncertainty that has negatively affected the economic environment.
B-44

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The COVID-19 virus has negatively affected the global economy, the economies of many countries, and the financial performance of individual issuers, sectors, industries, asset classes, and markets in significant and unforeseen ways. In addition, actions taken by governmental and quasi-governmental authorities and regulators throughout the world in response to the COVID-19 outbreak, including significant fiscal and monetary policy changes, have affected the values, volatility, and liquidity of securities or other assets. The effects of the outbreak in developing or emerging market countries may be greater due to less established health care systems, financial systems and institutions, and government institutions. The duration of the COVID-19 outbreak and its effects cannot be determined with certainty. The foregoing could have a significant adverse effect on a Fund’s performance and have the potential to impair a Fund’s ability to maintain operational standards (such as with respect to satisfying redemption requests), disrupt the operations of a Fund’s service providers, adversely affect the values and liquidity of a Fund’s investments, and negatively impact a Fund’s performance and a shareholder’s investment in a Fund. Other infectious illness outbreaks, epidemics or pandemics that may arise in the future, could adversely affect the economies of many nations or the entire global economy, the financial performance of individual issuers, borrowers and sectors, and the health of the markets generally in potentially significant and unforeseen ways.
Trade Claims
A Fund may purchase trade claims and other obligations of, or claims against, companies in bankruptcy proceedings. Trade claims are claims for payment by vendors and suppliers for products and services previously furnished to the companies in question. Other claims may include, for example, claims for payment under financial or derivatives obligations. Trade claims may be purchased directly from the creditor or through brokers or from dealers, and are typically purchased at a significant discount from their face amounts. There is no guarantee that a debtor will ever be able to satisfy its obligations on such claims. Trade claims are subject to the risks associated with low-quality and distressed obligations.
Trust Preferred Securities
Trust preferred securities are typically issued by corporations, generally in the form of interest bearing notes with preferred securities characteristics, or by an affiliated trust, generally in the form of beneficial interests in subordinated debentures or similarly structured securities. Trust preferred securities may pay interest at either fixed or adjustable rates. Trust preferred securities may be issued with a final maturity date, or may be perpetual.
Trust preferred securities are typically junior and fully subordinated liabilities of an issuer and benefit from a guarantee that is junior and fully subordinated to the other liabilities of the guarantor. In addition, trust preferred securities typically permit an issuer to defer the payment of income for five years or more without triggering an event of default. Because of their subordinated position in the capital structure of an issuer, the ability to defer payments for extended periods of time without default consequences to the issuer, and certain other features (such as restrictions on common dividend payments by the issuer or ultimate guarantor when full cumulative payments on the trust preferred securities have not been made), these trust preferred securities are often treated as close substitutes for traditional preferred securities, both by issuers and investors.
Many trust preferred securities are issued by trusts or other special purpose entities established by operating companies and are not a direct obligation of an operating company. At the time the trust or special purpose entity sells such preferred securities to investors, it purchases debt of the operating company (with terms comparable to those of the trust or special purpose entity securities). The trust or special purpose entity is generally required to be treated as transparent for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and the holders of the trust preferred securities are treated for tax purposes as owning beneficial interests in the underlying debt of the operating company. Accordingly, payments on the trust preferred securities are treated as interest rather than dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The trust or special purpose entity in turn would be a holder of the operating company’s debt and would typically be subordinated to other classes of the operating company’s debt.
U.S. Government Securities
The Funds may invest in U.S. Government securities. These include obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities. Payment of principal and interest on U.S. Government obligations (i) may be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States (as with U.S. Treasury obligations and GNMA certificates) or (ii) may be backed solely by the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality itself (as with FNMA notes). In the latter case, the investor must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment and may not be able to assert a claim against the United States if the agency or instrumentality does not meet its commitment. Such securities may involve increased risk of loss of principal and interest
B-45

TABLE OF CONTENTS
compared to government debt securities that are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Such agency or instrumentality may be privately owned. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Government would provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities where it is not obligated to do so. From time to time, uncertainty regarding the status of negotiations in the U.S. Government to increase the statutory debt ceiling could: increase the risk that the U.S. Government may default on payments on certain U.S. Government securities; cause the credit rating of the U.S. Government to be downgraded or increase volatility in both stock and bond markets; result in higher interest rates; reduce prices of U.S. Treasury securities; and/or increase the costs of certain kinds of debt.
U.S. Government securities are subject to interest rate risk, and, in some cases, may be subject to credit risk. Although FHLMC and FNMA are now under conservatorship by the Federal Housing Finance Agency, and are benefiting from a liquidity backstop of the U.S. Treasury, no assurance can be given that these initiatives will be successful. As a general matter, the value of debt instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, declines when market interest rates increase and rises when market interest rates decrease. Certain types of U.S. Government obligations are subject to fluctuations in yield or value due to their structure or contract terms.
Utility Industries
Risks that are intrinsic to the utility industries include difficulty in obtaining an adequate return on invested capital, difficulty in financing large construction programs during an inflationary period, restrictions on operations and increased cost and delays attributable to environmental considerations and regulation, difficulty in raising capital in adequate amounts on reasonable terms in periods of high inflation and unsettled capital markets, technological innovations that may render existing plants, equipment, or products obsolete, the potential impact of natural or man-made disasters, increased costs and reduced availability of certain types of fuel, occasionally reduced availability and high costs of natural gas for resale, the effects of energy conservation, the effects of a national energy policy and lengthy delays and greatly increased costs and other problems associated with the design, construction, licensing, regulation, and operation of nuclear facilities for electric generation, including, among other considerations, the problems associated with the use of radioactive materials and the disposal of radioactive wastes. There are substantial differences among the regulatory practices and policies of various jurisdictions, and any given regulatory agency may make major shifts in policy from time to time. There is no assurance that regulatory authorities will, in the future, grant rate increases or that such increases will be adequate to permit the payment of dividends on common stocks issued by a utility company. Additionally, existing and possible future regulatory legislation may make it even more difficult for utilities to obtain adequate relief. Certain of the issuers of securities held in the Fund’s portfolio may own or operate nuclear generating facilities. Governmental authorities may from time to time review existing policies and impose additional requirements governing the licensing, construction and operation of nuclear power plants. Prolonged changes in climatic conditions can also have a significant impact on both the revenues of an electric and gas utility as well as the expenses of a utility, particularly a hydro-based electric utility.
Utility companies in the United States and in foreign countries are generally subject to regulation. In the United States, most utility companies are regulated by state and/or federal authorities. Such regulation is intended to ensure appropriate standards of service and adequate capacity to meet public demand. Generally, prices are also regulated in the United States and in foreign countries with the intention of protecting the public while ensuring that the rate of return earned by utility companies is sufficient to allow them to attract capital in order to grow and continue to provide appropriate services. There can be no assurance that such pricing policies or rates of return will continue in the future.
The nature of regulation of the utility industries continues to evolve both in the United States and in foreign countries. In recent years, changes in regulation in the United States increasingly have allowed utility companies to provide services and products outside their traditional geographic areas and lines of business, creating new areas of competition within the industries. In some instances, utility companies are operating on an unregulated basis. Because of trends toward deregulation and the evolution of independent power producers as well as new entrants to the field of telecommunications, non-regulated providers of utility services have become a significant part of their respective industries. The investment adviser or subadviser believes that the emergence of competition and deregulation will result in certain utility companies being able to earn more than their traditional regulated rates of return, while others may be forced to defend their core business from increased competition and may be less profitable. Reduced profitability, as well as new uses of funds (such as for expansion, operations, or stock buybacks) could result in cuts in dividend payout rates. The investment adviser or subadviser seeks to take advantage of favorable investment opportunities that may arise from these structural changes. Of course, there can be no assurance that favorable developments will occur in the future.
Foreign utility companies are also subject to regulation, although such regulations may or may not be comparable to those in the United States. Foreign utility companies may be more heavily regulated by their respective governments than
B-46

TABLE OF CONTENTS
utilities in the United States and, as in the United States, generally are required to seek government approval for rate increases. In addition, many foreign utilities use fuels that may cause more pollution than those used in the United States, which may require such utilities to invest in pollution control equipment to meet any proposed pollution restrictions. Foreign regulatory systems vary from country to country and may evolve in ways different from regulation in the United States.
A Fund’s investment policies are designed to enable it to capitalize on evolving investment opportunities throughout the world. For example, the rapid growth of certain foreign economies will necessitate expansion of capacity in the utility industries in those countries. Although many foreign utility companies currently are government-owned, thereby limiting current investment opportunities for a Fund, the investment adviser or subadviser believes that, in order to attract significant capital for growth, foreign governments are likely to seek global investors through the privatization of their utility industries. Privatization, which refers to the trend toward investor ownership of assets rather than government ownership, is expected to occur in newer, faster-growing economies and in mature economies. Of course, there is no assurance that such favorable developments will occur or that investment opportunities in foreign markets will increase.
The revenues of domestic and foreign utility companies generally reflect the economic growth and development in the geographic areas in which they do business. The investment adviser or subadviser will take into account anticipated economic growth rates and other economic developments when selecting securities of utility companies.
Zero-Coupon, Step Coupon and Pay-In-Kind Securities
Other debt securities in which the Funds may invest include zero coupon, step coupon, and pay-in-kind instruments. Zero coupon bonds are issued and traded at a discount from their face value. They do not entitle the holder to any periodic payment of interest prior to maturity. Step coupon bonds trade at a discount from their face value and pay coupon interest. The coupon rate is low for an initial period and then increases to a higher coupon rate thereafter. The discount from the face amount or par value depends on the time remaining until cash payments begin, prevailing interest rates, liquidity of the security, and the perceived credit quality of the issue. Pay-in-kind securities are debt or preferred stock securities that require or permit payment of interest in the form of additional securities. Payment-in-kind securities allow the issuer to avoid or delay the need to generate cash to meet current interest payments and, as a result, may involve greater risk than securities that pay interest currently or in cash.
Current U.S. federal income tax law requires holders of zero coupon and step coupon securities to report the portion of the original issue discount on such securities that accrues during a given year as interest income, even though holders receive no cash payments of interest during the year. In order to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code, a Fund must distribute its investment company taxable income, including the original issue discount accrued on zero coupon or step coupon bonds. Because a Fund will not receive cash payments on a current basis in respect of accrued original issue discount on zero coupon or step coupon bonds during the period before interest payments begin, and may not receive cash payments on payment-in-kind securities until maturity or redemption, in some years that Fund may have to distribute cash obtained from other sources in order to satisfy the distribution requirements under the Code. A Fund might obtain such cash from selling other portfolio holdings which might cause a Fund to incur capital gains or losses on the sale. Additionally, these actions are likely to reduce the assets to which Fund expenses could be allocated and to reduce the rate of return for a Fund. In some circumstances, such sales might be necessary in order to satisfy cash distribution requirements even though investment considerations might otherwise make it undesirable for a Fund to sell the securities at the time.
Generally, the market prices of zero coupon, step coupon, and pay-in-kind securities are more volatile than the prices of securities that pay interest periodically and in cash and are likely to respond to changes in interest rates to a greater degree than other types of debt securities.
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS
The Trustees of the Funds, including a majority of Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Funds (as defined in the 1940 Act), have adopted policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Funds’ portfolio holdings. These policies and procedures generally provide that no disclosure of portfolio holdings information may be made unless publicly disclosed as described below or made as part of the daily investment activities of the Funds to the Funds’ investment adviser, subadviser(s), as applicable, or any of their designates who provide services to the Funds, which by explicit agreement or by virtue of their respective duties to the Funds, are required to maintain confidentiality of the information disclosed. Certain limited exceptions pursuant to the Funds’ policies and procedures are described below. The Funds’ portfolio holdings information may not be disseminated for compensation. Any exceptions to the Funds’ policies
B-47

TABLE OF CONTENTS
and procedures may be made only if approved in writing by the Funds’ Principal Executive Officer and the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer as being in the best interests of the relevant Fund, and then only if the recipients are subject to a written confidentiality agreement specifying that the relevant Fund’s portfolio holdings information is the confidential property of the Fund and may not be used for any purpose except in connection with the provision of services to the Fund and, in particular, that such information may not be traded upon. Any such exceptions must be reported to the Funds’ Board at its next regularly scheduled meeting. It was determined that these policies and procedures are reasonably designed to ensure that disclosure of portfolio holdings information is in the best interests of a Fund’s shareholders and appropriately address the potential for conflicts between the interests of a Fund’s shareholders, on the one hand, and those of MML Advisers or any affiliated person of the Fund or MML Advisers on the other.
Acting pursuant to the policies and procedures adopted by the Trustees of the Funds, the Funds’ investment adviser and subadviser(s), as applicable, are primarily responsible for compliance with these policies and procedures, which includes maintaining such internal informational barriers (e.g., “Chinese walls”) as each believes are reasonably necessary for preventing the unauthorized disclosure of portfolio holdings information. Pursuant to Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act, the Trustees will periodically (as needed, but at least annually) receive reports from the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer regarding the operation of these policies and procedures, including a confirmation by the Chief Compliance Officer that the investment adviser’s and the subadviser(’s/s’), as applicable, policies, procedures, and/or processes are reasonably designed to comply with the Funds’ policies and procedures in this regard.
Public Disclosures
The Funds’ portfolio holdings are currently disclosed to the public through required filings with the SEC and as described below. The Funds file their portfolio holdings with the SEC as of the end of the second and fourth quarters of the Funds’ fiscal year on Form N-CSR (with respect to each semiannual period and annual period) no later than 70 days after the end of the applicable quarter. In addition, monthly reports of all of the Funds’ portfolio holdings (with the exception of the U.S. Government Money Market Fund) are filed quarterly with the SEC on Form N-PORT no later than 60 days after the end of each quarter of the Funds’ fiscal year, and the monthly report for the third month of each quarter will be made publicly available by the SEC upon filing. Shareholders may obtain the Funds’ Form N-CSR and N-PORT filings on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. In addition, the Funds’ annual and semiannual reports and complete schedule of portfolio holdings from their filings on Form N-PORT for the first and third quarters of each fiscal year are made available to shareholders at https://www.massmutual.com/funds after the end of the applicable quarter. The Funds’ annual and semiannual reports are also mailed to shareholders after the end of the applicable quarter. In addition, the U.S. Government Money Market Fund files its portfolio holdings with the SEC for each month on Form N-MFP no later than the fifth business day after the end of the applicable month. The information in Form N-MFP is immediately made publicly available by the SEC after it has been filed.
The Funds’ (other than the U.S. Government Money Market Fund) most recent portfolio holdings as of the end of each quarter are available on https://www.massmutual.com/funds no earlier than 15 calendar days after the end of each quarter. Because such information is updated quarterly, it will generally be available for viewing for approximately three months after the posting. As required by Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, the U.S. Government Money Market Fund’s monthly portfolio holdings and certain other information about the Fund, including its dollar-weighted average maturity and dollar-weighted average life, are available on https://www.massmutual.com/funds within five business days after the end of each month. Such information will generally be available for viewing for at least six months after the posting.
A Fund’s portfolio holdings may also be made available on https://www.massmutual.com/funds at other times as approved in writing by the Funds’ Principal Executive Officer and the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer as being in the best interests of the relevant Fund.
Other Disclosures
Acting pursuant to the policies and procedures adopted by the Trustees of the Funds, and to the extent permitted under the 1933 and 1940 Acts, the Funds, the Funds’ investment adviser, and the Funds’ subadviser(s), as applicable, may distribute (or authorize the Funds’ custodian to distribute) information regarding the Funds’ portfolio holdings more frequently than as provided to the public on a confidential basis to various service providers and others who require such information in order to fulfill their contractual duties with respect to the routine investment activities or operations of the Funds. Such service providers or others must, by explicit agreement or by virtue of their respective duties to the Funds, be required to maintain confidentiality of the information disclosed. These service providers include, but are not limited to, the Funds’ custodian (State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”)), the Funds’ sub-administrators (State Street and
B-48

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MassMutual), the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm (Deloitte & Touche LLP), filing agents, legal counsel (Ropes & Gray LLP), financial printer (Toppan Merrill, LLC), any portfolio liquidity classification vendor, any proxy voting service employed by the Funds, MML Advisers or any of the Funds’ subadviser(s), as applicable, providers of portfolio analysis tools, any pricing services employed by the Funds, and any providers of transition management services. The Funds or the Funds’ investment adviser may also periodically provide non-public information about their portfolio holdings to rating and ranking organizations, such as Lipper Inc. and Morningstar Inc., in connection with those firms’ research on and classification of the Funds and in order to gather information about how the Funds’ attributes (such as volatility, turnover, and expenses) compared with those of peer funds.
The Funds, the Funds’ investment adviser, or the Funds’ subadviser(s), as applicable, may distribute (or authorize the Funds’ custodian to distribute) information regarding the Funds’ portfolio holdings more frequently than as provided to the public on a confidential basis to various service providers and others who require such information in order to fulfill non-routine legitimate business activities related to the management, investment activities, or operations of the Funds. Such disclosures may be made only if (i) the recipients of such information are subject to a written confidentiality agreement specifying that the Funds’ portfolio holdings information is the confidential property of the Funds and may not be used for any purpose except in connection with the provision of services to the Funds and, in particular, that such information may not be traded upon; and (ii) if the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer (or a person designated by the Chief Compliance Officer) determines that, under the circumstances, disclosure is in the best interests of the relevant Fund’s shareholders. The information distributed is limited to the information that the Funds, MML Advisers, or the relevant subadviser(s), as applicable, believes is reasonably necessary in connection with the services provided by the recipient receiving the information.
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS OF THE FUNDS
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS OF THE FUNDS
The following is a description of certain fundamental restrictions on investments of the Funds which may not be changed without a vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the applicable Fund. Investment restrictions that appear below or elsewhere in this SAI and in the Prospectus which involve a maximum percentage of securities or assets shall not be considered violated unless an excess over the percentage occurs immediately after, and is caused by, an acquisition or encumbrance of securities or assets of, or borrowings by or on behalf of, a Fund. Each Fund may not:
(1)
with the exception of the Disciplined Growth Fund, purchase securities (other than securities issued, guaranteed or sponsored by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities or securities issued by investment companies) of any one issuer if, as a result, more than 5% of a Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer or the Fund would own more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, except that up to 25% of the Fund’s total assets may be invested without regard to these limitations.
(2)
purchase commodities or commodity contracts, except that a Fund may enter into futures contracts, options, options on futures, and other financial or commodity transactions to the extent consistent with applicable law and the Fund’s Prospectus and SAI at the time.
(3)
purchase or sell real estate except that it may dispose of real estate acquired as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments. (This restriction does not prohibit a Fund from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate or in securities of companies engaged in the real estate business.)
(4)
participate in the underwriting of securities, except to the extent that a Fund may be deemed an underwriter under federal securities laws by reason of acquisitions or distributions of portfolio securities (e.g., investments in restricted securities and instruments subject to such limits as imposed by the Board and/or law).
(5)
make loans, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder (as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended from time to time) or by guidance regarding or interpretations of, or exemptive orders under, the 1940 Act or the rules or regulations thereunder published by appropriate regulatory authorities.
(6)
borrow money or issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder (as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended from time to time) or by guidance regarding or interpretations of, or exemptive orders under, the 1940 Act or the rules or regulations thereunder published by appropriate regulatory authorities.
B-49

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(7)
concentrate its investments in any one industry, as determined by the Board, and in this connection a Fund will not acquire securities of companies in any one industry if, immediately after giving effect to any such acquisition, 25% or more of the value of the total assets of the Fund would be invested in such industry, with the following exceptions:
(a)
There is no limitation for securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities.
(b)
There is no limitation for securities issued by other investment companies.
NON-FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS OF THE FUNDS
In addition to the investment restrictions adopted as fundamental policies set forth above, the Funds operate with certain non-fundamental policies that may be changed by a vote of a majority of the Board members at any time.
In accordance with such policies, each Fund may not:
(1)
to the extent required by applicable law at the time, purchase additional securities when its borrowings, less amounts receivable on sales of portfolio securities, exceed 5% of its total assets.
(2)
sell securities short, but reserves the right to sell securities short against the box.
(3)
invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities (5% of its total assets in the case of the U.S. Government Money Market Fund). This restriction does not limit the purchase of securities eligible for resale to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, provided that such securities are determined to be liquid by MML Advisers or the subadviser pursuant to Board approved guidelines.
(4)
to the extent that shares of the Fund are purchased or otherwise acquired by other series of the Trust or other series of registered open-end investment companies in the Trust’s “group of investment companies” ​(as such term is defined in Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act), acquire any securities of registered open-end investment companies or registered unit investment trusts in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act.
With respect to limitation (3) above, if there is a lack of trading interest in particular Rule 144A securities, a Fund’s holdings of those securities may be illiquid, resulting in the possibility of undesirable delays in selling these securities at prices representing fair value. If, through a change in values, net assets, or other circumstances, the Fund were in a position where more than 15% of its net assets was invested in illiquid securities (5% of its total assets in the case of the U.S. Government Money Market Fund), it would take appropriate orderly steps, as deemed necessary, to protect liquidity.
MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST
The Trust has a Board comprised of 10 Trustees, a majority of which are not “interested persons” ​(as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust. The Board is generally responsible for the management and oversight of the business and affairs of the Trust. The Trustees formulate the general policies of the Trust and the Funds, approve contracts, and authorize Trust officers to carry out the decisions of the Board. To assist them in this role, the Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust, the adviser, or any subadviser (“Independent Trustees”) have retained independent legal counsel. As investment adviser and subadvisers to the Funds, respectively, MML Advisers and Barings, BIIL, ICM, Invesco Advisers, TSW, and Wellington Management may be considered part of the management of the Trust. The Trustees and principal officers of the Trust are listed below together with information on their positions with the Trust, address, and year of birth, as well as their principal occupations during at least the past five years and their other current principal business affiliations.
The Board has appointed an Independent Trustee Chairperson of the Trust. The Chairperson presides at Board meetings and may call a Board or committee meeting when he or she deems it necessary. The Chairperson participates in the preparation of Board meeting agendas and may generally facilitate communications among the Trustees, and between the Trustees and the Trust’s management, officers, and independent legal counsel, between meetings. The Chairperson may also perform such other functions as may be requested by the Board from time to time. The Board has established the three standing committees described below, and may form working groups or ad hoc committees as needed.
The Board believes this leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to exercise informed and independent judgment, and allocates areas of responsibility among committees or working groups of Trustees and the full Board in a manner that enhances effective oversight. The Board also believes that having a majority of Independent Trustees is appropriate and in the best interest of the Funds’ shareholders. However, in the Board’s opinion, having interested persons serve as Trustees brings both corporate and financial viewpoints that are significant elements in its
B-50

TABLE OF CONTENTS
decision-making process. The Board reviews its leadership structure at least annually and may make changes to it at any time, including in response to changes in the characteristics or circumstances of the Trust.
Independent Trustees
Allan W. Blair
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111‑0001
Year of birth: 1948
Trustee of the Trust since 2012
Trustee of 110 portfolios in fund complex
Trustee of the Trust
Retired; Trustee (since 2003), MassMutual Select Funds (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2012), MassMutual Premier Funds (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2021), MassMutual Advantage Funds (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2003), MML Series Investment Fund (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2012), MML Series Investment Fund II (open-end investment company).
Nabil N. El‑Hage
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111‑0001
Year of birth: 1958
Trustee of the Trust since 2003
Trustee of 110 portfolios in fund complex
Trustee of the Trust
Founder and CEO (since 2018), AEE International LLC (a Puerto Rico LLC); Founder and sole member (2016-2018), PR Academy of Executive Education LLC (a Puerto Rico LLC); Trustee (since 2012), MassMutual Select Funds (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2003), Chairman (2006-2012), MassMutual Premier Funds (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2021), MassMutual Advantage Funds (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2012), MML Series Investment Fund (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2005), Chairman (2006-2012), MML Series Investment Fund II (open-end investment company).
Maria D. Furman
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111‑0001
Year of birth: 1954
Trustee of the Trust since 2004
Trustee of 110 portfolios in fund complex
Trustee of the Trust
Retired; Trustee (since 2012), MassMutual Select Funds (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2004), MassMutual Premier Funds (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2021), MassMutual Advantage Funds (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2012), MML Series Investment Fund (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2005), MML Series Investment Fund II (open-end investment company).
R. Bradford Malt
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111‑0001
Year of birth: 1954
Trustee of the Trust since 2022
Trustee of 110 portfolios in fund complex
Trustee of the Trust
Chairman (2004-2019), Management Committee (1993-2019), Partner (1987-2019), Associate (1979-1987), Ropes & Gray LLP (counsel to the Trust and MassMutual); Trustee (since 2022), MassMutual Select Funds (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2022), MassMutual Premier Funds (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2022), MassMutual Advantage Funds (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2022), MML Series Investment Fund (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2022), MML Series Investment Fund II (open-end investment company).
B-51

TABLE OF CONTENTS
C. Ann Merrifield
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111‑0001
Year of birth: 1951
Trustee of the Trust since 2004
Trustee of 110 portfolios in fund complex
Trustee of the Trust
Retired; Director (since 2020), Lead Director (2020-2022), Chairperson (since 2020) of the Nominating and Governance Committee, Member (since 2020) and Chairperson (2020-2022) of the Compensation Committee, and Member (2020-2022) of the Audit Committee, Lyra Therapeutics (a clinical-stage specialty pharmaceutical company); Director (since 2014), Chairperson (since 2017), Lead Director (2015-2017), Member (since 2014) and Chairperson (since 2015) of the Nominating and Governance Committee, Member (since 2019) of the Compensation Committee, and Member (2014-2019) of the Audit Committee, InVivo Therapeutics (research and clinical-stage biomaterials and biotechnology company); Trustee (since 2012), MassMutual Select Funds (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2004), MassMutual Premier Funds (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2021), MassMutual Advantage Funds (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2012), MML Series Investment Fund (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2005), MML Series Investment Fund II (open-end investment company).
Cynthia R. Plouché
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111‑0001
Year of birth: 1957
Trustee of the Trust since 2022
Trustee of 110 portfolios in fund complex
Trustee of the Trust
Retired; Assessor (2014-2018), Moraine Township (property assessment); Trustee (since 2014), Northern Trust Funds (open-end investment companies); Trustee (since 2022), MassMutual Select Funds (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2022), MassMutual Premier Funds (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2022), MassMutual Advantage Funds (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2022), MML Series Investment Fund (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2022), MML Series Investment Fund II (open-end investment company).
Jason J. Price
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111‑0001
Year of birth: 1973
Trustee of the Trust since 2022
Trustee of 110 portfolios in fund complex
Trustee of the Trust
Co-Founder and Chairman of the Board (2017-2021), NXTHVN (arts organization); Trustee (since 2022), MassMutual Select Funds (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2022), MassMutual Premier Funds (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2022), MassMutual Advantage Funds (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2022), MML Series Investment Fund (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2022), MML Series Investment Fund II (open-end investment company).
Susan B. Sweeney
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111‑0001
Year of birth: 1952
Chairperson of the Trust since 2022
Trustee of the Trust since 2012
Trustee of 112 portfolios in fund complex
1
Chairperson and Trustee of the Trust
Retired; Trustee (since 2012), Barings Corporate Investors (closed-end investment company); Trustee (since 2012), Barings Participation Investors (closed-end investment company); Chairperson (since 2022), Trustee (since 2009), MassMutual Select Funds (open-end investment company); Chairperson (since 2022), Trustee (since 2012), MassMutual Premier Funds (open-end investment company); Chairperson (since 2022), Trustee (since 2021), MassMutual Advantage
1
Barings Participation Investors and Barings Corporate Investors are deemed to be a part of the Fund Complex, because they are managed by Barings LLC, an affiliate of MML Advisers.
B-52

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Funds (open-end investment company); Chairperson (since 2022), Trustee (since 2009), MML Series Investment Fund (open-end investment company); Chairperson (since 2022), Trustee (since 2012), MML Series Investment Fund II (open-end investment company).
Interested Trustees
Michael R. Fanning2
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111‑0001
Year of birth: 1963
Trustee of the Trust since 2021
Trustee of 110 portfolios in fund complex
Trustee of the Trust
Director (since 2016), MML Advisers; Head of MassMutual U.S. (since 2016), Executive Vice President (2016-2018), Member of MassMutual’s Executive Leadership Team (since 2008), MassMutual; Trustee (since 2021), MassMutual Select Funds (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2021), MassMutual Premier Funds (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2021), MassMutual Advantage Funds (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2021), MML Series Investment Fund (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2021), MML Series Investment Fund II (open-end investment company).
Clifford M. Noreen3
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111‑0001
Year of birth: 1957
Trustee of the Trust since 2021
Trustee of 112 portfolios in fund complex
4
Trustee of the Trust
Head of Global Investment Strategy (since 2019), Deputy Chief Investment Officer and Managing Director (2016-2018), MassMutual; President (2008-2016), Vice Chairman (2007-2008), Member of the Board of Managers (2006-2016), Managing Director (2000-2016), Barings LLC; Chairman (since 2009), Trustee (since 2005), President (2005-2009), CI Subsidiary Trust and PI Subsidiary Trust; Chairman and Trustee (since 2009), President (2005-2009), Vice President (1993-2005), Barings Corporate Investors (closed-end investment company); Chairman and Trustee (since 2009), President (2005-2009), Vice President (1993-2005), Barings Participation Investors (closed-end investment company); Trustee (since 2021), MassMutual Select Funds (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2021), MassMutual Premier Funds (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2021), MassMutual Advantage Funds (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2021), MML Series Investment Fund (open-end investment company); Trustee (since 2021), MML Series Investment Fund II (open-end investment company).
Principal Officers
Andrea Anastasio
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111‑0001
Year of birth: 1974
Officer of the Trust since 2021
Officer of 110 portfolios in fund complex
Vice President
Vice President (since 2021), MML Advisers; Head of Investment Management Solutions (since 2021), MassMutual; Head of Investment Strategy and Research, North America (2019-2021), Head of Investment Product Management (2016-2019), State Street Global Advisors; Vice President (since 2021), MassMutual Select Funds (open-end investment company); Vice President (since 2021), MassMutual Premier Funds (open-end investment company); Vice President (since 2021), MassMutual Advantage Funds (open-end investment company); Vice President (since 2021), MML Series Investment Fund (open-end investment company); Vice President (since 2021), MML Series Investment Fund II (open-end investment company).
2
Mr. Fanning is an “Interested Person,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act, as an employee of MassMutual.
3
Mr. Noreen is an “Interested Person,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act, as an employee of MassMutual.
4
Barings Participation Investors and Barings Corporate Investors are deemed to be a part of the Fund Complex, because they are managed by Barings LLC, an affiliate of MML Advisers.
B-53

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Andrew M. Goldberg
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111‑0001
Year of birth: 1966
Officer of the Trust since 2004
Officer of 110 portfolios in fund complex
Vice President, Secretary, and Chief Legal Officer of the Trust
Lead Counsel, Investment Adviser & Mutual Funds (since 2018), Assistant Vice President and Counsel (2004-2018), MassMutual; Secretary (since 2015), Assistant Secretary (2013-2015), MML Advisers; Vice President, Secretary, and Chief Legal Officer (since 2008), Assistant Secretary (2001-2008), MassMutual Select Funds (open-end investment company); Vice President, Secretary (formerly known as “Clerk”), and Chief Legal Officer (since 2008), Assistant Clerk (2004-2008), MassMutual Premier Funds (open-end investment company); Vice President, Secretary, and Chief Legal Officer (since 2021), MassMutual Advantage Funds (open-end investment company); Vice President, Secretary, and Chief Legal Officer (since 2008), Assistant Secretary (2001-2008), MML Series Investment Fund (open-end investment company); Vice President, Secretary (formerly known as “Clerk”), and Chief Legal Officer (since 2008), Assistant Clerk (2005-2008), MML Series Investment Fund II (open-end investment company).
Renee Hitchcock
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111‑0001
Year of birth: 1970
Officer of the Trust since 2007
Officer of 110 portfolios in fund complex
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Trust
Head of Mutual Fund Administration (since 2018), Assistant Vice President (2015-2018), MassMutual; Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (since 2016), Assistant Treasurer (2007-2016), MassMutual Select Funds (open-end investment company); Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (since 2016), Assistant Treasurer (2007-2016), MassMutual Premier Funds (open-end investment company); Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (since 2021), MassMutual Advantage Funds (open-end investment company); Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (since 2016), Assistant Treasurer (2007-2016), MML Series Investment Fund (open-end investment company); Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (since 2016), Assistant Treasurer (2007-2016), MML Series Investment Fund II (open-end investment company).
Paul LaPiana
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111‑0001
Year of birth: 1969
Officer of the Trust since 2021
Officer of 110 portfolios in fund complex
President of the Trust
President (since 2021), MML Advisers; Head of MassMutual U.S. Product (since 2019), Head of Field Management (2016-2019), MassMutual; President (since 2021), MassMutual Select Funds (open-end investment company); President (since 2021), MassMutual Premier Funds (open-end investment company); President (since 2021), MassMutual Advantage Funds (open-end investment company); President (since 2021), MML Series Investment Fund (open-end investment company); President (since 2021), MML Series Investment Fund II (open-end investment company).
Jill Nareau Robert
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111‑0001
Year of birth: 1972
Officer of the Trust since 2008
Officer of 110 portfolios in fund complex
Vice President and Assistant Secretary of the Trust
Lead Counsel, Investment Adviser & Mutual Funds (since 2018), Assistant Vice President and Counsel (2009-2018), MassMutual; Assistant Secretary (since 2015), MML Advisers; Vice President and Assistant Secretary (since 2017), Assistant Secretary (2008-2017), MassMutual Select Funds (open-end investment company); Vice President and Assistant Secretary (since 2017), Assistant Secretary (formerly known as “Assistant Clerk”) (2008-2017), MassMutual Premier Funds (open-end investment company); Vice President and Assistant Secretary (since 2021), MassMutual Advantage Funds (open-end investment company); Vice President and Assistant Secretary (since 2017), Assistant Secretary (2008-2017),
B-54

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MML Series Investment Fund (open-end investment company); Vice President and Assistant Secretary (since 2017), Assistant Secretary (formerly known as “Assistant Clerk”) (2008-2017), MML Series Investment Fund II (open-end investment company).
Douglas Steele
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111‑0001
Year of birth: 1975
Officer of the Trust since 2016
Officer of 110 portfolios in fund complex
Vice President of the Trust
Head of Product Management (since 2021), Vice President (since 2017), Head of Manager Research (2021), Head of Investment Management (2017-2021), Head of Investment Due Diligence (2016-2017), MML Advisers; Head of Product Management (since 2021), Head of Manager Research (2021), Head of Investment Management (2017-2021), Assistant Vice President (2013-2017), MassMutual; Vice President (since 2016), MassMutual Select Funds (open-end investment company); Vice President (since 2016), MassMutual Premier Funds (open-end investment company); Vice President (since 2021), MassMutual Advantage Funds (open-end investment company); Vice President (since 2016), MML Series Investment Fund (open-end investment company); Vice President (since 2016), MML Series Investment Fund II (open-end investment company).
Philip S. Wellman
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111‑0001
Year of birth: 1964
Officer of the Trust since 2007
Officer of 110 portfolios in fund complex
Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer of the Trust
Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer (since 2013), MML Advisers; Head of Mutual Funds & RIA Compliance (since 2018), Vice President, Associate General Counsel, and Chief Compliance Officer (Mutual Funds) (2014-2018), MassMutual; Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer (since 2007), MassMutual Select Funds (open-end investment company); Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer (since 2007), MassMutual Premier Funds (open-end investment company); Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer (since 2021), MassMutual Advantage Funds (open-end investment company); Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer (since 2007), MML Series Investment Fund (open-end investment company); Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer (since 2007), MML Series Investment Fund II (open-end investment company).
Each Trustee of the Trust serves until the next meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of electing Trustees and until the election and qualification of his or her successor or until he or she dies, resigns, or is removed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless the Trustees determine that it is desirable and in the best interest of the Trust that an exception to the retirement policy of the Trust be made, a Trustee shall retire and cease to serve as a Trustee upon the conclusion of the calendar year in which such Trustee attains the age of seventy-five years, however, an interested Trustee of the Trust shall no longer serve as a Trustee if or when they are no longer an employee of MassMutual or an affiliate.
The Chairperson is elected to hold such office for a term of three years or until their successor is elected and qualified to carry out the duties and responsibilities of their office, or until he or she retires, dies, resigns, is removed, or becomes disqualified, and any such Chairperson may not serve more than two consecutive terms.
The President, Treasurer, and Secretary and such other officers as the Trustees may in their discretion from time to time elect are elected to hold such office until their successor is elected and qualified to carry out the duties and responsibilities of their office, or until he or she dies, resigns, is removed, or becomes disqualified.
Each officer and the Chairperson shall hold office at the pleasure of the Trustees.
The Chairperson of any of the Trust’s Committees shall serve a term of three years or until he or she retires, dies, resigns, is removed, or becomes disqualified.
B-55

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Additional Information About the Trustees
In addition to the information set forth above, the following specific experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills apply to each Trustee. Each Trustee was appointed to serve on the Board based on his or her overall experience and the Board did not identify any specific qualification as all-important or controlling. The information in this section should not be understood to mean that any of the Trustees is an “expert” within the meaning of the federal securities laws.
Allan W. Blair — As a former trustee and audit and compliance committee member of a large healthcare system, Mr. Blair has experience with financial, regulatory, and operational issues. He also has served as president and/or CEO of several non-profit and quasi-public organizations for over 30 years. Mr. Blair holds a BA from the University of Massachusetts at Amherst and a JD from Western New England College School of Law.
Nabil N. El-Hage — As a former CEO or CFO of various public and private companies, Mr. El-Hage has experience with financial, regulatory, and operational issues. He has also taught corporate finance at the graduate level, and has served as a director for more than a dozen public and private companies and as an associate at a venture capital firm. Mr. El-Hage holds a BS in Electronic Engineering from Yale University and an MBA with high distinction from Harvard University.
Michael R. Fanning — As an executive and/or director of financial services and insurance companies, Mr. Fanning has experience with financial, regulatory, and operational issues. He also has served as an audit committee member for financial services and insurance companies. Mr. Fanning holds a BA in Economics and a BA in Organizational Behavior and Management from Brown University.
Maria D. Furman — As a trustee and chairperson or member of the audit and investment committees of various educational organizations, and as a former managing director, director, and portfolio manager at an investment management firm, Ms. Furman has experience with financial, regulatory, and operational issues. She also has served as an audit and investment committee member and a director, treasurer, and investment committee chair for environmental, educational, and healthcare organizations. Ms. Furman is a CFA charterholder and holds a BA from the University of Massachusetts at Dartmouth.
R. Bradford Malt — As a current Chairman Emeritus, a former Chairman, and a former partner of a corporate law firm, which serves as counsel to the Trust and to MML Advisers, with over 40 years of financial services experience, Mr. Malt has expertise in financial, regulatory, and operational issues. He has also served as a director for several public and private companies. Mr. Malt holds an AB in Applied Mathematics from Harvard College and a JD from Harvard Law School.
C. Ann Merrifield — As a trustee of a healthcare organization, current and former director of specialty pharmaceutical companies, former biotechnology executive, former partner of a consulting firm, and investment officer at a large insurance company, Ms. Merrifield has experience with financial, regulatory, and operational issues. She also has served as an audit committee member for a manufacturing company and three public life sciences companies. Ms. Merrifield holds a BA and M. Ed. from the University of Maine and an MBA from Amos Tuck School of Business Administration at Dartmouth College.
Clifford M. Noreen — As an executive of financial services companies with over 35 years of investment management experience, a director of several private companies, an investment committee member of two non-profit organizations, and a director and/or officer of various investment companies and private funds, Mr. Noreen has experience with financial, regulatory, and operational issues. Mr. Noreen holds a BA from the University of Massachusetts and an MBA from American International College.
Cynthia R. Plouché — As a former assessor of a township, a former portfolio manager for asset management firms, and a former chief investment officer and managing director of an asset management firm with over 32 years of financial services experience, Ms. Plouché has experience with financial, regulatory, and operational issues. She has also served as a trustee and audit committee member for open-end investment companies and a trustee for a closed-end investment company. Ms. Plouché holds a BA in Psychology and Social Relations from Harvard University and an MBA from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.
B-56

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Jason J. Price — As a former executive with over 25 years of financial services experience, Mr. Price has experience with financial, regulatory, and operational issues. He served as a Senior Vice President of Cigna Investment Management from 2009 to 2012 and as Head of Private Equity for the State of Connecticut Office of the Treasurer from 2005 to 2009. Mr. Price holds a BA in Business Administration from Morehouse College and an MBA from Harvard Business School.
Susan B. Sweeney — As a former executive and investment officer of a property and casualty company and a former executive of a financial services company with over 35 years of financial services experience, Ms. Sweeney has experience with financial, regulatory, and operational issues. From 2010 to 2014, she was Chief Investment Officer and Senior Vice President of Selective Insurance Company of America. She also served as Chief Investment Officer for the State of Connecticut Pension Fund from 2002 to 2007, directing a multi-asset portfolio. Ms. Sweeney holds a BS in Business Studies from Connecticut Board for State Academic Awards, an MBA from Harvard Business School, and a Doctor of Humane Letters from Charter Oak State College.
Board Committees and Meetings
The full Board met eight times during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022.
Audit Committee.   The Trust has an Audit Committee, consisting of Trustees who are not “interested persons” ​(as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust. The Audit Committee, whose members are Messrs. Blair, El-Hage, Malt, and Price and Mses. Furman, Merrifield, and Plouché, oversees the Trust’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, its internal controls, and internal controls of certain service providers; oversees the quality and objectivity of the Trust’s financial statements and the independent audit thereof; evaluates the independence of the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm; evaluates the overall performance and compensation of the Chief Compliance Officer; acts as liaison between the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board; and provides immediate access for the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm to report any special matters they believe should be brought to the attention of the full Board. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022, the Audit Committee met four times.
Nominating and Governance Committee.   The Trust has a Nominating and Governance Committee, consisting of each Trustee who is not an “interested person” of the Trust. The Nominating and Governance Committee meets at least twice per calendar year. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022, the Nominating and Governance Committee met twice. The Nominating and Governance Committee (a) identifies, and evaluates the qualifications of, individuals to become independent members of the Funds’ Board in the event that a position currently filled by an Independent Trustee is vacated or created; (b) nominates Independent Trustee nominees for election or appointment to the Board; (c) sets any necessary standards or qualifications for service on the Board; (d) recommends periodically to the full Board an Independent Trustee to serve as Chairperson; (e) evaluates at least annually the independence and overall performance of counsel to the Independent Trustees; (f) annually reviews the compensation of the Independent Trustees; and (g) oversees board governance issues including, but not limited to, (i) evaluating the board and committee structure and the performance of Trustees, (ii) considering and addressing any conflicts, (iii) considering the retirement policies of the Board, and (iv) considering and making recommendations to the Board at least annually concerning the Trust’s directors and officers liability insurance coverage.
The Nominating and Governance Committee will consider and evaluate nominee candidates properly submitted by shareholders of the Trust in the same manner as it considers and evaluates candidates recommended by other sources. The Nominating and Governance Committee may also consider any other facts and circumstances attendant to such shareholder submission as may be deemed appropriate by the Nominating and Governance Committee, including, without limitation, the value of the Funds’ securities owned by the shareholder and the length of time such shares have been held by the shareholder. A recommendation of a shareholder of the Trust must be submitted as described below to be considered properly submitted for purposes of the Nominating and Governance Committee’s consideration. The shareholders of the Trust must submit any such recommendation (a “Shareholder Recommendation”) in writing to the Trust’s Nominating and Governance Committee, to the attention of the Secretary, at the address of the principal executive offices of the Trust, which is 1295 State Street, Springfield, MA 01111-0001. The Shareholder Recommendation must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Trust at least 60 calendar days before the date of the meeting at which the Nominating and Governance Committee is to select a nominee for Independent Trustee. The Shareholder Recommendation must include: (i) a statement in writing setting forth: (A) the name, age, date of birth, phone number, business address, residence address, nationality, and pertinent qualifications of the person recommended by the shareholder (the “Shareholder Candidate”), including an explanation of why the shareholder believes the Shareholder Candidate will make a good Trustee; (B) the class or series and number of all shares of the Funds owned of record or beneficially by the Shareholder Candidate, as reported to such shareholder by the Shareholder Candidate; (C) any other information regarding
B-57

TABLE OF CONTENTS
the Shareholder Candidate called for with respect to director nominees by paragraphs (a), (d), (e), and (f) of Item 401 of Regulation S-K or paragraph (b) of Item 22 of Rule 14a-101 (Schedule 14A) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), adopted by the SEC (or the corresponding provisions of any regulation or rule subsequently adopted by the SEC or any successor agency applicable to the Funds); (D) any other information regarding the Shareholder Candidate that would be required to be disclosed if the Shareholder Candidate were a nominee in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitation of proxies for election of trustees or directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (E) whether the recommending shareholder believes that the Shareholder Candidate is or will be an “interested person” ​(as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) of the Funds and, if not an “interested person,” information regarding the Shareholder Candidate that will be sufficient for the Funds to make such determination; (ii) the written and signed consent of the Shareholder Candidate to be named as a nominee, consenting to (1) the disclosure, as may be necessary or appropriate, of such Shareholder Candidate’s information submitted in accordance with (i) above; and (2) service as a Trustee if elected; (iii) the recommending shareholder’s name as it appears on the Funds’ books, the number of all shares of each series of the Funds owned beneficially and of record by the recommending shareholder; (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the recommending shareholder and the Shareholder Candidate and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the Shareholder Recommendation is being made by the recommending shareholder; and (v) such other information as the Nominating and Governance Committee may require the Shareholder Candidate to furnish as the Nominating and Governance Committee may reasonably require or deem necessary to determine the eligibility of such Shareholder Candidate to serve as a Trustee or to satisfy applicable law.
Shareholders may send other communications to the Trustees by addressing such correspondence directly to the Secretary of the Trust, c/o Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company, 1295 State Street, Springfield, MA 01111-0001. When writing to the Board, shareholders should identify themselves, the fact that the communication is directed to the Board, the Fund they are writing about, and any relevant information regarding their Fund holdings. Except as provided below, the Secretary shall either (i) provide a copy of each shareholder communication to the Board at its next regularly scheduled meeting or (ii) if the Secretary determines that the communication requires more immediate attention, forward the communication to the Board promptly after receipt. The Secretary will also provide a copy of each shareholder communication to the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer.
The Secretary may, in good faith, determine that a shareholder communication should not be provided to the Board because it does not reasonably relate to the Trust or its operations, management, activities, policies, service providers, Board, officers, shareholders, or other matters relating to an investment in the Funds or is otherwise ministerial in nature (such as a request for Fund literature, share data, or financial information). The Secretary will provide to the Board on a quarterly basis a summary of the shareholder communications not provided to the Board by virtue of this paragraph.
Contract Committee.   The Trust has a Contract Committee, consisting of each Trustee who is not an “interested person” of the Trust. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022, the Contract Committee met twice. The Contract Committee performs the specific tasks assigned to independent trustees by the 1940 Act, including the periodic consideration of the Trust’s investment management agreements and subadvisory agreements.
Risk Oversight
As registered investment companies, the Funds are subject to a variety of risks, including, among others, investment risks, financial risks, compliance risks, and operational risks. The Funds’ investment adviser and administrator, MML Advisers, has primary responsibility for the Funds’ risk management on a day-to-day basis as part of its overall responsibilities. The Funds’ subadvisers are primarily responsible for managing investment risk as part of their day-to-day investment management responsibilities, as well as operational risks at their respective firms. The Funds’ investment adviser and Chief Compliance Officer also assist the Board in overseeing the significant investment policies of the Funds and monitor the various compliance policies and procedures approved by the Board as a part of its oversight responsibilities.
In discharging its oversight responsibilities, the Board considers risk management issues throughout the year by reviewing regular reports prepared by the Funds’ investment adviser and Chief Compliance Officer, as well as special written reports or presentations provided on a variety of risk issues, as needed. For example, the investment adviser reports to the Board quarterly on the investment performance of each of the Funds, the financial performance of the Funds, overall market and economic conditions, and legal and regulatory developments that may impact the Funds. The Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer, who reports directly to the Board’s Independent Trustees, provides presentations to the Board at its quarterly meetings and an annual report to the Board concerning (i) compliance matters relating to the Funds, the Funds’ investment adviser and subadvisers, and the Funds’ other key service providers; (ii) regulatory developments; (iii) business
B-58

TABLE OF CONTENTS
continuity programs; and (iv) various risks identified as part of the Funds’ compliance program assessments. The Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer also meets at least quarterly in executive session with the Independent Trustees, and communicates significant compliance-related issues and regulatory developments to the Audit Committee between Board meetings.
In addressing issues regarding the Funds’ risk management between meetings, appropriate representatives of the investment adviser communicate with the Chairperson of the Trust, the Chairperson of the Audit Committee, or the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer. As appropriate, the Trustees confer among themselves, or with the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer, the investment adviser, other service providers, and independent legal counsel, to identify and review risk management issues that may be placed on the full Board’s agenda.
The Board also relies on its committees to administer the Board’s oversight function. The Audit Committee assists the Board in reviewing with the investment adviser and the Funds’ independent auditors, at various times throughout the year, matters relating to the annual audits, financial accounting and reporting matters, and the internal control environment at the service providers that provide financial accounting and reporting for the Funds. The Audit Committee also meets annually with representatives of the investment adviser’s Corporate Audit Department to review the results of internal audits of relevance to the Funds. This and the Board’s other committees present reports to the Board that may prompt further discussion of issues concerning the oversight of the Funds’ risk management. The Board may also discuss particular risks that are not addressed in the committee process.
Share Ownership of Trustees and Officers of the Trust
The table below sets forth information regarding the Trustees’ beneficial ownership of Fund shares, based on the value of such shares as of December 31, 2022.
Name of Trustee
The Dollar Range of Equity
Securities Beneficially Owned
in the Trust
Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in All Registered Investment
Companies Overseen by Trustee in
Family of Investment Companies
Independent Trustees
Allan W. Blair
None
over $100,000
Nabil N. El-Hage
None
None
Maria D. Furman
None
None
R. Bradford Malt
None
None
C. Ann Merrifield
None
None
Cynthia R. Plouché
None
None
Jason J. Price
None
None
Susan B. Sweeney
None
None
Interested Trustees
Michael R. Fanning
None
None
Clifford M. Noreen
None
None
The ownership information shown above does not include units of separate investment accounts that invest in one or more registered investment companies overseen by a Trustee in the family of investment companies held in a 401(k) plan or amounts held under a deferred compensation plan that are valued based on “shadow investments” in one or more such registered investment companies. As of December 31, 2022, these amounts were as follows: Mr. Blair, over $100,000; Mr. El-Hage, over $100,000; Mr. Fanning, $10,001-$50,000; Ms. Furman, None; Mr. Malt, None; Ms. Merrifield, None; Mr. Noreen, over $100,000; Ms. Plouché, None; Mr. Price, None; and Ms. Sweeney, None.
As of January 3, 2023, the Trustees and officers of the Trust, individually and as a group, did not beneficially own outstanding shares of any of the Funds.
To the knowledge of the Trust, as of December 31, 2022, the Independent Trustees and their immediate family members did not own beneficially or of record securities of the investment adviser, subadviser(s), principal underwriter, or sponsoring insurance company of the Funds or a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the investment adviser, subadviser(s), principal underwriter, or sponsoring insurance company of the Funds.
B-59

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Trustee Compensation
Effective January 1, 2023 the Trust, on behalf of each Fund, pays each of its Trustees who is not an officer or employee of MassMutual a fee of $4,125 per quarter plus a fee of $600 per in-person meeting attended plus a fee of $600 for the annual Contract Committee meeting. The Chairperson of the Board is paid an additional 40% of the quarterly fee, the in-person meeting fee, and the Contract Committee meeting fee. The Chairpersons of each of the Audit Committee and the Contract Committee are paid an additional 10% of the quarterly fee, the in-person meeting fee, and the Contract Committee meeting fee. The Chairperson of the Nominating and Governance Committee is paid an additional 7% of the quarterly fee, the in-person meeting fee, and the Contract Committee meeting fee. Such Trustees who serve on the Audit Committee, other than the Chairperson, are paid an additional 4% of the quarterly fee, the in-person meeting fee, and the Contract Committee meeting fee. No additional fees are paid for attending any other committee meetings or any special telephonic meetings. In addition, the Trust reimburses out-of-pocket business travel expenses to such Trustees. Trustees who are officers or employees of MassMutual receive no fees from the Trust.
During 2022, the Trust, on behalf of each Fund, paid each of its Trustees who was not an officer or employee of MassMutual a fee of $3,960 per quarter plus a fee of $576 per in-person meeting attended plus a fee of $576 for the annual Contract Committee meeting. The Chairperson of the Board was paid an additional 40% of the quarterly fee, the in-person meeting fee, and the Contract Committee meeting fee. The Chairpersons of each of the Audit Committee and the Contract Committee were paid an additional 10% of the quarterly fee, the in-person meeting fee, and the Contract Committee meeting fee. The Chairperson of the Nominating and Governance Committee was paid an additional 7% of the quarterly fee, the in-person meeting fee, and the Contract Committee meeting fee. Such Trustees who served on the Audit Committee, other than the Chairperson, were paid an additional 4% of the quarterly fee, the in-person meeting fee, and the Contract Committee meeting fee. No additional fees were paid for attending any other committee meetings or any special telephonic meetings. In addition, the Trust reimbursed out-of-pocket business travel expenses to such Trustees. Trustees who were officers or employees of MassMutual received no fees from the Trust.
The following table discloses actual compensation paid to Trustees of the Trust during the 2022 fiscal year. The Trust has no pension or retirement plan, but does have a deferred compensation plan. The plan provides for amounts deferred prior to January 1, 2012, plus interest, to be credited at a rate of interest equal to that of the U.S. Corporate Bond Index as of January 1, 2012, to be reset every two years. Amounts deferred after January 1, 2012, plus or minus earnings, are “shadow invested.” These amounts are valued based on changes in the values of one or more registered investment companies overseen by a Trustee.
Name of Trustee
Aggregate Compensation from the Trust
Total Compensation from the Trust and
Fund Complex Paid to Trustees
Allan W. Blair
$21,860
$285,825
Nabil N. El-Hage
$22,451 1
$337,648
Michael R. Fanning
$0
$0
Maria D. Furman
$20,479
$267,800
R. Alan Hunter, Jr. 2
$17,803
$224,700
R. Bradford Malt 3
$5,755
$79,930
C. Ann Merrifield
$21,321
$279,500
Clifford M. Noreen
$0
$0
Cynthia R. Plouché 3
$5,755
$119,930
Jason J. Price 3
$5,755
$119,930
Susan B. Sweeney
$25,874
$510,787
1
The compensation amount shown does not include a gain/loss in the amount of $682 attributable to amounts held under a deferred compensation plan.
2
Retired from the Board as of June 30, 2022.
3
Joined the Board as of June 21, 2022.
B-60

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES
As of January 3, 2023, to the Trust’s knowledge, the following persons owned of record or beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the indicated classes of the Funds set forth below. Such ownership may be beneficially held by individuals or entities other than the owner listed. To the extent that any listed shareholder beneficially owns more than 25% of a Fund, it may be deemed to “control” such Fund within the meaning of the 1940 Act. The effect of such control may be to reduce the ability of other shareholders of the Fund to take actions requiring the affirmative vote of holders of a plurality or majority of the Fund’s shares without the approval of the controlling shareholder.
MassMutual U.S. Government Money Market Fund1
Class
Name and Address of Owner
Percent of Class
Class R5
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
33.59%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
31.34%
Reliance Trust Company
P.O. Box 28004
Atlanta, GA 30358
18.88%
MassMutual Inflation-Protected and Income Fund2
Class
Name and Address of Owner
Percent of Class
Class I
National Financial Services LLC
499 Washington Boulevard
Jersey City, NJ 07310
24.72%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
18.42%
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
14.87%
MassMutual RetireSMARTSM by JPMorgan 2020 Fund
1 Iron Street
Boston, MA 02210
7.25%
Matrix Trust Company
TTEE FBO GoalPath 2020 Cons Enhanced
P.O. Box 52129
Phoenix, AZ 85072
6.39%
Class R5
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
63.63%
National Financial Services LLC
499 Washington Boulevard
Jersey City, NJ 07310
28.57%
Service Class
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
73.38%
B-61

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Class
Name and Address of Owner
Percent of Class
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
15.73%
National Financial Services LLC
499 Washington Boulevard
Jersey City, NJ 07310
5.04%
Administrative Class
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
68.88%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
29.40%
Class R4
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
39.27%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
31.58%
Talcott Resolution Life Insurance Company
1 Griffin Road North
Windsor, CT 06095
11.25%
VRSCO FBO AIGFSB
FBO Compass Behavioral Health
2727-A Allen Parkway
Houston, TX 77019
9.55%
State Street Bank Trustee
FBO ADP Access Product
1 Lincoln Street
Boston, MA 02110
6.53%
Class A
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
43.60%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
31.14%
Pershing LLC
P.O. Box 2052
Jersey City, NJ 07303
19.84%
Class R3
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
61.71%
Talcott Resolution Life Insurance Company
1 Griffin Road North
Windsor, CT 06095
32.02%
B-62

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MassMutual Core Bond Fund3
Class
Name and Address of Owner
Percent of Class
Class I
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
25.79%
National Financial Services LLC
499 Washington Boulevard
Jersey City, NJ 07310
14.30%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
14.17%
MassMutual RetireSMARTSM by JPMorgan 2030 Fund
1 Iron Street
Boston, MA 02210
10.25%
MassMutual RetireSMARTSM by JPMorgan 2020 Fund
1 Iron Street
Boston, MA 02210
6.81%
MassMutual RetireSMARTSM by JPMorgan 2025 Fund
1 Iron Street
Boston, MA 02210
5.67%
MassMutual 20/80 Allocation Fund
1 Iron Street
Boston, MA 02210
5.34%
Class R5
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
84.11%
National Financial Services LLC
499 Washington Boulevard
Jersey City, NJ 07310
8.88%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
6.71%
Service Class
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
52.07%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
45.00%
Administrative Class
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
74.29%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
25.65%
Class R4
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
76.37%
B-63

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Class
Name and Address of Owner
Percent of Class
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
9.95%
Talcott Resolution Life Insurance Company
1 Griffin Road North
Windsor, CT 06095
8.61%
Class A
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
69.33%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
15.04%
Matrix Trust Company Trustee
FBO Kayser-Roth Corporation
P.O. Box 52129
Phoenix, AZ 85072
8.74%
Pershing LLC
P.O. Box 2052
Jersey City, NJ 07303
5.31%
Class R3
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
54.43%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
42.16%
MassMutual Diversified Bond Fund4
Class
Name and Address of Owner
Percent of Class
Class I
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
58.34%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
38.31%
Class R5
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
70.79%
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
14.59%
Capinco c/o US Bank NA
1555 North Rivercenter Drive, Suite 302
Milwaukee, WI 53212
12.34%
Service Class
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
58.66%
B-64

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Class
Name and Address of Owner
Percent of Class
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
41.34%
Administrative Class
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
88.73%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
11.27%
Class R4
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
51.70%
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
26.24%
Talcott Resolution Life Insurance Company
1 Griffin Road North
Windsor, CT 06095
22.06%
Class A
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
55.75%
Reliance Trust Company
P.O. Box 28004
Atlanta, GA 30358
21.76%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
18.03%
Class R3
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
82.90%
Talcott Resolution Life Insurance Company
1 Griffin Road North
Windsor, CT 06095
17.10%
MassMutual Balanced Fund5
Class
Name and Address of Owner
Percent of Class
Class I
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
57.48%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
21.78%
The Hartford
One Hartford Plaza
Hartford, CT 06155
20.63%
B-65

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Class
Name and Address of Owner
Percent of Class
Class R5
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
96.22%
Service Class
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
61.19%
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
37.91%
Administrative Class
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
98.21%
Class R4
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
55.17%
Talcott Resolution Life Insurance Company
1 Griffin Road North
Windsor, CT 06095
36.86%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
7.97%
Class A
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
49.02%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
38.18%
Pershing LLC
P.O. Box 2052
Jersey City, NJ 07303
7.05%
Class R3
Talcott Resolution Life Insurance Company
1 Griffin Road North
Windsor, CT 06095
53.83%
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
40.18%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
5.91%
MassMutual Disciplined Value Fund6
Class
Name and Address of Owner
Percent of Class
Class I
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
83.75%
B-66

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Class
Name and Address of Owner
Percent of Class
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
16.01%
Class R5
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
100.00%
Service Class
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
96.05%
Administrative Class
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
97.26%
Class R4
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
99.31%
Class A
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
87.17%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
9.37%
Class R3
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
72.13%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
20.05%
Talcott Resolution Life Insurance Company
1 Griffin Road North
Windsor, CT 06095
7.82%
MassMutual Main Street Fund7
Class
Name and Address of Owner
Percent of Class
Class I
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
69.17%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
28.95%
Class R5
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
98.07%
Service Class
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
100.00%
B-67

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Class
Name and Address of Owner
Percent of Class
Administrative Class
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
92.78%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
7.22%
Class R4
Talcott Resolution Life Insurance Company
1 Griffin Road North
Windsor, CT 06095
75.63%
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
23.02%
Class A
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
48.99%
Pershing LLC
P.O. Box 2052
Jersey City, NJ 07303
26.78%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
10.14%
Reliance Trust Company
P.O. Box 28004
Atlanta, GA 30358
7.71%
National Financial Services LLC
499 Washington Boulevard
Jersey City, NJ 07310
5.18%
Class R3
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
65.07%
Talcott Resolution Life Insurance Company
1 Griffin Road North
Windsor, CT 06095
21.44%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
13.48%
MassMutual Disciplined Growth Fund8
Class
Name and Address of Owner
Percent of Class
Class I
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
64.68%
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
33.85%
B-68

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Class
Name and Address of Owner
Percent of Class
Class R5
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
68.96%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
31.04%
Service Class
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
92.88%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
6.75%
Administrative Class
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
64.54%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
35.46%
Class R4
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
95.83%
Class A
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
57.24%
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
35.74%
Class R3
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
93.82%
MassMutual Small Cap Opportunities Fund9
Class
Name and Address of Owner
Percent of Class
Class I
Reliance Trust Company
P.O. Box 28004
Atlanta, GA 30358
16.33%
National Financial Services LLC
499 Washington Boulevard
Jersey City, NJ 07310
16.12%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
12.35%
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
11.52%
B-69

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Class
Name and Address of Owner
Percent of Class
TIAA, FSB Custodian/TTEE
211 North Broadway Suite 1000
Saint Louis, MO 63102
11.51%
SEI Private Trust Company
One Freedom Valley Drive
Oaks, PA 19456
11.00%
Mid Atlantic Trust Company
FBO Popular, Inc.
1251 Waterfront Place, Suite 525
Pittsburgh, PA 15222
6.88%
Class R5
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
61.20%
National Financial Services LLC
499 Washington Boulevard
Jersey City, NJ 07310
18.21%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
7.32%
T. Rowe Price Retirement Plan Services Inc.
4515 Painters Mill Road
Owings Mills, MD 21117
5.82%
Service Class
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
58.14%
John Hancock Trust Company LLC
200 Berkeley Street
Boston, MA 02116
16.43%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
13.96%
Administrative Class
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
39.98%
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
35.71%
National Financial Services LLC
499 Washington Boulevard
Jersey City, NJ 07310
12.67%
Talcott Resolution Life Insurance Company
1 Griffin Road North
Windsor, CT 06095
11.62%
Class R4
Talcott Resolution Life Insurance Company
1 Griffin Road North
Windsor, CT 06095
40.10%
B-70

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Class
Name and Address of Owner
Percent of Class
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
35.23%
FIIOC
FBO Scheurer Hospital Employees Retirement Plan
100 Magellan Way
Covington, KY 41015
10.24%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
8.73%
Class A
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
75.25%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
12.25%
Class R3
Talcott Resolution Life Insurance Company
1 Griffin Road North
Windsor, CT 06095
50.39%
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
32.77%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
11.12%
MassMutual Global Fund10
Class
Name and Address of Owner
Percent of Class
Class I
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
41.84%
National Financial Services LLC
499 Washington Boulevard
Jersey City, NJ 07310
17.11%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
15.97%
John Hancock Trust Company LLC
690 Canton Street, Suite 100
Westwood, MA 02090
11.54%
Talcott Resolution Life Insurance Company
1 Griffin Road North
Windsor, CT 06095
8.17%
DCGT as TTEE and/or Custodian Omnibus
711 High Street
Des Moines, IA 50392
5.20%
B-71

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Class
Name and Address of Owner
Percent of Class
Class R5
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
89.55%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
10.25%
Service Class
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
67.92%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
31.42%
Administrative Class
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
97.60%
Class R4
Talcott Resolution Life Insurance Company
1 Griffin Road North
Windsor, CT 06095
40.92%
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
35.31%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
22.88%
Class A
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
64.71%
Pershing LLC
P.O. Box 2052
Jersey City, NJ 07303
26.83%
Class R3
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
50.96%
Talcott Resolution Life Insurance Company
1 Griffin Road North
Windsor, CT 06095
43.93%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
5.10%
MassMutual International Equity Fund11
Class
Name and Address of Owner
Percent of Class
Class I
MassMutual RetireSMARTSM by JPMorgan 2040 Fund
1 Iron Street
Boston, MA 02210
17.12%
B-72

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Class
Name and Address of Owner
Percent of Class
MassMutual RetireSMARTSM by JPMorgan 2050 Fund
1 Iron Street
Boston, MA 02210
13.47%
MassMutual RetireSMARTSM by JPMorgan 2030 Fund
1 Iron Street
Boston, MA 02210
13.23%
MassMutual RetireSMARTSM by JPMorgan 2035 Fund
1 Iron Street
Boston, MA 02210
8.93%
MassMutual RetireSMARTSM by JPMorgan 2045 Fund
1 Iron Street
Boston, MA 02210
8.25%
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
7.44%
Class R5
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
98.59%
Service Class
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
81.96%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
18.04%
Administrative Class
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
89.28%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
10.72%
Class R4
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
82.63%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
17.37%
Class A
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
46.05%
Pershing LLC
P.O. Box 2052
Jersey City, NJ 07303
42.10%
Class R3
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
75.30%
B-73

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Class
Name and Address of Owner
Percent of Class
Talcott Resolution Life Insurance Company
1 Griffin Road North
Windsor, CT 06095
21.80%
MassMutual Strategic Emerging Markets Fund12
Class
Name and Address of Owner
Percent of Class
Class I
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
27.10%
National Financial Services LLC
499 Washington Boulevard
Jersey City, NJ 07310
26.72%
MassMutual RetireSMARTSM by JPMorgan 2030 Fund
1 Iron Street
Boston, MA 02210
11.85%
MassMutual RetireSMARTSM by JPMorgan 2040 Fund
1 Iron Street
Boston, MA 02210
6.39%
MassMutual RetireSMARTSM by JPMorgan 2050 Fund
1 Iron Street
Boston, MA 02210
5.07%
Class R5
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
100.00%
Service Class
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
78.47%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
20.00%
Administrative Class
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
43.69%
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
40.73%
Talcott Resolution Life Insurance Company
1 Griffin Road North
Windsor, CT 06095
15.57%
Class R4
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
92.48%
Talcott Resolution Life Insurance Company
1 Griffin Road North
Windsor, CT 06095
6.14%
B-74

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Class
Name and Address of Owner
Percent of Class
Class A
Empower Trust Company
8515 East Orchard Road
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
55.80%
Millennium Trust Company LLC
2001 Spring Road
Oak Brook, IL 60523
19.08%
Reliance Trust Company
P.O. Box 28004
Atlanta, GA 30358
17.22%
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
7.91%
Class R3
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
78.83%
Talcott Resolution Life Insurance Company
1 Griffin Road North
Windsor, CT 06095
20.89%
1
As of January 3, 2023, MassMutual, 1295 State Street, Springfield, MA 01111, and Empower Trust Company, 8515 East Orchard Road, Greenwood Village, CO 80111, owned 33.59% and 31.34%, respectively, of MassMutual U.S. Government Money Market Fund and therefore may be presumed to “control” the Fund, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. However, such ownership may be beneficially held by individuals or entities other than MassMutual and Empower Trust Company. MassMutual is organized under the laws of Massachusetts and Empower Trust Company is organized under the laws of Colorado.
?
2
As of January 3, 2023, MassMutual, 1295 State Street, Springfield, MA 01111, owned 35.41% of MassMutual Inflation-Protected and Income Fund and therefore may be presumed to “control” the Fund, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. However, such ownership may be beneficially held by individuals or entities other than MassMutual. MassMutual is organized under the laws of Massachusetts.
?
3
As of January 3, 2023, MassMutual, 1295 State Street, Springfield, MA 01111, owned 41.89% of MassMutual Core Bond Fund and therefore may be presumed to “control” the Fund, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. However, such ownership may be beneficially held by individuals or entities other than MassMutual. MassMutual is organized under the laws of Massachusetts.
?
4
As of January 3, 2023, Empower Trust Company, 8515 East Orchard Road, Greenwood Village, CO 80111, and MassMutual, 1295 State Street, Springfield, MA 01111, owned 49.34% and 41.88%, respectively, of MassMutual Diversified Bond Fund and therefore may be presumed to “control” the Fund, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. However, such ownership may be beneficially held by individuals or entities other than Empower Trust Company and MassMutual. Empower Trust Company is organized under the laws of Colorado and MassMutual is organized under the laws of Massachusetts.
?
5
As of January 3, 2023, MassMutual, 1295 State Street, Springfield, MA 01111, owned 65.36% of MassMutual Balanced Fund and therefore may be presumed to “control” the Fund, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. However, such ownership may be beneficially held by individuals or entities other than MassMutual. MassMutual is organized under the laws of Massachusetts.
?
6
As of January 3, 2023, MassMutual, 1295 State Street, Springfield, MA 01111, owned 90.72% of MassMutual Disciplined Value Fund and therefore may be presumed to “control” the Fund, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. However, such ownership may be beneficially held by individuals or entities other than MassMutual. MassMutual is organized under the laws of Massachusetts.
?
7
As of January 3, 2023, MassMutual, 1295 State Street, Springfield, MA 01111, owned 82.55% of MassMutual Main Street Fund and therefore may be presumed to “control” the Fund, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. However, such ownership may be beneficially held by individuals or entities other than MassMutual. MassMutual is organized under the laws of Massachusetts.
B-75

TABLE OF CONTENTS
?
8
As of January 3, 2023, MassMutual, 1295 State Street, Springfield, MA 01111, and Empower Trust Company, 8515 East Orchard Road, Greenwood Village, CO 80111 owned 65.25% and 33.85%, respectively, of MassMutual Disciplined Growth Fund and therefore may be presumed to “control” the Fund, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. However, such ownership may be beneficially held by individuals or entities other than MassMutual and Empower Trust Company. MassMutual is organized under the laws of Massachusetts and Empower Trust Company is organized under the laws of Colorado.
?
9
As of January 3, 2023, MassMutual, 1295 State Street, Springfield, MA 01111, owned 42.67% of MassMutual Small Cap Opportunities Fund and therefore may be presumed to “control” the Fund, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. However, such ownership may be beneficially held by individuals or entities other than MassMutual. MassMutual is organized under the laws of Massachusetts.
?
10
As of January 3, 2023, MassMutual, 1295 State Street, Springfield, MA 01111, owned 72.07% of MassMutual Global Fund and therefore may be presumed to “control” the Fund, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. However, such ownership may be beneficially held by individuals or entities other than MassMutual. MassMutual is organized under the laws of Massachusetts.
?
11
As of January 3, 2023, MassMutual, 1295 State Street, Springfield, MA 01111, owned 40.72% of MassMutual International Equity Fund and therefore may be presumed to “control” the Fund, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. However, such ownership may be beneficially held by individuals or entities other than MassMutual. MassMutual is organized under the laws of Massachusetts.
?
12
As of January 3, 2023, MassMutual, 1295 State Street, Springfield, MA 01111, and National Financial Services LLC, 499 Washington Boulevard, Jersey City, NJ 07310 owned 28.33% and 26.03%, respectively, of MassMutual Strategic Emerging Markets Fund and therefore may be presumed to “control” the Fund, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. However, such ownership may be beneficially held by individuals or entities other than MassMutual and National Financial Services. MassMutual is organized under the laws of Massachusetts and National Financial Services is organized under the laws of Delaware.
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICE AGREEMENTS
Investment Adviser
MML Advisers, a wholly-owned subsidiary of MassMutual, serves as investment adviser to each Fund pursuant to Investment Management Agreements with the Trust on behalf of the Funds (each, an “Advisory Agreement”). Under each Advisory Agreement, MML Advisers is obligated to provide for the management of each Fund’s portfolio of securities, subject to policies established by the Trustees of the Trust and in accordance with each Fund’s investment objective, policies, and restrictions as set forth herein and in the Prospectus, and has the right to select subadvisers to the Funds pursuant to an investment subadvisory agreement (the “Subadvisory Agreement”).
The Advisory Agreement with each Fund may be terminated by the Board or by MML Advisers without penalty: (i) at any time for cause or by agreement of the parties or (ii) by either party upon sixty days’ written notice to the other party. In addition, each Advisory Agreement automatically terminates if it is assigned or if its continuance is not specifically approved at least annually (after its initial 2 year period) by the Board or by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the applicable Fund, and in either case by a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or interested persons of any such party. MML Advisers’ liability regarding its investment management obligations and duties is limited to situations involving its willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of such obligations and duties.
MML Advisers also serves as investment adviser to: MassMutual Total Return Bond Fund, MassMutual Strategic Bond Fund, MassMutual Diversified Value Fund, MassMutual Fundamental Value Fund, MM S&P 500®Index Fund, MassMutual Equity Opportunities Fund, MassMutual Fundamental Growth Fund, MassMutual Blue Chip Growth Fund, MassMutual Growth Opportunities Fund, MassMutual Mid Cap Value Fund, MassMutual Small Cap Value Equity Fund, MassMutual Small Company Value Fund, MassMutual Mid Cap Growth Fund, MassMutual Small Cap Growth Equity Fund, MassMutual Overseas Fund, MassMutual Select T. Rowe Price International Equity Fund, MassMutual 20/80 Allocation Fund, MassMutual 40/60 Allocation Fund, MassMutual 60/40 Allocation Fund, MassMutual 80/20 Allocation Fund, MassMutual RetireSMARTSM by JPMorgan In Retirement Fund, MassMutual RetireSMARTSM by JPMorgan 2020 Fund, MassMutual RetireSMARTSM by JPMorgan 2025 Fund, MassMutual RetireSMARTSM by JPMorgan 2030 Fund, MassMutual RetireSMARTSM by JPMorgan 2035 Fund, MassMutual RetireSMARTSM by JPMorgan 2040 Fund, MassMutual RetireSMARTSM by JPMorgan 2045 Fund, MassMutual RetireSMARTSM by JPMorgan 2050 Fund, MassMutual RetireSMARTSM by JPMorgan 2055 Fund, MassMutual RetireSMARTSM by JPMorgan 2060 Fund,
B-76

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MassMutual RetireSMARTSM by JPMorgan 2065 Fund, MassMutual Select T. Rowe Price Retirement Balanced Fund, MassMutual Select T. Rowe Price Retirement 2005 Fund, MassMutual Select T. Rowe Price Retirement 2010 Fund, MassMutual Select T. Rowe Price Retirement 2015 Fund, MassMutual Select T. Rowe Price Retirement 2020 Fund, MassMutual Select T. Rowe Price Retirement 2025 Fund, MassMutual Select T. Rowe Price Retirement 2030 Fund, MassMutual Select T. Rowe Price Retirement 2035 Fund, MassMutual Select T. Rowe Price Retirement 2040 Fund, MassMutual Select T. Rowe Price Retirement 2045 Fund, MassMutual Select T. Rowe Price Retirement 2050 Fund, MassMutual Select T. Rowe Price Retirement 2055 Fund, MassMutual Select T. Rowe Price Retirement 2060 Fund, MassMutual Select T. Rowe Price Retirement 2065 Fund, MM Equity Asset Fund, MassMutual Select T. Rowe Price Bond Asset Fund, MassMutual Select T. Rowe Price Emerging Markets Bond Fund, MassMutual Select T. Rowe Price Large Cap Blend Fund, MassMutual Select T. Rowe Price Limited Duration Inflation Focused Bond Fund, MassMutual Select T. Rowe Price Real Assets Fund, MassMutual Select T. Rowe Price Small and Mid Cap Blend Fund, and MassMutual Select T. Rowe Price U.S. Treasury Long-Term Index Fund, which are series of MassMutual Select Funds, an open-end management investment company; MassMutual Short-Duration Bond Fund and MassMutual High Yield Fund, which are series of the Trust; MassMutual Global Floating Rate Fund, MassMutual Global Credit Income Opportunities Fund, MassMutual Emerging Markets Debt Blended Total Return Fund, and MassMutual Global Emerging Markets Equity Fund, which are series of MassMutual Advantage Funds, an open-end management investment company; MML Aggressive Allocation Fund, MML American Funds Core Allocation Fund, MML American Funds Growth Fund, MML Balanced Allocation Fund, MML Blue Chip Growth Fund, MML Conservative Allocation Fund, MML Equity Income Fund, MML Equity Index Fund, MML Focused Equity Fund, MML Foreign Fund, MML Fundamental Equity Fund, MML Fundamental Value Fund, MML Global Fund, MML Growth Allocation Fund, MML Income & Growth Fund, MML International Equity Fund, MML Large Cap Growth Fund, MML Managed Volatility Fund, MML Mid Cap Growth Fund, MML Mid Cap Value Fund, MML Moderate Allocation Fund, MML Small Cap Growth Equity Fund, MML Small Company Value Fund, MML Small/Mid Cap Value Fund, MML Sustainable Equity Fund, and MML Total Return Bond Fund, which are series of MML Series Investment Fund, an open-end management investment company; MML Blend Fund, MML Dynamic Bond Fund, MML Equity Fund, MML Equity Rotation Fund, MML High Yield Fund, MML Inflation-Protected and Income Fund, MML iShares® 60/40 Allocation Fund, MML iShares® 80/20 Allocation Fund, MML Managed Bond Fund, MML Short-Duration Bond Fund, MML Small Cap Equity Fund, MML Strategic Emerging Markets Fund, and MML U.S. Government Money Market Fund, which are series of MML Series Investment Fund II, an open-end management investment company; certain wholly-owned subsidiaries of MassMutual; and various employee benefit plans and separate investment accounts in which employee benefit plans invest.
The Trust, on behalf of each Fund, pays MML Advisers an investment advisory fee monthly, at an annual rate based upon the average daily net assets of that Fund as follows:
Fund
U.S. Government Money Market Fund
0.35% on the first $1 billion; and
0.33% on assets over $1 billion
Inflation-Protected and Income Fund
0.38% on the first $350 million; and
0.33% on assets over $350 million
Core Bond Fund
0.38% on the first $1.5 billion;
0.33% on the next $500 million; and
0.28% on assets over $2 billion
Diversified Bond Fund
0.40% on the first $150 million; and
0.30% on assets over $150 million
Balanced Fund
0.48% on the first $300 million; and
0.43% on assets over $300 million
Disciplined Value Fund
0.45% on the first $400 million; and
0.40% on assets over $400 million
Main Street Fund
0.55% on the first $300 million; and
0.50% on assets over $300 million
Disciplined Growth Fund
0.45% on the first $400 million; and
0.40% on assets over $400 million
B-77

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Fund
Small Cap Opportunities Fund
0.58% on the first $300 million; and
0.53% on assets over $300 million
Global Fund
0.75% on the first $400 million; and
0.70% on assets over $400 million
International Equity Fund
0.83% on the first $500 million;
0.78% on the next $500 million; and
0.73% on assets over $1 billion
Strategic Emerging Markets Fund
1.00% on the first $350 million; and
0.95% on assets over $350 million
Affiliated Subadviser
Barings
MML Advisers has entered into Subadvisory Agreements with Barings pursuant to which Barings serves as a subadviser for the U.S. Government Money Market Fund, Inflation-Protected and Income Fund, Core Bond Fund, and Diversified Bond Fund. These agreements provide that Barings manage the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Funds. Barings is located at 300 South Tryon Street, Charlotte, North Carolina 28202. Barings is a wholly-owned subsidiary of MM Asset Management Holding LLC, itself a wholly-owned subsidiary of MassMutual Holding LLC, a controlled subsidiary of MassMutual. Barings receives a subadvisory fee from MML Advisers, based upon each Fund’s average daily net assets, at the following annual rates:
U.S. Government Money Market Fund
0.05%
Inflation-Protected and Income Fund
0.08%
Core Bond Fund
0.10%
Diversified Bond Fund
0.10%
Barings also provides subadvisory services for the MassMutual Short-Duration Bond Fund and MassMutual High Yield Fund, each of which is a series of the Trust, for the MassMutual Global Floating Rate Fund, MassMutual Global Credit Income Opportunities Fund, MassMutual Emerging Markets Debt Blended Total Return Fund, and MassMutual Global Emerging Markets Equity Fund, each of which is a series of MassMutual Advantage Funds, a registered, open-end investment company for which MML Advisers serves as investment adviser, and for the MML High Yield Fund, MML Inflation-Protected and Income Fund, MML Managed Bond Fund, MML Short-Duration Bond Fund, and MML U.S. Government Money Market Fund, each of which is a series of MML Series Investment Fund II, a registered, open-end investment company for which MML Advisers serves as investment adviser.
In addition, BIIL serves as a sub-subadviser for the Inflation-Protected and Income Fund, Core Bond Fund, and Diversified Bond Fund. BIIL is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Barings. Barings has entered into sub-subadvisory agreements with BIIL under which, subject to the supervision of Barings, BIIL is authorized to conduct securities transactions on behalf of each of the Inflation-Protected and Income Fund, Core Bond Fund, and Diversified Bond Fund. BIIL is located at 20 Old Bailey, London, EC4M 7BF, United Kingdom. BIIL does not receive a fee from Barings under these sub-subadvisory agreements. BIIL also provides sub-subadvisory services for the MassMutual Short-Duration Bond Fund and MassMutual High Yield Fund, each of which is a series of the Trust, for the MassMutual Global Floating Rate Fund, MassMutual Global Credit Income Opportunities Fund, MassMutual Emerging Markets Debt Blended Total Return Fund, and MassMutual Global Emerging Markets Equity Fund, each of which is a series of MassMutual Advantage Funds, a registered, open-end investment company for which MML Advisers serves as investment adviser, and for the MML High Yield Fund, MML Inflation-Protected and Income Fund, MML Managed Bond Fund, and MML Short-Duration Bond Fund, each of which is a series of MML Series Investment Fund II, a registered, open-end investment company for which MML Advisers serves as investment adviser.
B-78

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Unaffiliated Subadvisers
Invesco Advisers
MML Advisers has entered into Subadvisory Agreements with Invesco Advisers pursuant to which Invesco Advisers serves as a subadviser for the Balanced Fund, Main Street Fund, Small Cap Opportunities Fund, Global Fund, and Strategic Emerging Markets Fund. These agreements provide that Invesco Advisers manage the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Funds. Invesco Advisers is located at 1555 Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30309. Invesco Advisers, as successor in interest to multiple investment advisers, is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Invesco Ltd., a publicly traded company that, through its subsidiaries, engages in the business of investment management on an international basis.
Invesco Advisers also provides subadvisory services for the MML Equity Rotation Fund, MML Small Cap Equity Fund, and MML Strategic Emerging Markets Fund, each of which is a series of MML Series Investment Fund II, a registered, open-end investment company for which MML Advisers serves as investment adviser, for the MassMutual Small Cap Growth Equity Fund, which is a series of MassMutual Select Funds, a registered, open-end investment company for which MML Advisers serves as investment adviser, and for the MML Fundamental Equity Fund, which is a series of MML Series Investment Fund, a registered, open-end investment company for which MML Advisers serves as investment adviser.
In addition, ICM serves as a sub-subadviser for the Balanced Fund. ICM is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Invesco Ltd. Invesco Advisers has entered into a sub-subadvisory agreement with ICM under which, subject to the supervision of Invesco Advisers, ICM is authorized to trade securities, make discretionary investment decisions, and effect securities transactions, including the negotiation of commissions and the allocation of principal business and portfolio brokerage, on behalf of the Balanced Fund. ICM is located at 3500 Lacey Road, Suite 700, Downers Grove, Illinois 60515. ICM also provides sub-subadvisory services for the MML Equity Rotation Fund, which is a series of MML Series Investment Fund II, a registered, open-end investment company for which MML Advisers serves as investment adviser.
TSW
MML Advisers has entered into a Subadvisory Agreement with TSW pursuant to which TSW serves as a subadviser for the International Equity Fund. This agreement provides that TSW manage the investment and reinvestment of a portion of the assets of the Fund. TSW is located at 6641 West Broad Street, Suite 600, Richmond, Virginia 23230. TSW is a Delaware limited liability company, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Perpetual Limited, and a direct subsidiary of Pendal (USA) Inc. Since 1970, TSW has provided investment management services to corporations, pensions and profit-sharing plans, 401(k) and thrift plans, trusts, estates, and other institutions and individuals.
TSW also provides subadvisory services for the MML Foreign Fund, which is a series of MML Series Investment Fund, a registered, open-end investment company for which MML Advisers serves as investment adviser and for the MassMutual Mid Cap Value Fund, which is a series of MassMutual Select Funds, a registered, open-end investment company for which MML Advisers serves as investment adviser.
Wellington Management
MML Advisers has entered into Subadvisory Agreements with Wellington Management pursuant to which Wellington Management serves as a subadviser for the Disciplined Value Fund, Disciplined Growth Fund, and International Equity Fund. These agreements provide that Wellington Management manage the investment and reinvestment of all or a portion of the assets of the Funds, as applicable. Wellington Management is located at 280 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210. Wellington Management is a professional investment counseling firm which provides investment services to investment companies, employee benefit plans, endowments, foundations, and other institutions. Wellington Management and its predecessor organizations have provided investment advisory services for over 90 years. Wellington Management is owned by the partners of Wellington Management Group LLP, a Massachusetts limited liability partnership.
Wellington Management also provides subadvisory services for the MassMutual Equity Opportunities Fund, MassMutual Fundamental Growth Fund, MassMutual Small Cap Value Equity Fund, and MassMutual Small Cap Growth Equity Fund, each of which is a series of MassMutual Select Funds, a registered, open-end investment company for which MML Advisers serves as investment adviser and for the MML Focused Equity Fund, MML Mid Cap Growth Fund, and MML Small Cap Growth Equity Fund, each of which is a series of MML Series Investment Fund, a registered, open-end investment company for which MML Advisers serves as investment adviser.
The Funds’ subadvisory fees are paid by MML Advisers out of the advisory fees previously disclosed above.
Information about each portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers, and each portfolio manager’s ownership of securities in the relevant Fund can be found in Appendix C.
B-79

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Administrator, Sub-Administrators, and Shareholder Servicing Agent
MML Advisers has entered into an administrative and shareholder services agreement (the “Administrative and Shareholder Services Agreement”) with the Trust, on behalf of each Fund, pursuant to which MML Advisers is obligated to provide certain administrative and shareholder services. MML Advisers may, at its expense, employ others to supply all or any part of the services to be provided to the Funds pursuant to the Administrative and Shareholder Services Agreement. MML Advisers has entered into sub-administration agreements with both State Street and MassMutual pursuant to which State Street and MassMutual each assist in many aspects of fund administration. Pursuant to a letter agreement between the Trust, MML Advisers, and State Street, the Trust has agreed to pay State Street for the services it provides pursuant to the sub-administration agreement with MML Advisers, although MML Advisers remains ultimately responsible for the payment of any such fees owed to State Street. The Trust, on behalf of each Fund, pays MML Advisers an administrative services fee monthly at an annual rate based upon the average daily net assets of the applicable class of shares of each Fund as shown in the table below:
Class I
Class R5
Service
Class
Administrative
Class
Class R4
Class A
Class R3
Class Y
U.S. Government Money
Market Fund
N/A 0.10%
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Inflation-Protected and
Income Fund
None 0.10% 0.20% 0.30% 0.20% 0.30% 0.20% 0.10%
Core Bond Fund
None 0.10% 0.20% 0.30% 0.20% 0.30% 0.20% 0.10%
Diversified Bond Fund
None 0.10% 0.20% 0.30% 0.20% 0.30% 0.20% 0.10%
Balanced Fund
None 0.10% 0.20% 0.30% 0.20% 0.30% 0.20% 0.10%
Disciplined Value Fund
None 0.10% 0.20% 0.30% 0.20% 0.30% 0.20% 0.10%
Main Street Fund
None 0.10% 0.20% 0.30% 0.20% 0.30% 0.20% 0.10%
Disciplined Growth Fund
None 0.10% 0.20% 0.30% 0.20% 0.30% 0.20% 0.10%
Small Cap Opportunities Fund None 0.10% 0.20% 0.30% 0.20% 0.30% 0.20% 0.10%
Global Fund
None 0.10% 0.20% 0.30% 0.20% 0.30% 0.20% 0.10%
International Equity Fund
None 0.10% 0.20% 0.30% 0.20% 0.30% 0.20% 0.10%
Strategic Emerging Markets
Fund
None 0.10% 0.20% 0.30% 0.20% 0.30% 0.20% 0.10%
Prior to December 31, 2020, the Trust had entered into a separate Supplemental Shareholder Services Agreement with MassMutual, on behalf of Service Class shares, Administrative Class shares, and Class A shares of each Fund. Fees payable under the Supplemental Shareholder Services Agreement were intended to compensate MassMutual for its provision of shareholder services to the Funds’ investors and were calculated and paid based on the average daily net assets attributable to the relevant share classes of the Funds separately, at the following annual rates: 0.05% for Service Class shares, and 0.15% for Administrative Class shares and Class A shares. MassMutual may have paid these fees to other intermediaries for providing shareholder services to the Funds’ investors.
MassMutual, the parent company of MML Advisers, pays to an affiliate of Empower Retirement, LLC (“Empower”) an amount equal to the profit realized by MML Advisers with respect to shares beneficially owned by retirement plans through recordkeeping platforms maintained by Empower or an affiliate.
Pursuant to the Advisory Agreements, Subadvisory Agreements, Administrative and Shareholder Services Agreement, and Supplemental Shareholder Services Agreement described above, for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2022, September 30, 2021, and September 30, 2020, the amount of advisory fees paid by each Fund, the amount of subadvisory fees paid by each Fund, the amount of any advisory fees waived by MML Advisers, the amount of administrative fees paid by each Fund, the amount of supplemental shareholder services fees paid by each Fund (as applicable), and the amount of any fees reimbursed by MML Advisers are as follows:
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2022
Advisory Fees
Paid
Subadvisory
Fees Paid
Advisory Fees
Waived
Administrative
Fees Paid
Other Expenses
Reimbursed
U.S. Government Money Market Fund 1
$ 749,721 $ 106,136 $ (579,463) $ 214,206 $
Inflation-Protected and Income Fund
1,306,626 273,960 250,070
Core Bond Fund
3,605,606 944,744 554,959
Diversified Bond Fund
743,083 194,666 147,206
Balanced Fund
676,064 168,892 163,789
B-80

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2022
Advisory Fees
Paid
Subadvisory
Fees Paid
Advisory Fees
Waived
Administrative
Fees Paid
Other Expenses
Reimbursed
Disciplined Value Fund
391,217 137,806 92,006
Main Street Fund
578,977 262,809 158,201
Disciplined Growth Fund
963,176 339,059 327,262
Small Cap Opportunities Fund
1,923,907 1,338,280 431,368
Global Fund
2,142,324 1,044,977 398,854
International Equity Fund 2
1,165,318 491,959 (70,200) 96,422
Strategic Emerging Markets Fund 3
1,409,379 985,692 11,539 (288,468)
1
MML Advisers agreed to voluntarily waive some or all of its fees in an attempt to allow the Fund to avoid a negative yield.
2
The expenses in the above table reflect a written agreement by MML Advisers to waive 0.05% of the advisory fees of the Fund through September 30, 2022.
3
The expenses in the above table reflect a written agreement by MML Advisers to cap the fees and expenses of the Fund (other than extraordinary legal and other expenses, Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, interest expense, expenses related to borrowings, securities lending, leverage, taxes, and brokerage, short sale dividend and loan expense, or other non-recurring or unusual expenses such as organizational expenses and shareholder meeting expenses, as applicable) through September 30, 2022, to the extent that Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses after Expense Reimbursement would otherwise exceed 1.15%, 1.25%, 1.35%, 1.45%, 1.60%, 1.70%, and 1.85% for Classes I, R5, Service, Administrative, R4, A, and R3, respectively.
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2021
Advisory Fees
Paid
Subadvisory
Fees Paid
Advisory Fees
Waived
Administrative
Fees Paid
Supplemental
Shareholder
Services Fees
Paid
Other
Expenses
Reimbursed
U.S. Government Money
Market Fund1
$ 1,094,819 $ 155,911 $ $ 312,805 $ $ (1,404,777)
Inflation-Protected and
Income Fund
1,415,825 297,836 300,407 21,150
Core Bond Fund
4,857,081 1,272,101 816,098 60,700
Diversified Bond Fund
831,304 224,424 180,354 12,826
Balanced Fund
740,458 193,464 177,778 13,745
Disciplined Value Fund
433,001 154,218 103,021 5,519
Main Street Fund
665,817 302,457 158,147 12,793
Disciplined Growth Fund
1,161,514 415,021 379,870 28,139
Small Cap Opportunities Fund
1,876,820 1,308,490 433,945 28,556
Global Fund
2,715,742 1,309,024 482,317 41,886
International Equity Fund 2
1,457,862 608,191 (47,899) 126,065 9,066
Strategic Emerging Markets Fund 3
1,888,082 1,320,436 20,674 1,561 (136,442)
1
MML Advisers agreed to voluntarily waive some or all of its fees in an attempt to allow the Fund to avoid a negative yield.
2
Effective July 1, 2021, the expenses in the above table reflect a written agreement by MML Advisers to waive 0.05% of the advisory fees of the Fund through September 30, 2021. The expenses in the above table reflect a written agreement by MML Advisers to waive 0.02% of the advisory fees of the Fund through June 30, 2021.
3
Effective February 1, 2021, the expenses in the above table reflect a written agreement by MML Advisers to cap the fees and expenses of the Fund (other than extraordinary legal and other expenses, Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, interest expense, expenses related to borrowings, securities lending, leverage, taxes, and brokerage, short sale dividend and loan expense, or other non-recurring or unusual expenses such as organizational expenses and shareholder meeting expenses, as applicable) through September 30, 2021, to the extent that Total Annual Fund
B-81

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Operating Expenses after Expense Reimbursement would otherwise exceed 1.15%, 1.25%, 1.35%, 1.45%, 1.60%, 1.70%, and 1.85% for Classes I, R5, Service, Administrative, R4, A, and R3, respectively. The expenses in the above table reflect a written agreement by MML Advisers to cap the fees and expenses of the Fund (other than extraordinary litigation and legal expenses, Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, interest expense, short sale dividend and loan expense, or other non-recurring or unusual expenses such as organizational expenses and shareholder meeting expenses, as applicable) through January 31, 2021, to the extent that Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses after Expense Reimbursement would otherwise exceed 1.15%, 1.25%, 1.35%, 1.45%, 1.60%, 1.70%, and 1.85% for Classes I, R5, Service, Administrative, R4, A, and R3, respectively.
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2020
Advisory Fees
Paid
Subadvisory
Fees Paid
Advisory Fees
Waived
Administrative
Fees Paid
Supplemental
Shareholder
Services Fees
Paid
Other
Expenses
Reimbursed
U.S. Government Money Market
Fund1
$ 1,094,806 $ 156,248 $ $ 312,802 $ $ (333,254)
Inflation-Protected and Income
Fund
1,270,248 269,098 220,973 75,006
Core Bond Fund
5,231,660 1,371,958 688,358 260,598
Diversified Bond Fund
867,844 237,364 206,011 69,938
Balanced Fund
613,765 210,081 120,139 50,927
Disciplined Value Fund
420,224 174,125 98,342 22,999
Main Street Fund
632,456 313,143 112,668 51,801
Disciplined Growth Fund
1,107,759 460,885 290,809 112,341
Small Cap Opportunities Fund
1,278,272 882,403 241,815 105,155
Global Fund
2,241,937 1,097,254 300,145 154,793
International Equity Fund 2
1,940,224 1,002,960 (45,886) 139,998 39,612
Strategic Emerging Markets Fund 3
1,640,854 1,149,927 13,964 4,118 (192,545)
1
MML Advisers agreed to voluntarily waive some or all of its fees in an attempt to allow the Fund to avoid a negative yield.
2
The expenses in the above table reflect a written agreement by MML Advisers to waive 0.02% of the advisory fees of the Fund through September 30, 2020.
3
The expenses in the above table reflect a written agreement by MML Advisers to cap the fees and expenses of the Fund (other than extraordinary litigation and legal expenses, Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, interest expense, short sale dividend and loan expense, or other non-recurring or unusual expenses such as organizational expenses and shareholder meeting expenses, as applicable) through September 30, 2020, to the extent that Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses after Expense Reimbursement would otherwise exceed 1.15%, 1.25%, 1.35%, 1.45%, 1.60%, 1.70%, and 1.85% for Classes I, R5, Service, Administrative, R4, A, and R3, respectively.
B-82

TABLE OF CONTENTS
THE DISTRIBUTOR
The Funds’ shares are continuously distributed by MML Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”), located at 1295 State Street, Springfield, Massachusetts 01111-0001, pursuant to a Principal Underwriter Agreement with the Trust, as amended (the “Distribution Agreement”). The Distributor pays commissions to its selling dealers as well as the costs of printing and mailing prospectuses to potential investors and of any advertising incurred by it in connection with distribution of shares of the Funds. The Distributor is a wholly-owned subsidiary of MassMutual.
The Distributor has agreed to use reasonable efforts to sell shares of the Funds but has not agreed to sell any specific number of shares of the Funds. The Distributor’s compensation for serving as such is the amounts received by it from time to time under the Funds’ Amended and Restated Rule 12b-1 plan. In addition, the Distributor receives any front-end sales charges imposed on the sales of Class A shares of the Funds. Sales loads paid to the Distributor in respect of all of the Funds during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 were $602.
Shares of each Fund may be purchased through agents of the Distributor who are registered representatives and licensed by the Distributor to sell Fund shares, and through registered representatives of selected broker-dealers which are members of FINRA and which have entered into selling agreements with the Distributor. The Distributor may reallow up to 100% of any sales load on shares sold by dealers with whom it has sales agreements. Broker-dealers with which the Distributor has entered into selling agreements may charge their customers a processing or service fee in connection with the purchase or redemption of Fund shares. The amount and applicability of such a fee is determined and disclosed to such customers by each individual broker-dealer.
The Distribution Agreement continued in effect for an initial two-year period, and thereafter continues in effect so long as such continuance is approved at least annually (i) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the shares of the Trust; and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Distribution Agreement or “interested persons” ​(as defined in the 1940 Act) of any such person, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICE PLAN
The Trust has adopted, with respect to the Class I, Class R5, Service Class, Administrative Class, Class R4, Class A, Class R3, and Class Y shares of each Fund, as applicable, an Amended and Restated Rule 12b-1 Plan (the “Plan”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. The Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the Plan, approved the Plan for each Fund and share class.
Continuance of the Plan is subject to annual approval by a vote of the Trustees, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for that purpose. All material amendments to the Plan must be likewise approved by the Trustees and the Independent Trustees. The Plan may not be amended in order to increase materially the costs which a Fund may bear for distribution pursuant to the Plan without also being approved by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant class of the Fund. The Plan terminates automatically in the event of its assignment and may be terminated without penalty, at any time, by a vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant class of the Fund. The Plan provides that the Distributor shall provide to the Trustees, and the Board shall review at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended and the purposes for which such expenditures were made.
The Plan is a compensation plan, authorizing payments to the Distributor up to the following annual rates: Class R4 and Class A shares — 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the class; Class R3 shares — 0.50% of the average daily net assets of the class. A Fund may make payments under the Plan to compensate the Distributor for services provided and expenses incurred by it for purposes of promoting the sale of the relevant class of shares, reducing redemptions of shares, or maintaining or improving services provided to shareholders.
MML Advisers may pay amounts in respect of the distribution or servicing of a Fund’s shares out of administrative or advisory fees received by it from that Fund. The Plan authorizes such payments for Class I, Class R5, Service Class, Administrative Class, and Class Y shares of each Fund, as applicable, although MML Advisers may make such payments in respect of shares of any class. No additional fees are paid by a Fund under the Plan.
B-83

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The following table discloses the 12b-1 fees paid in the fiscal year ending September 30, 2022 by the Trust under the Plan for Class R4, Class A, and Class R3 shares of the Funds:
Class R4
12b-1 Fees
Class A
12b-1 Fees
Class R3
12b-1 Fees
Inflation-Protected and Income Fund
$ 12,000 $ 28,052 $ 14,546
Core Bond Fund
12,170 96,200 1,354
Diversified Bond Fund
10,757 18,530 7,765
Balanced Fund
13,805 42,408 61,538
Disciplined Value Fund
4,659 14,862 22,488
Main Street Fund
19,045 24,732 4,896
Disciplined Growth Fund
22,535 54,284 24,226
Small Cap Opportunities Fund
35,554 122,098 42,960
Global Fund
31,303 35,917 55,436
International Equity Fund
2,831 28,473 11,387
Strategic Emerging Markets Fund
950 1,200 4,572
$ 165,609 $ 466,756 $ 251,168
For the fiscal year ending September 30, 2022, the Distributor paid to MassMutual the 12b-1 fees it received and MassMutual paid these amounts, as agent of the Distributor, to various unaffiliated financial intermediaries as compensation for distribution services and/or shareholder services provided by them.
PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES
Financial intermediaries may receive various forms of compensation from a Fund in the form of distribution and service (12b-1) plan payments as described above. They may also receive payments or concessions from the Distributor, derived from sales charges paid by the financial intermediary’s clients. In addition, MML Advisers and the Distributor (including their affiliates) may make payments to financial intermediaries in connection with the intermediaries’ offering and sales of Fund shares and shares of other funds, or their provision of marketing or promotional support, transaction processing or administrative services. Among the financial intermediaries that may receive these payments are brokers or dealers who sell or hold shares of a Fund, banks (including bank trust departments), registered investment advisers, insurance companies, retirement plan or qualified tuition program administrators, third party administrators, recordkeepers, or other institutions that have selling, servicing or similar arrangements with MML Advisers or the Distributor. The payments to financial intermediaries vary by the types of product sold, the features of a Fund share class, and the role played by the intermediary.
Types of payments to financial intermediaries may include, without limitation, all or portions of the following: Payments made by a Fund, or by an investor buying or selling shares of a Fund, including:

an initial front-end sales charge, all or a portion of which is payable by the Distributor to financial intermediaries;

ongoing asset-based distribution and/or service fees;

shareholder servicing expenses that may be paid from Fund assets to reimburse financial intermediaries, MML Advisers, or the Distributor for Fund expenses they incur for providing omnibus accounting, recordkeeping, networking, sub-transfer agency, or other administrative or shareholder services (including retirement plan and 529 plan administrative services fees).
In addition, MML Advisers may, at its discretion, make the following types of payments from its own resources, which may include profits MML Advisers derives from investment advisory fees paid by a Fund. Payments are made based on guidelines established by the MML Advisers, subject to applicable law. These payments are often referred to as “revenue sharing” payments, and may include:

compensation for marketing support, support provided in offering shares in a Fund through certain trading platforms and programs, and transaction processing or other services;

other compensation, to the extent the payment is not prohibited by law or by any self-regulatory agency, such as FINRA.
B-84

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Although a broker or dealer that sells Fund shares may also act as a broker or dealer in connection with the purchase or sale of portfolio securities by a Fund, MML Advisers does not consider a financial intermediary’s sales of shares of a Fund when choosing brokers or dealers to effect portfolio transactions for a Fund.
Revenue sharing payments can pay for distribution-related or asset retention items including, without limitation:

transactional support, one-time charges for setting up access for a Fund on particular trading systems, and paying the financial intermediary’s networking fees;

program support, such as expenses related to including the Funds in retirement plans, college savings plans, fee-based advisory or wrap fee programs, fund “supermarkets,” bank or trust company products or insurance companies’ variable annuity or variable life insurance products;

placement on the dealer’s list of offered funds and providing representatives of MML Advisers or the Distributor with access to a financial intermediary’s sales meetings, sales representatives, and management representatives; or

firm support, such as business planning assistance, advertising, or educating a financial intermediary’s sales personnel about the Funds and shareholder financial planning needs.
These payments may provide an incentive to financial intermediaries to actively market or promote the sale of shares of a Fund, or to support the marketing or promotional efforts of the Distributor in offering shares of a Fund. In addition, some types of payments may provide a financial intermediary with an incentive to recommend a Fund or a particular share class. Financial intermediaries may earn profits on these payments, since the amount of the payments may exceed the cost of providing the services. Certain of these payments are subject to limitations under applicable law. Financial intermediaries may categorize and disclose these arrangements to their clients and to members of the public in a manner different from the disclosures in a Fund’s Prospectus and this SAI. You should ask your financial intermediary for information about any payments it receives from a Fund, MML Advisers, or the Distributor and any services it provides, as well as the fees and commissions it charges.
CUSTODIAN, DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT, AND TRANSFER AGENT
State Street, located at 1 Iron Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210, is the custodian of each Fund’s investments (the “Custodian”) and is the Funds’ transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent (the “Transfer Agent”). As custodian, State Street has custody of the Funds’ securities and maintains certain financial and accounting books and records. As Custodian and Transfer Agent, State Street does not assist in, and is not responsible for, the investment decisions and policies of the Funds.
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Deloitte & Touche LLP, located at 200 Berkeley Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116, is the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm. Deloitte & Touche LLP provides audit and related services, and assistance in connection with various SEC filings.
CODES OF ETHICS
The Trust, MML Advisers, the Distributor, Barings, BIIL, ICM, Invesco Advisers, TSW, and Wellington Management have each adopted a code of ethics (the “Codes of Ethics”) pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The Codes of Ethics permit Fund personnel to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by a Fund, for their own accounts, but require compliance with various pre-clearance requirements (with certain exceptions). The Codes of Ethics are on public file with, and are available from, the SEC.
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE
Transactions on stock exchanges, commodities markets and futures markets and other agency transactions involve the payment by the Funds of negotiated brokerage commissions. Such commissions may vary among different brokers. A particular broker may charge different commissions according to such factors as execution venue and exchange. Although the Funds do not typically pay commissions for principal transactions in the OTC markets, such as the markets for most fixed income securities and certain derivatives, an undisclosed amount of profit or “mark-up” is included in the price a Fund pays. In underwritten offerings, the price paid by a Fund includes a disclosed, fixed commission or discount retained by the underwriter or dealer.
B-85

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The primary consideration in placing portfolio security transactions with broker-dealers for execution is to obtain the best execution of orders. Each Fund’s investment adviser or subadviser attempts to achieve this result by selecting broker-dealers to execute portfolio transactions on the basis of their professional capability, the value and quality of their brokerage services, including anonymity and trade confidentiality, and the level of their brokerage commissions.
Under each Advisory or Subadvisory Agreement and as permitted by Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act and to the extent not otherwise prohibited by applicable law, an investment adviser or subadviser may cause a Fund to pay a broker-dealer that provides brokerage and research services to the investment adviser or subadviser an amount of commission for effecting a securities transaction for a Fund in excess of the amount other broker-dealers would have charged for the transaction if the investment adviser or subadviser determines in good faith that the greater commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by the executing broker-dealer viewed in terms of either a particular transaction or the investment adviser’s or subadviser’s overall responsibilities to the Trust and to its other clients. The term “brokerage and research services” includes: providing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing, or selling securities, and the availability of securities or of purchasers or sellers of securities; furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto such as clearance and settlement.
The investment adviser or subadvisers may obtain third-party research from broker-dealers or non-broker-dealers by entering into commission sharing arrangements (“CSAs”). Under a CSA, the executing broker-dealer agrees that part of the commissions it earns on certain equity trades will be allocated to one or more research providers as payment for research. CSAs allow an investment adviser or subadviser to direct broker-dealers to pool commissions that are generated from orders executed at that broker-dealer, and then periodically direct the broker-dealer to pay third party research providers for research.
Brokerage and research services provided by brokers are used for the benefit of all of the investment adviser’s or subadviser’s clients and not solely or necessarily for the benefit of the Trust. The investment adviser or subadvisers attempt to evaluate the quality of brokerage and research services provided by brokers. Results of this effort are sometimes used by the investment adviser or subadvisers as a consideration in the selection of brokers to execute portfolio transactions.
The investment advisory fee that the Trust pays on behalf of each Fund to MML Advisers will not be reduced as a consequence of an investment adviser’s or subadviser’s receipt of brokerage and research services. To the extent the Trust’s portfolio transactions are used to obtain such services, the brokerage commissions paid by the Trust will exceed those that might otherwise be paid, provided that the investment adviser or subadviser determines in good faith that such excess amounts are reasonable in relation to the services provided. Such services would be useful and of value to an investment adviser or subadviser in serving both the Trust and other clients and, conversely, such services obtained by the placement of brokerage business of other clients would be useful to an investment adviser or subadviser in carrying out its obligations to the Trust.
Subject to the overriding objective of obtaining the best execution of orders, the Funds may use broker-dealer affiliates of their respective investment adviser or subadvisers to effect portfolio brokerage transactions under procedures adopted by the Trustees. Pursuant to these procedures, the commission, fee, or other remuneration paid to the affiliated broker-dealer in connection with a portfolio brokerage transaction effected on a securities exchange must be reasonable and fair in comparison to those of other broker-dealers for comparable transactions involving similar securities being purchased or sold on a securities exchange during a comparable time period. This standard would allow the affiliated broker or dealer to receive no more than the remuneration which would be expected to be received by an unaffiliated broker.
The Funds may allocate brokerage transactions to broker-dealers (including affiliates of their respective investment adviser or subadvisers) who have entered into arrangements with the Trust under which the broker-dealer allocates a portion of the commissions paid back to the Fund. The transaction quality must, however, be comparable to that of other qualified broker-dealers.
The revised European Union (“EU”) Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (“MiFID II”), which became effective January 3, 2018, requires EU investment managers in the scope of the EU Markets in Financial Instruments Directive to pay for research services from brokers and dealers directly out of their own resources or by establishing “research payment accounts” for each client, rather than through client commissions. MiFID II’s research requirements present various compliance and operational considerations for investment advisers and broker-dealers serving clients in both the United States and the EU. It is possible that an investment adviser or subadviser subject to MiFID II will cause a Fund to pay for research services through client commissions in circumstances where the investment adviser or subadviser is prohibited from causing its other client accounts to do so, including where the investment adviser or subadviser aggregates trades on
B-86

TABLE OF CONTENTS
behalf of a Fund and those other client accounts. In such situations, the Fund would bear the additional amounts for the research services and the Fund’s investment adviser’s or subadviser’s other client accounts would not, although the investment adviser’s or subadviser’s other client accounts might nonetheless benefit from those research services.
The following table discloses the brokerage commissions paid by the following Funds for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2022, September 30, 2021, and September 30, 2020:
Fiscal Year ended
September 30, 2022
Fiscal Year ended
September 30, 2021
Fiscal Year ended
September 30, 2020
Inflation-Protected and Income Fund
$ 12,038 $ 9,089 $ 11,079
Core Bond Fund
$ 44,041 $ 57,254 $ 63,866
Diversified Bond Fund
$ 10,950 $ 10,340 $ 10,683
Balanced Fund
$ 8,872 $ 49,757 $ 7,569
Disciplined Value Fund
$ 8,738 $ 46,898 $ 18,790
Main Street Fund
$ 28,310 $ 35,511 $ 36,111
Disciplined Growth Fund
$ 20,220 $ 38,403 $ 25,047
Small Cap Opportunities Fund
$ 207,614 $ 180,932 $ 166,471
Global Fund
$ 48,490 $ 42,261 $ 59,894
International Equity Fund
$ 28,751 $ 54,015 $ 350,049
Strategic Emerging Markets Fund
$ 168,689 $ 197,941 $ 228,497
Portfolio Turnover - The Balanced Fund and Disciplined Value Fund each experienced decreased portfolio turnover during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 as a result of a return to a more normalized portfolio turnover from the prior fiscal year, which included a change in each Fund’s subadviser, which had led to a portfolio repositioning.
The Balanced Fund, Disciplined Value Fund, and Disciplined Growth Fund each experienced increased portfolio turnover during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 as a result of a change in each Fund’s subadviser, which led to a portfolio repositioning.
The International Equity Fund experienced decreased portfolio turnover during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 as a result of a return to a more normalized portfolio turnover from the prior fiscal year, which included a change in the Fund’s subadviser, which had led to a portfolio repositioning.
The following table discloses, for those Funds that paid brokerage commissions to an affiliate of its investment adviser or subadviser, the total amount of brokerage commissions paid by each such Fund to affiliates for the past three fiscal years and, for the fiscal year ended 2022, the percentage of the Fund’s aggregate brokerage commissions paid to affiliates and the percentage of the Fund’s aggregate dollar amount of transactions involving the payment of commissions effected through affiliates.
Fiscal Year ended September 30, 2022
Fiscal Year
ended
September
30, 2021
Fiscal Year
ended
September
30, 2020
Affiliated Broker/Dealer
Aggregate
Commissions
Paid
Percentage
Paid to
Affiliates
Percentage of
Dollar
Amount of
Transactions
Involving
Payment of
Commissions
to Affiliates
Aggregate
Commissions
Paid
Aggregate
Commissions
Paid
Jefferies LLC
Disciplined Value Fund 1
$ % % $ 6,067 $
Main Street Fund 1
$ 73 0.26% 0.08% $ 925 $ 373
Small Cap Opportunities Fund 1
$ 4,291 2.07% 0.32% $ 3,908 $ 28,897
Global Fund 1
$ 2,967 6.12% 2.50% $ 2,301 $ 3,212
International Equity Fund 1
$ 31 0.11% % $ $ 10,501
B-87

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Fiscal Year ended September 30, 2022
Fiscal Year
ended
September
30, 2021
Fiscal Year
ended
September
30, 2020
Affiliated Broker/Dealer
Aggregate
Commissions
Paid
Percentage
Paid to
Affiliates
Percentage of
Dollar
Amount of
Transactions
Involving
Payment of
Commissions
to Affiliates
Aggregate
Commissions
Paid
Aggregate
Commissions
Paid
Strategic Emerging Markets Fund 1
$ 9,198 5.45% 0.56% $ 7,131 $ 28,033
1
Includes affiliated trading platforms of Jefferies LLC.
The following table discloses, for those Funds that had trades directed to a broker or dealer during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 because of research services provided, the dollar value of transactions placed by each such Fund with such brokers and dealers during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 to recognize “brokerage and research” services, and commissions paid for such transactions:
Dollar Value of
Those Transactions
Amount of
Commissions
Disciplined Value Fund
$ 58,400,977 $ 1,090
Main Street Fund
$ 105,892,892 $ 25,547
Disciplined Growth Fund
$ 263,202,920 $ 3,783
Small Cap Opportunities Fund
$ 224,723,337 $ 186,950
Global Fund
$ 100,269,669 $ 43,499
International Equity Fund
$ 60,498,439 $ 11,057
Strategic Emerging Markets Fund
$ 141,211,233 $ 157,468
The following table discloses, for those Funds that held securities issued by one or more of its “regular brokers or dealers” ​(as defined in the 1940 Act), or their parent companies, the aggregate value of the securities held by each such Fund as of the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022.
Fund
Regular Broker or Dealer
Aggregate Value of
Securities Held
U.S. Government Money
Market Fund
HSBC Securities, Inc. $ 30,000,000
$ 30,000,000
Core Bond Fund
Bank of America Corp. $ 6,869,520
Barclays plc 3,607,389
HSBC Securities, Inc. 3,052,016
Morgan Stanley 2,902,199
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. 2,789,068
Citigroup, Inc. 2,354,840
JPMorgan Chase & Co. 2,230,574
$ 23,805,606
Diversified Bond Fund
Bank of America Corp. $ 1,149,073
Barclays plc 874,655
Morgan Stanley 582,543
HSBC Securities, Inc. 536,159
Citigroup, Inc. 423,399
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. 405,315
JPMorgan Chase & Co. 327,878
$ 4,299,022
Balanced Fund
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. $ 818,528
B-88

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Fund
Regular Broker or Dealer
Aggregate Value of
Securities Held
Bank of America Corp. 563,208
Morgan Stanley 496,627
JPMorgan Chase & Co. 318,142
Citigroup, Inc. 257,805
State Street Corp. 31,439
$ 2,485,749
Disciplined Value Fund
JPMorgan Chase & Co. $ 1,686,212
Citigroup, Inc. 888,404
$ 2,574,616
Main Street Fund
JPMorgan Chase & Co. $ 1,489,334
$ 1,489,334
International Equity Fund
UBS AG $ 475,272
$ 475,272
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES
The Trust, an open-end, management investment company, is organized as a Massachusetts business trust under the laws of Massachusetts by an Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated August 1, 1994 which was amended and restated as of November 21, 2011. A copy of the Declaration of Trust is on file with the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The fiscal year for each Fund ends on September 30.
The Declaration of Trust permits the Trustees, without shareholder approval, to issue an unlimited number of shares and divide those shares into an unlimited number of series of shares, representing separate investment portfolios with rights determined by the Trustees. Shares of the Funds are transferable and have no preemptive, subscription, or conversion rights. Shares of the Funds are entitled to dividends as declared by the Trustees. In the event of liquidation of a Fund, the Trustees would distribute, after paying or otherwise providing for all charges, taxes, expenses, and liabilities belonging to the Fund, the remaining assets belonging to the Fund among the holders of outstanding shares of the Fund. The Trustees have currently authorized the issuance of an unlimited number of full and fractional shares of 14 series, 12 of which are described in this SAI.
The Trustees may divide the shares of any series into two or more classes having such preferences or special or relative rights and privileges as the Trustees may determine, without obtaining shareholder approval. The Trustees have currently authorized the establishment and designation of 10 classes of shares, between one and ten classes of shares for each series of the Trust: Class I Shares, Class R5 Shares, Service Class Shares, Administrative Class Shares, Class R4 Shares, Class A Shares, Class R3 Shares, Class Y Shares, Class L Shares, and Class C Shares. Class I Shares, Class R5 Shares, Service Class Shares, Administrative Class Shares, Class R4 Shares, Class A Shares, Class R3 Shares, and Class Y Shares are offered by each series of the Trust, except the U.S. Government Money Market Fund which only offers Class R5 Shares; however, for certain Funds, Class Y shares are not currently available for purchase. Currently, Class C Shares are only offered by the MassMutual Short-Duration Bond Fund and MassMutual High Yield Fund. Currently, Class L Shares are only offered by the MassMutual Short-Duration Bond Fund. All shares of a particular class of each series represent an equal proportionate interest in the assets and liabilities belonging to that series allocable to that class.
The Trustees may also, without shareholder approval, combine two or more existing series (or classes) into a single series (or class).
The Declaration of Trust provides for the perpetual existence of the Trust. The Declaration of Trust, however, provides that the Trust may be terminated at any time by vote of at least 50% of the shares of each series entitled to vote and voting separately by series or by the Trustees by written notice to the shareholders. Any series of the Trust may be terminated by vote of at least 50% of shareholders of that series or by the Trustees by written notice to the shareholders of that series.
Shares of the Funds entitle their holders to one vote per share, with fractional shares voting proportionally, in the election of Trustees and on other matters submitted to the vote of shareholders. On any matter submitted to a vote of shareholders, all shares of the Trust then entitled to vote shall, except as otherwise provided in the Declaration of Trust or the Bylaws, be voted in the aggregate as a single class without regard to series or class, except that: (i) when required by the 1940 Act or when the Trustees shall have determined that the matter affects one or more series or classes materially
B-89

TABLE OF CONTENTS
differently, shares will be voted by individual series or class; and (ii) when the Trustees have determined that the matter affects only the interests of one or more series or classes, then only shareholders of such series or classes shall be entitled to vote thereon. A separate vote will be taken by the applicable Fund on matters affecting the particular Fund, as determined by the Trustees. For example, a change in a fundamental investment policy for a particular Fund would be voted upon only by shareholders of that Fund. In addition, a separate vote will be taken by the applicable class of a Fund on matters affecting the particular class, as determined by the Trustees. For example, the adoption of a distribution plan relating to a particular class and requiring shareholder approval would be voted upon only by shareholders of that class. Shares of each Fund have noncumulative voting rights with respect to the election of trustees.
The Trust is not required to hold annual meetings of its shareholders. However, special meetings of the shareholders may be called for the purpose of electing Trustees and for such other purposes as may be prescribed by law, by the Declaration of Trust, or by the Bylaws. There will normally be no meetings of shareholders for the purpose of electing Trustees except that the Trust will hold a shareholders’ meeting as required by applicable law or regulation.
The Declaration of Trust may be amended by the Trustees without a shareholder vote, except to the extent a shareholder vote is required by applicable law, the Declaration of Trust or the Bylaws, or as the Trustees may otherwise determine.
Under Massachusetts law, shareholders of a Massachusetts business trust could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust. However, the Declaration of Trust disclaims liability of the shareholders, Trustees, or officers for acts or obligations of the Trust, which are binding only on the assets and property of the Trust, and require that notice of such disclaimer be given in each note, bond, contract, instrument, certificate, or undertaking made or issued on behalf of the Trust by the Trustees or officers. In addition, the Declaration of Trust provides that shareholders of a Fund are entitled to indemnification out of the assets of their Fund to the extent that they are held personally liable for the obligations of their Fund solely by reason of being or having been a shareholder. Thus, the risk of a shareholder of a Fund incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is considered remote since it is limited to circumstances in which the disclaimer is inoperative and his or her Fund is unable to meet its obligations.
The Declaration of Trust also permits the Trustees to charge shareholders directly for custodial, transfer agency, and servicing expenses, but the Trustees have no present intention to charge shareholders directly for such expenses.
The Declaration of Trust further provides that a Trustee will not be personally liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law. However, nothing in the Declaration of Trust protects a Trustee against any liability to which the Trustee would otherwise be subject by reason of his or her own willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office. The Declaration of Trust also provides for indemnification of each of its Trustees and officers, except that such Trustees and officers may not be indemnified against any liability to the Trust or its shareholders to which he or she would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.
SECURITIES LENDING
State Street serves as securities lending agent to the Trust. As securities lending agent, State Street is responsible for the implementation and administration of the securities lending program pursuant to the Securities Lending Agency Agreement (“Securities Lending Agreement”). State Street acts as agent to the Trust to lend available securities with any person on its list of approved borrowers. State Street determines whether a loan shall be made per the agreed upon parameters with the Trust and negotiates and establishes the terms and conditions of the loan with the borrower. State Street ensures that all substitute interest, dividends, and other distributions paid with respect to loan securities are credited to the applicable Fund’s relevant account on the date such amounts are delivered by the borrower to State Street. State Street receives and holds, on the Fund’s behalf, collateral from borrowers to secure obligations of borrowers with respect to any loan of available securities. State Street marks loaned securities and collateral to their market value each business day in order to maintain the value of the collateral at no less than 102% (for domestic) and 105% (for foreign) of the market value of the loaned securities. At the termination of the loan, State Street returns the collateral to the borrower upon the return of the loaned securities to State Street. State Street invests cash collateral in accordance with the Securities Lending Agreement. State Street maintains such records as are reasonably necessary to account for loans that are made and the income derived therefrom and makes available to the Funds daily, monthly, and quarterly statements describing the loans made, and the income derived from the loans, during the period. State Street performs compliance monitoring and testing of the securities lending program. The Board receives information quarterly describing the outstanding loans and income made on such loans during the period.
B-90

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The dollar amounts of gross and net income from securities lending activities received and the related fees and/or compensation paid by each applicable Fund during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 were as follows:
FUND
Gross
income
earned
by the
Fund 
from
securities
lending
activities
Fees
paid to
securities
lending
agent
from a
revenue
split
Fees paid for
any cash
collateral
management
service
(including
fees deducted
from a pooled
cash
collateral
reinvestment
vehicle) that
are not
included in a
revenue split
Administrative
fees not
included in a
revenue split
Indemnification
fees not included
in a revenue split
Rebate
(paid to
borrower)
Other fees
not
included in
a revenue
split, if
applicable,
including a
description
of those
other fees
Aggregate fees/
compensation
paid by the
Fund for
securities
lending
activities
Net
income
from
securities
lending
activities
Inflation-Protected
and Income Fund
$ 6,050 $ 257 $ 173 $ $ $ 4,160 $ $ 4,591 $ 1,459
Core Bond Fund
$ 26,770 $ 1,819 $ 1,057 $ $ $ 13,586 $ $ 16,463 $ 10,307
Diversified Bond
Fund
$ 27,134 $ 2,711 $ 899 $ $ $ 8,159 $ $ 11,769 $ 15,365
Balanced Fund
$ 15,420 $ 1,511 $ 618 $ $ $ 4,728 $ $ 6,856 $ 8,564
Disciplined Value
Fund
$ 1,810 $ 209 $ 23 $ $ $ 394 $ $ 626 $ 1,184
Main Street Fund
$ 8,451 $ 1,264 $ 24 $ $ $ $ $ 1,288 $ 7,163
Disciplined
Growth Fund
$ 10,021 $ 1,147 $ 87 $ $ $ 2,290 $ $ 3,524 $ 6,497
Small Cap
Opportunities Fund
$ 28,355 $ 2,594 $ 533 $ $ $ 10,525 $ $ 13,653 $ 14,702
Global Fund
$ 17,923 $ 1,583 $ 696 $ $ $ 6,671 $ $ 8,950 $ 8,973
International
Equity Fund
$ 32,128 $ 3,836 $ 495 $ $ $ 6,056 $ $ 10,388 $ 21,740
Strategic
Emerging Markets
Fund
$ 21,852 $ 2,546 $ 144 $ $ $ 4,732 $ $ 7,423 $ 14,429
REDEMPTION OF SHARES
With respect to each Fund, the Trustees may suspend the right of redemption, postpone the date of payment, or suspend the determination of NAV: (a) for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than for customary weekend and holiday closing); (b) for any period during which trading in the markets the Fund normally uses is, as determined by the SEC, restricted; (c) when an emergency exists as determined by the SEC so that disposal of the Fund’s investments or a determination of its NAV is not reasonably practicable; or (d) for such other periods as the SEC by order may permit for the protection of the Trust’s shareholders. Under normal circumstances, each Fund expects to meet redemption requests by using cash or cash equivalents in its portfolio and/or selling portfolio assets to generate cash. Under stressed market conditions, a Fund may pay redemption proceeds using cash obtained through borrowing arrangements that may be available from time to time. To the extent consistent with applicable laws and regulations, the Funds reserve the right to satisfy all or a portion of a redemption request by distributing securities or other property in lieu of cash (“in-kind” redemptions), under both normal and stressed market conditions. In-kind redemptions are typically used to meet redemption requests that represent a large percentage of the Fund’s net assets in order to minimize the effect of the large redemption on the Fund and its remaining shareholders. Some Funds may be limited in their ability to use assets other than cash to meet redemption requests due to restrictions on ownership of their portfolio assets. Any in-kind redemption will be effected through a distribution of all publicly traded portfolio securities or securities for which quoted bid prices are available, subject to certain exceptions. The securities distributed in an in-kind redemption will be valued in the same manner as they are valued for purposes of computing the Fund’s NAV. These securities are subject to market risk until they are sold and may increase or decrease in value prior to converting them into cash. You may incur brokerage and other transaction costs, and could incur a taxable gain or loss for income tax purposes when converting the securities to cash.
In addition, the U.S. Government Money Market Fund may, to the extent permitted by SEC rule, suspend redemptions prior to the liquidation of the Fund, if the Trustees determine that the deviation between the Fund’s amortized cost price per share and its current market-based NAV value per share may result in material dilution or other unfair results to investors or existing shareholders.
B-91

TABLE OF CONTENTS
VALUATION OF PORTFOLIO SECURITIES
The NAV of each Fund’s shares is determined once daily as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, on each day the NYSE is open for trading (a “business day”). The NYSE normally closes at 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time, but may close earlier on some days. If the NYSE is scheduled to close early, the business day will be considered to end as of the time of the NYSE’s scheduled close. A Fund will not treat an intraday disruption in NYSE trading or other event that causes an unscheduled closing of the NYSE as a close of business of the NYSE for these purposes; instead, MML Advisers will determine the fair value of a Fund’s securities in accordance with MML Advisers’ fair valuation policy and procedures. The NYSE currently is not open for trading on New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, President’s Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Juneteenth National Independence Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. Each Fund calculates the NAV of each of its classes of shares by dividing the total value of the assets attributable to that class, less the liabilities attributable to that class, by the number of shares of that class that are outstanding. On holidays and other days when the NYSE is closed, each Fund’s NAV generally is not calculated and the Funds do not anticipate accepting buy or sell orders. However, the value of each Fund’s assets may still be affected on such days to the extent that a Fund holds foreign securities that trade on days that foreign securities markets are open. It is the intention of the U.S. Government Money Market Fund to maintain a stable NAV per share of $1.00, although this cannot be assured.
Equity securities and derivative contracts that are actively traded on a national securities exchange or contract market are valued on the basis of information furnished by a pricing service, which provides the last reported sale price, or, in the case of futures contracts, the settlement price, for securities or derivatives listed on the exchange or contract market or the official closing price on the NASDAQ National Market System (“NASDAQ System”), or in the case of OTC securities for which an official closing price is unavailable or not reported on the NASDAQ System, the last reported bid price. Portfolio securities traded on more than one national securities exchange are valued at the last price at the close of the exchange representing the principal market for such securities. Debt securities (with the exception of debt securities held by the U.S. Government Money Market Fund) are valued on the basis of valuations furnished by a pricing service, which generally determines valuations taking into account factors such as institutional-size trading in similar securities, yield, quality, coupon rate, maturity, type of issue, trading characteristics, and other market data. Shares of other open-end mutual funds are valued at their closing NAVs as reported on each business day.
Investments for which market quotations are readily available are marked to market daily based on those quotations. Market quotations may be provided by third-party vendors or market makers, and may be determined on the basis of a variety of factors, such as broker quotations, financial modeling, and other market data, such as market indexes and yield curves, counterparty information, and foreign exchange rates. U.S. Government and agency securities may be valued on the basis of market quotations or using a model that may incorporate market observable data such as reported sales of similar securities, broker quotes, yields, bids, offers, quoted market prices, and reference data. The fair values of OTC derivative contracts, including forward, swap, and option contracts related to interest rates, foreign currencies, credit standing of reference entities, equity prices, or commodity prices, may be based on market quotations or may be modeled using a series of techniques, including simulation models, depending on the contract and the terms of the transaction. The fair values of asset-backed securities and mortgage-backed securities are estimated based on models that consider the estimated cash flows of each debt tranche of the issuer, established benchmark yield, and estimated tranche-specific spread to the benchmark yield based on the unique attributes of the tranche including, but not limited to, prepayment speed assumptions and attributes of the collateral.
The Board has designated MML Advisers as the Funds’ “valuation designee,” responsible for determining the fair value, in good faith, of securities and other instruments held by the Funds for which market quotations are not readily available or for which such market quotations or values are considered by MML Advisers or a subadviser to be unreliable (including, for example, certain foreign securities, thinly-traded securities, certain restricted securities, certain initial public offerings, or securities whose values may have been affected by a significant event). It is possible that a significant amount of a Fund’s assets will be subject to fair valuation in accordance with MML Advisers’ fair valuation policy and procedures. The fair value determined for an investment by MML Advisers may differ from recent market prices for the investment and may be significantly different from the value realized upon the sale of such investment.
The Funds may invest in securities that are traded principally in foreign markets and that trade on weekends and other days when the Funds do not price their shares. As a result, the values of the Funds’ portfolio securities may change on days when the prices of the Funds’ shares are not calculated. The prices of the Funds’ shares will reflect any such changes when the prices of the Funds’ shares are next calculated, which is the next business day. The Funds may use fair value pricing more frequently for securities primarily traded in foreign markets because, among other things, most foreign markets close well before the Funds value their securities. The earlier close of these foreign markets gives rise to the possibility that significant events, including broad market moves, may have occurred in the interim. The Funds’ investments may be priced
B-92

TABLE OF CONTENTS
based on fair values provided by a third-party vendor, based on certain factors and methodologies applied by such vendor, in the event that there is movement in the U.S. market, between the close of the foreign market and the time the Funds calculate their NAVs.
The prices of foreign securities are quoted in foreign currencies. All assets and liabilities expressed in foreign currencies are converted into U.S. dollars at the mean between the buying and selling rates of such currencies against the U.S. dollar at the end of each business day. Changes in the exchange rate, therefore, if applicable, will affect the NAV of shares of a Fund even when there has been no change in the values of the foreign securities measured in terms of the currency in which they are denominated.
The proceeds received by each Fund for each issue or sale of its shares, all net investment income, and realized and unrealized gain will be specifically allocated to such Fund and constitute the underlying assets of that Fund. The underlying assets of each Fund will be segregated on the Trust’s books of account, and will be charged with the liabilities in respect of such Fund and with a share of the general liabilities of the Trust. Expenses with respect to any two or more Funds are to be allocated in proportion to the NAVs of the respective Funds except where allocations of direct expenses can otherwise be fairly made. Each class of shares of a Fund will be charged with liabilities directly attributable to such class, and other Fund expenses will be allocated in proportion to the NAVs of the respective classes.
U.S. Government Money Market Fund
The U.S. Government Money Market Fund’s debt securities are typically valued at amortized cost, but may be valued using a vendor quote if MML Advisers determines it more closely approximates current market value, in accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act pursuant to which MML U.S. Government Money Market must adhere to certain conditions. Amortized cost involves initially valuing an instrument at its cost and thereafter making a constant amortization to maturity of any discount or premium, regardless of the impact of changes in market interest rates on the market value of the instrument. While this method provides certainty of valuation, it may result in periods in which the value, as determined by amortized cost, is higher or lower than the price the U.S. Government Money Market Fund would receive if it sold the instrument. During periods of declining interest rates, the daily yield on shares of the U.S. Government Money Market Fund computed as described below may tend to be higher than a like computation made by a fund with identical investments utilizing a method of valuation based upon market prices and estimates of market prices for its portfolio instruments. Thus, if the use of amortized cost by the U.S. Government Money Market Fund resulted in a lower aggregate portfolio value on a particular day, a prospective investor in the U.S. Government Money Market Fund would be able to obtain a somewhat higher yield than would result from investment in a fund utilizing market values, and existing investors in the U.S. Government Money Market Fund would receive less investment income. The converse would apply in a period of rising interest rates.
The valuation of the U.S. Government Money Market Fund’s portfolio instruments based upon their amortized cost and the concomitant maintenance of a stable NAV per share of $1.00 is permitted in accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act.
The Board has established procedures designed to stabilize, to the extent reasonably possible, the U.S. Government Money Market Fund’s NAV per share as computed for the purpose of sales and redemptions at $1.00. Such procedures include periodic review of the U.S. Government Money Market Fund’s portfolio holdings to determine the extent of any deviation between the NAV of the U.S. Government Money Market Fund calculated by using available market quotations and its NAV calculated using amortized cost, and whether such deviation may result in material dilution or is otherwise unfair to investors or existing shareholders. In the event the Board determines that such a deviation exists, it may take such corrective action as it regards as necessary and appropriate, including: the sale of portfolio instruments prior to maturity in order to realize capital gains or losses or to shorten average portfolio maturity; withholding dividends; redemptions of shares in kind; or establishing a NAV per share by using available market quotations (which would likely differ from the Fund’s NAV calculated using amortized cost); or suspending redemptions and liquidating the Fund.
Since the net income of the U.S. Government Money Market Fund is declared as a dividend each time it is determined, the NAV per share of the U.S. Government Money Market Fund typically remains the same immediately after each determination and dividend declaration as before. Any increase in the value of a shareholder’s investment in the U.S. Government Money Market Fund representing the reinvestment of dividend income is reflected by an increase in the number of shares of the U.S. Government Money Market Fund in the shareholder’s account, which increase is recorded promptly after the end of each calendar month.
For this purpose, the net income of the U.S. Government Money Market Fund (from the time of the immediately preceding determination thereof) consists of all interest income accrued on its portfolio, plus realized gains or minus
B-93

TABLE OF CONTENTS
realized losses, and less all expenses and liabilities chargeable against income. Interest income includes discount earned (including both original issue and market discount) on paper purchased at a discount, less amortization of premium, accrued ratably to the date of maturity. Expenses, including the compensation payable to MML Advisers, are accrued each day.
Should the U.S. Government Money Market Fund incur or anticipate any unusual expense, or loss or depreciation which would adversely affect its NAV per share or income for a particular period, the Board would at that time consider whether to adhere to the present dividend policy described above or to revise it in light of the then prevailing circumstances. For example, if the U.S. Government Money Market Fund’s NAV per share were reduced, or were anticipated to be reduced, below its otherwise stable NAV of $1.00 per share, the Board might suspend further dividend payments until the NAV returned to $1.00. Thus, such expenses or losses or depreciation might result in an investor receiving no dividends for the period during which he held his shares and in his receiving upon redemption a price per share lower than what he paid.
TAXATION
Taxation of the Funds: In General
Each Fund has elected and intends to qualify each year to be treated as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to qualify as a regulated investment company, a Fund must, among other things:
(a)
derive at least 90% of its gross income for each taxable year from:
(i)
dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities, or foreign currencies, and other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures, or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities, or currencies; and
(ii)
net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” ​(as defined below);
(b)
distribute with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income (generally taxable ordinary income and the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses) and its net tax-exempt income, if any, for such year in a manner qualifying for the dividends-paid deduction; and
(c)
diversify its holdings so that, at the close of each quarter of its taxable year:
(i)
at least 50% of the value of its total assets consists of cash, cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and other securities limited generally with respect to any one issuer to not more than 5% of the total assets of the Fund and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer; and
(ii)
not more than 25% of the value of its total assets is invested, including through corporations in which the Fund owns a 20% or more voting stock interest, (x) in the securities of any one issuer or two or more issuers which the Fund controls and that are engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses (other than U.S. Government securities), or (y) in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (as defined below).
For purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described in (a) above, income derived from a partnership will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership which would be qualifying income if realized directly by the regulated investment company. However, 100% of the net income derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership” will be treated as qualifying income. A “qualified publicly traded partnership” is a partnership (x) the interests in which are traded on an established securities market or are readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof, and (y) that derives less than 90% of its income from the qualifying income described in paragraph (a)(i) above. In general, such entities will be treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes because they meet the passive income requirement under Code section 7704(c)(2). Certain of a Fund’s investments in MLPs and ETFs, if any, may qualify as interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships, as described further below. In addition, although in general the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to regulated investment companies, such rules do apply to a regulated investment company with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership.
For purposes of the diversification test in (c) above, the term “outstanding voting securities of such issuer” will include the equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership. Also for purposes of the diversification test in (c) above, the identification of the issuer (or, in some cases, issuers) of a particular Fund investment can depend on the terms and
B-94

TABLE OF CONTENTS
conditions of that investment. In some cases, identification of the issuer (or issuers) is uncertain under current law, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to identification of the issuer for a particular type of investment may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to meet the diversification test in (c) above.
The 90% gross income requirement described in (a) above and the diversification test described in (c) above may limit the extent to which a Fund can engage in certain derivative transactions, as well as the extent to which it can invest in commodities, commodities-related investments, and MLPs.
In general, if a Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment, that Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income or gains distributed in a timely manner to its shareholders in the form of dividends (including capital gain dividends). As long as a Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company, the Fund under present law will not be subject to any excise or income taxes imposed by Massachusetts.
If a Fund were to fail to meet the income, diversification or distribution test described above, the Fund could in some cases cure such failure, including by paying a Fund-level tax, paying interest, making additional distributions, or disposing of certain assets. If a Fund were ineligible to or otherwise did not cure such failure for any year, or if a Fund were otherwise to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company in any taxable year, that Fund would be subject to tax on its taxable income at corporate rates. In addition, all distributions from earnings and profits, including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains, would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Some portions of such distributions may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders or possibly to be treated as qualified dividend income to shareholders taxed as individuals. Finally, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest, and make substantial distributions before requalifying as a regulated investment company.
Each Fund intends to distribute at least annually to its shareholders all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income (computed without regard to the dividends-paid deduction), its net tax-exempt income (if any), and net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss, in each case determined with reference to any loss carryforwards). Investment company taxable income or net capital gain that is retained by a Fund will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates. However, a Fund may designate any retained net capital gain amount as undistributed capital gains in a timely notice to its shareholders who (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their shares of such undistributed amount, and (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by the Fund on such undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. If a Fund makes this designation, the tax basis of shares owned by a shareholder of a Fund will, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, be increased by an amount equal to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s gross income under clause (i) of the preceding sentence and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence. A Fund is not required to, and there can be no assurance the Fund will, make this designation if it retains all or a portion of its net capital gain in a taxable year.
In determining its net capital gain, including in connection with determining the amount available to support a capital gain dividend, its taxable income, and its earnings and profits, a regulated investment company may elect to treat part or all of any post-October capital loss (defined as any net capital loss attributable to the portion of the taxable year after October 31 or, if there is no such loss, the net long-term capital loss or net short-term capital loss attributable to such portion of the taxable year) and certain late-year ordinary losses (generally, the sum of its (i) net ordinary losses from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of property, attributable to the portion of the taxable year after October 31, and its (ii) other net ordinary losses attributable to the portion of the taxable year after December 31) as if incurred in the succeeding taxable year.
Capital losses in excess of capital gains (“net capital losses”) are not permitted to be deducted against a Fund’s net investment income. If a Fund has a net capital loss for any year, the amount thereof may be carried forward to offset capital gains in future years, thereby reducing the amount the Fund would otherwise be required to distribute in such future years to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded regulated investment companies and avoid a Fund-level tax. If a Fund incurs or has incurred net capital losses, those losses will be carried forward to one or more subsequent taxable years without expiration; any such carryforward losses will retain their character as short-term or long-term. See the most recent annual shareholder report for each Fund’s capital loss carryforwards as of the end of its most recently ended fiscal year.
A nondeductible excise tax at the rate of 4% will be imposed on the excess, if any, of each Fund’s “required distribution” over its actual distributions in any calendar year. The “required distribution” is 98% of the Fund’s ordinary income for the calendar year plus 98.2% of its capital gain net income recognized during the one-year period ending on October 31 (or November 30 or December 31, if the Fund is permitted to elect and so elects) plus undistributed amounts
B-95

TABLE OF CONTENTS
from prior years. For these purposes, ordinary gains and losses from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of property that would be properly taken into account after October 31 (or November 30, if the Fund makes the election referred to above) are treated as arising on January 1 of the following calendar year; in the case of a Fund with a December 31 year end, no such gains or losses will be so treated. Each Fund intends to make distributions sufficient to avoid imposition of the excise tax, although there can be no assurance that it will be able to do so. Distributions declared by a Fund during October, November, or December to shareholders of record on a date in any such month and paid by the Fund during the following January will be treated for U.S. federal tax purposes as paid by the Fund and received by shareholders on December 31 of the year in which declared.
Under current law, a Fund may treat the portion of redemption proceeds paid to redeeming shareholders that represents the redeeming shareholders’ portion of the undistributed investment company taxable income and net capital gain of the Fund as a distribution of investment company taxable income and net capital gain on the Fund’s tax return. This practice, which involves the use of tax equalization, will have the effect of reducing the amount of income and gains that a Fund is required to distribute as dividends to shareholders in order for the Fund to avoid U.S. federal income tax and excise tax. This practice may also reduce the amount of the distributions required to be made to non-redeeming shareholders. The amount of any undistributed income will be reflected in the value of the shares of the Fund, and thus the total return on a shareholder’s investment will not be reduced as a result of this practice.
Fund Distributions
Except in the case of certain shareholders eligible for preferential tax treatment, e.g., qualified retirement or pension trusts, shareholders of each Fund generally will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes on Fund distributions as described herein. Distributions are taxable whether shareholders receive them in cash or reinvest them in additional shares through a dividend reinvestment plan. A shareholder whose distributions are reinvested in shares will be treated as having received a dividend equal to the fair market value of the new shares issued to the shareholder.
Distributions are taxable to shareholders even if they are paid from income or gains earned by a Fund before a shareholder’s investment (and thus were included in the price the shareholder paid for his or her shares), even though such dividends and distributions may economically represent a return of a particular shareholder’s investment. Such distributions are likely to occur in respect of shares purchased at a time when a Fund’s NAV reflects gains that are unrealized, or income or gains that are realized but not distributed. Such realized income or gains may be required to be distributed even when the Fund’s NAV also reflects unrealized losses.
Distributions by each Fund of investment income generally will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Taxes on distributions of capital gains are determined by how long the Fund owned (or is deemed to have owned) the investments that generated them, rather than by how long a shareholder has owned (or is deemed to have owned) his or her shares. Distributions of gains from the sale of investments that the Fund owned for one year or less will be taxable as ordinary income. Properly reported distributions of long-term capital gains, if any, are taxable in the hands of an investor as long-term gain includible in net capital gain and taxed to individuals at reduced rates. Tax rules can alter a Fund’s holding period in investments and thereby affect the tax treatment of gain or loss on such investments.
The IRS and the Department of the Treasury have issued regulations that impose special rules in respect of capital gain dividends received through partnership interests constituting “applicable partnership interests” under Section 1061 of the Code.
Distributions of investment income reported by a Fund as derived from “qualified dividend income” will be taxed in the hands of individuals at the rates applicable to long-term capital gains, provided that both the shareholder and the Fund meet certain holding period and other requirements. In order for some portion of the dividends received by a Fund shareholder to be “qualified dividend income,” the Fund must meet certain holding period and other requirements with respect to some portion of the dividend-paying stocks in its portfolio and the shareholder must meet certain holding period and other requirements with respect to the Fund’s shares. A dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income (at either the Fund or shareholder level) (1) if the dividend is received with respect to any share of stock held for fewer than 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (or, in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date), (2) to the extent that the recipient is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property, (3) if the recipient elects to have the dividend income treated as investment income for purposes of the limitation on deductibility of investment interest, or (4) if the dividend is received from a foreign corporation that is (a) not eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States (with the exception of dividends paid on stock of such a foreign corporation that is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States) or (b) treated as a passive foreign investment company.
B-96

TABLE OF CONTENTS
In general, distributions of investment income reported by each Fund as derived from qualified dividend income will be treated as qualified dividend income by a shareholder taxed as an individual, provided the shareholder meets the holding period and other requirements described above with respect to the Fund’s shares. If the aggregate qualified dividends received by a Fund during any taxable year are 95% or more of its gross income (excluding net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), then 100% of the Fund’s dividends (other than dividends properly reported as capital gain dividends) will be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income. In general, Funds investing primarily in fixed income investments do not expect a significant portion of their distributions to be derived from qualified dividend income.
Dividends of net investment income received by corporate shareholders of each Fund will qualify for the dividends-received deduction generally available to corporations to the extent those dividends are reported as being attributable to qualifying dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations for the taxable year. In general, a dividend received by a Fund will not be treated as a dividend eligible for the dividends-received deduction (1) if it has been received with respect to any share of stock that the Fund has held for less than 46 days (91 days in the case of certain preferred stock) during the 91-day period beginning on the date which is 45 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date in the case of certain preferred stock) or (2) to the extent that the Fund is under an obligation (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Moreover, the dividends-received deduction may otherwise be disallowed or reduced (1) if the corporate shareholder fails to satisfy the foregoing requirements with respect to its shares of the Fund or (2) by application of various provisions of the Code (for instance, the dividends-received deduction is reduced in the case of a dividend received on debt-financed portfolio stock (generally, stock acquired with borrowed funds)). In general, Funds investing primarily in fixed income investments do not expect a significant portion of their distributions to qualify for the dividends-received deduction.
A portion of the interest paid or accrued on certain high yield discount obligations owned by a Fund may be treated as a dividend for purposes of the corporate dividends-received deduction. In such cases, if the issuer of the high yield discount obligations is a domestic corporation, dividend payments by a Fund may be eligible for the dividends received deduction to the extent of the deemed dividend portion of such accrued interest.
Any distribution of income that is attributable to (i) income received by a Fund in lieu of dividends with respect to securities on loan pursuant to a securities lending transaction, or (ii) dividend income received by the Fund on securities it temporarily purchased from a counterparty pursuant to a repurchase agreement that is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a loan by the Fund, will not constitute qualified dividend income to individual shareholders and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders. Distributions by a Fund to its shareholders that the Fund properly reports as “section 199A dividends,” as defined and subject to certain conditions described below, are treated as qualified REIT dividends in the hands of non-corporate shareholders. Non-corporate shareholders are permitted a U.S. federal income tax deduction equal to 20% of qualified REIT dividends received by them, subject to certain limitations. Very generally, a “section 199A dividend” is any dividend or portion thereof that is attributable to certain dividends received by the regulated investment company from REITs, to the extent such dividends are properly reported as such by the regulated investment company in a written notice to its shareholders. A section 199A dividend is treated as a qualified REIT dividend only if the shareholder receiving such dividend holds the dividend-paying regulated investment company shares for at least 46 days of the 91-day period beginning 45 days before the shares become ex-dividend, and is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to a position in substantially similar or related property. A Fund is permitted to report such part of its dividends as section 199A dividends as are eligible, but is not required to do so.
The Code generally imposes a 3.8% Medicare contribution tax on the net investment income of certain individuals, trusts, and estates to the extent their income exceeds certain threshold amounts. For these purposes, “net investment income” generally includes, among other things, (i) distributions paid by a Fund of net investment income and capital gains as described above, and (ii) any net gain from the sale, redemption, exchange, or other taxable disposition of Fund shares. Shareholders are advised to consult their tax advisers regarding the possible implications of this additional tax on their investment in the Fund.
If a Fund makes a distribution to a shareholder in excess of its current and accumulated “earnings and profits” in and with respect to any taxable year, the excess distribution will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of the shareholder’s tax basis in his or her shares, and thereafter as capital gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but it reduces a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on the shareholder’s subsequent taxable disposition of his or her shares.
B-97

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Sales, Redemptions, and Exchanges
Sales, redemptions, and exchanges of each Fund’s shares are taxable events and, accordingly, shareholders subject to U.S. federal income taxes may realize gains and losses on these transactions. If shares have been held for more than one year, gain or loss realized generally will be long-term capital gain or loss, provided the shareholder holds the shares as a capital asset. Otherwise, the gain or loss on a taxable disposition of Fund shares will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. However, a loss on a sale of Fund shares held by a shareholder for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any long-term capital gain dividend paid to the shareholder with respect to such shares. Further, no loss will be allowed on a sale of Fund shares to the extent the shareholder acquires identical shares of the same Fund within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. In the case of individuals holding shares in a Fund (other than the U.S. Government Money Market Fund) directly, upon the sale, redemption or exchange of Fund shares, the Fund or, in the case of shares purchased through a financial intermediary, the financial intermediary may be required to provide the shareholder and the IRS with cost basis and certain other related tax information about the Fund shares sold, redeemed, or exchanged. See the Funds’ Prospectus for more information.
Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to Fund shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on IRS Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all regulated investment companies. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.
Certain Investments in Debt Obligations
Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance (and all zero-coupon debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance) that are acquired by a Fund will be treated as being issued with original issue discount (“OID”). Generally, the amount of the OID is treated as interest income and is included in taxable income (and required to be distributed) over the term of the debt security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, usually when the debt security matures. Payment-in-kind securities will also give rise to income which is required to be distributed and is taxable even though a Fund holding the security receives no interest payment in cash on the security during the year.
Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance that are acquired by a Fund in the secondary market may be treated as having “market discount.” Very generally, market discount is the excess of the stated redemption price of a debt obligation (or in the case of an obligation issued with OID, its “revised issue price”) over the purchase price of such obligation. Generally, any gain recognized on the disposition of, and any partial payment of principal on, a debt security having market discount is treated as ordinary income to the extent the gain, or principal payment, does not exceed the “accrued market discount” on such debt security. Alternatively, the Fund may elect to accrue market discount currently, in which case the Fund will be required to include the accrued market discount in the Fund’s income (as ordinary income) and thus distribute it over the term of the debt security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt security. The rate at which the market discount accrues, and thus is included in the Fund’s income, will depend in part upon which of the permitted accrual methods the Fund elects.
Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of one year or less from the date of issuance that are acquired by a Fund may be treated as having OID, or acquisition discount (very generally, the excess of the stated redemption price over the purchase price) in the case of certain types of debt obligations. Generally, the Fund will be required to include the OID, or acquisition discount, as ordinary income over the term of the debt security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, usually when the debt security matures. A Fund may make one or more of the elections applicable to debt obligations having acquisition discount, or OID, which could affect the character and timing of recognition of income by the Fund.
As indicated above, a Fund that invests in certain debt instruments may be required to pay out as an income distribution each year an amount which is greater than the total amount of cash interest the Fund actually received. Such distributions may be made from the cash assets of the Fund or by liquidation of portfolio securities, if necessary. The Fund may realize gains or losses from such liquidations. In the event a Fund realizes net capital gains from such transactions, its shareholders may receive a larger capital gain distribution than they would in the absence of such transactions.
B-98

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present special tax issues for a Fund. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when a Fund may cease to accrue interest, OID, or market discount; whether and to what extent a Fund should recognize market discount on such a debt obligation; when and to what extent a Fund may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities; and how a Fund should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and interest. These and other related issues will be addressed by each Fund when, and if, it invests in such securities, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company and does not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.
Derivative Transactions
If a Fund engages in derivative transactions, including transactions in options, futures contracts, forward contracts, swap agreements, foreign currencies, and straddles, or other similar transactions, including for hedging purposes, it will be subject to special tax rules (including constructive sale, mark-to-market, straddle, wash sale, and short sale rules), the effect of which may be to accelerate income to the Fund, defer losses to the Fund, cause adjustments in the holding periods of the Fund’s securities, convert long-term capital gains into short-term capital gains, or convert short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing, and character of distributions to shareholders.
A Fund’s transactions in foreign currency-denominated debt instruments and certain of its derivative activities may produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. If a Fund’s book income exceeds its taxable income, the distribution (if any) of such excess generally will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of the Fund’s remaining earnings and profits (including earnings and profits arising from tax-exempt income), (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s basis in its shares, and (iii) thereafter, as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset. If a Fund’s book income is less than taxable income, the Fund could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment company and to eliminate fund-level income tax.
Investments in Regulated Investment Companies and Other Investment Funds
To the extent a Fund invests its assets in shares of ETFs or other investment companies that are regulated investment companies (“underlying funds”), its distributable income and gains will normally consist of distributions from such underlying funds and gains and losses on the disposition of shares of such underlying funds. To the extent that such an underlying fund realizes net losses on its investments for a given taxable year, the Fund will not be able to recognize its share of those losses to offset capital gains the Fund realized from other sources until and only to the extent that it disposes of shares of the underlying fund in a transaction qualifying for sale or exchange treatment (although such losses of an underlying fund may reduce distributions to the Fund from that underlying fund in future taxable years). Moreover, even when a Fund does make a disposition of shares of an underlying fund, a portion of its loss may be recognized as a long-term capital loss, which the Fund will not be able to offset against its ordinary income (including distributions of any net short-term capital gains realized by the underlying fund).
As a result of the foregoing rules, and certain other special rules, the amounts of net investment income and net capital gains that a Fund will be required to distribute to shareholders may be greater than such amounts would have been had the Fund invested directly in the securities held by the underlying funds. For similar reasons, the character of distributions from the Fund will not necessarily be the same as it would have been had the Fund invested directly in the securities held by the underlying funds. Investing through underlying funds can therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders, and may increase the amount of taxes payable by shareholders.
If at the close of each quarter of a Fund’s taxable year, at least 50% of its total assets consists of interests in other regulated investment companies, the Fund will be a “qualified fund of funds.” In that case, the Fund is permitted to elect to pass through to its shareholders foreign income and other similar taxes paid by the Fund in respect of foreign securities held directly by the Fund or by a regulated investment company in which its invests that itself elected to pass such taxes through to its shareholders, so that shareholders of the Fund will be eligible to claim a tax credit or deduction for such taxes. However, even if a Fund qualifies to make such election for any year, it may determine not to do so. See “Foreign Taxes and Investments” below.
To the extent a Fund invests in commodity-related ETFs that qualify as qualified publicly traded partnerships, the net income derived from such ETFs will constitute qualifying income for purposes of the 90% gross income test (as noted above). If such an ETF were to fail to qualify as a qualified publicly traded partnership, a portion of the gross income derived from that ETF could constitute nonqualifying income to the Fund for purposes of the 90% gross income test.
The foregoing is only a general description of certain U.S. federal tax consequences of investing in ETFs and other underlying funds.
B-99

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Foreign Taxes and Investments
Income proceeds and gains received by a Fund from sources outside the United States might be subject to foreign taxes that are withheld at the source or other foreign taxes. The effective rate of these foreign taxes cannot be determined in advance because it depends on the specific countries in which a Fund’s assets will be invested, the amount of the assets invested in each such country and the possibility of treaty relief.
If more than 50% of a Fund’s assets at taxable year end consists of the securities of foreign corporations, the Fund may be eligible to make an election under Section 853 of the Code so that any of its shareholders subject to federal income taxes will be able to claim a credit or deduction on their income tax returns for, and will be required to treat as part of the amounts distributed to them, their pro rata portion of qualified taxes paid by the Fund to foreign countries. If such an election is made, the ability of shareholders of the Fund to claim a foreign tax credit will be subject to limitations imposed by the Code, which in general limits the amount of foreign tax that may be used to reduce a shareholder’s U.S. tax liability to that amount of U.S. tax which would be imposed on the amount and type of income in respect of which the foreign tax was paid. In addition, the ability of shareholders to claim a foreign tax credit is subject to a holding period requirement. A shareholder who for U.S. income tax purposes claims a foreign tax credit in respect of Fund distributions may not claim a deduction for foreign taxes paid by the Fund, regardless of whether the shareholder itemizes deductions. Also, no deduction for foreign taxes may be claimed by shareholders who do not itemize deductions on their federal income tax returns. It should also be noted that a tax-exempt shareholder, like other shareholders, will be required to treat as part of the amounts distributed to it a pro rata portion of the income taxes paid by the Fund to foreign countries. However, that income will generally be exempt from U.S. taxation by virtue of such shareholder’s tax-exempt status and such a shareholder will not be entitled to either a tax credit or a deduction with respect to such income. A Fund that makes the election referred to above will notify its shareholders each year of the amount of dividends and distributions and the shareholders’ pro rata shares of qualified taxes paid by the Fund to foreign countries.
A Fund may invest in one or more “passive foreign investment companies” ​(“PFICs”). A PFIC is generally any foreign corporation: (i) 75% or more of the income of which for a taxable year in the Fund’s holding period is passive income, or (ii) the average percentage of the assets of which (generally by value, but by adjusted tax basis in certain cases) that produce or are held for the production of passive income is at least 50%. Generally, passive income for this purpose means dividends, interest (including income equivalent to interest), royalties, rents, annuities, the excess of gain over losses from certain property transactions and commodities transactions, and foreign currency gains.
Investment by a Fund in PFICs could subject the Fund to a U.S. federal income tax or other charge on distributions received from PFICs or on the proceeds from the sale of its investments in the PFICs. This tax cannot be eliminated by making distributions to Fund shareholders. However, a Fund may be able to make an election that would avoid the imposition of that tax. For example, a Fund may in certain cases elect to treat a PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” ​(a “QEF election”), in which case the Fund will be required to include in its income its share of the company’s income and net capital gains annually, regardless of whether it receives any distribution from the company. A Fund also may make an election to mark the gains (and to a limited extent losses) in a PFIC “to the market” as though it had sold and repurchased its holdings in the PFIC on the last day of the Fund’s taxable year. Such gains and losses are generally treated as ordinary income and loss. The QEF and mark-to-market elections may accelerate the recognition of income by the Fund (without the receipt of cash) and increase the amount required to be distributed by a Fund to avoid taxation. Making either of these elections therefore may require a Fund to liquidate other investments (including when it is not advantageous to do so) to meet its distribution requirement, which also may accelerate the recognition of gain and affect a Fund’s total return. Dividends paid by PFICs will not be eligible to be treated as “qualified dividend income.” Because it is not always possible to identify a foreign corporation as a PFIC, a Fund may incur the tax and other charges described above in some instances.
Finally, a Fund’s transactions in foreign currencies, foreign currency-denominated debt obligations, and certain foreign currency options, futures contracts, and forward contracts (and similar instruments) may give rise to ordinary income or loss to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency concerned. Such ordinary income treatment may increase the distributions taxed to shareholders as ordinary income. Any net ordinary losses resulting from such transactions cannot be carried forward by a Fund to offset income or gains earned in subsequent taxable years.
B-100

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Certain Investments in Real Estate Investment Trusts
If a Fund invests in equity securities of REITs, such investments may result in the fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the REIT’s earnings. If a Fund distributes such amounts, such distribution could constitute a return of capital to the Fund’s shareholders for federal income tax purposes. Dividends received by a Fund from a REIT will not qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction and generally will not constitute qualified dividend income.
Certain Investments in Mortgage-Related Securities
A Fund may invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”) (including by investing in residual interests in CMOs with respect to which an election to be treated as a REMIC is in effect) or equity interests in taxable mortgage pools (“TMPs”). Under a notice issued by the IRS and Treasury regulations that have not yet been issued, but may apply retroactively, a portion of a Fund’s income that is attributable to a REIT’s residual interest in a REMIC or an equity interest in a TMP (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to federal income tax in all events. This notice also provides, and the regulations are expected to provide, that excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company, such as the Funds, will be allocated to shareholders of the regulated investment company in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC or TMP interest directly.
In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan, or other tax-exempt entity) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a non-U.S. shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. A shareholder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such inclusions notwithstanding any exemption from such income tax otherwise available under the Code.
Unrelated Business Taxable Income
Income of a regulated investment company that would be UBTI if earned directly by a tax-exempt entity generally will not constitute UBTI when distributed to a tax-exempt shareholder of the regulated investment company. Notwithstanding this “blocking” effect, a tax-exempt shareholder of a Fund could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in a Fund if shares in that Fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Section 514(b) of the Code. A tax-exempt shareholder may also recognize UBTI if a Fund recognizes “excess inclusion income” derived from direct or indirect investments in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs as described above, if the amount of such income recognized by a Fund exceeds the Fund’s investment company taxable income (after taking into account deductions for dividends paid by the Fund).
Special tax consequences also apply to charitable remainder trusts (“CRTs”) that invest in regulated investment companies that invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs. Under legislation enacted in December 2006, a CRT, as defined in Section 664 of the Code, that realizes UBTI for a taxable year must pay an excise tax annually of an amount equal to such UBTI. Under IRS guidance issued in October 2006, a CRT will not recognize UBTI solely as a result of investing in a Fund that recognizes “excess inclusion income” ​(which is described earlier). Rather, if at any time during any taxable year a CRT or one of certain other tax-exempt shareholders (such as the United States, a state or political subdivision, or an agency or instrumentality thereof, and certain energy cooperatives) is a record holder of a share in a Fund that recognizes “excess inclusion income,” then such Fund will be subject to a tax on that portion of its “excess inclusion income” for the taxable year that is allocable to such shareholders at the highest federal corporate income tax rate. The extent to which the IRS guidance in respect of CRTs remains applicable in light of the December 2006 CRT legislation is unclear. To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the Funds may elect to allocate any such tax specially to the applicable CRT, or other shareholder, and thus reduce such shareholder’s distributions for the year by the amount of the tax that relates to such shareholder’s interest in the Funds. CRTs and other tax-exempt investors are urged to consult their tax advisers concerning the consequences of investing in the Funds.
B-101

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Investments in MLPs
Some amounts received by a Fund from its investments in MLPs will likely be treated as returns of capital because of accelerated deductions available with respect to the activities of MLPs. On the disposition of an investment in such an MLP, the Fund will likely realize taxable income in excess of economic gain from that asset (or, in later periods, if a Fund does not dispose of the MLP, the Fund will likely realize taxable income in excess of cash flow received by the Fund from the MLP), and the Fund must take such income into account in determining whether the Fund has satisfied its regulated investment company distribution requirements. The Fund may have to borrow or liquidate securities to satisfy its distribution requirements and meet its redemption requests, even though investment considerations might otherwise make it undesirable for the Fund to borrow money or sell securities at the time. In addition, distributions attributable to gain from the sale of MLPs that are characterized as ordinary income under the Code’s recapture provisions will be taxable to Fund shareholders, when distributed to them, as ordinary income.
As noted above, certain of the MLPs in which a Fund may invest qualify as qualified publicly traded partnerships. In such cases, the net income derived from such investments will constitute qualifying income for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described earlier for qualification as a regulated investment company. If, however, such a vehicle were to fail to qualify as a qualified publicly traded partnership in a particular year, a portion of the gross income derived from it in such year could constitute non-qualifying income to a Fund for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement and thus could adversely affect the Fund’s ability to qualify as a regulated investment company for a particular year. In addition, as described above, the diversification requirement for regulated investment company qualification will limit a Fund’s investments in one or more vehicles that are qualified publicly traded partnerships to 25% of the Fund’s total assets as of the end of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year.
Subject to any future regulatory guidance to the contrary, distributions attributable to qualified publicly traded partnership income from a Fund’s investments in MLPs will ostensibly not qualify for the deduction available to non-corporate taxpayers in respect of such amounts received directly from an MLP.
Backup Withholding
Each Fund generally is required to withhold and remit to the U.S. Treasury a percentage of the taxable dividends and other distributions paid to and proceeds of share sales, exchanges, or redemptions made by any individual shareholder who fails to furnish the Fund with a correct taxpayer identification number (TIN), who has under-reported dividend or interest income, or who fails to certify to the Fund that he or she is not subject to such withholding.
Non U.S. Shareholders
Distributions by a Fund to shareholders that are not “U.S. persons” within the meaning of the Code (“foreign shareholders”) properly reported by the Fund as (1) capital gain dividends, (2) short-term capital gain dividends, and (3) interest-related dividends, each as defined and subject to certain conditions described below, generally are not subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax.
In general, the Code defines (1) “short-term capital gain dividends” as distributions of net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses and (2) “interest-related dividends” as distributions from U.S. source interest income of types similar to those not subject to U.S. federal income tax if earned directly by an individual foreign shareholder, in each case to the extent such distributions are properly reported as such by a Fund in a written notice to shareholders.
The exceptions to withholding for short-term capital gain dividends and capital gain dividends do not apply to (A) distributions to an individual foreign shareholder who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the distribution and (B) distributions attributable to gain that is treated as effectively connected with the conduct by the foreign shareholder of a trade or business within the United States under special rules regarding the disposition of U.S. real property interests.
The exception to withholding for “interest-related dividends” does not apply to distributions to a foreign shareholder (A) that has not provided a satisfactory statement that the beneficial owner is not a U.S. person, (B) to the extent that the dividend is attributable to certain interest on an obligation if the foreign shareholder is the issuer or is a 10% shareholder of the issuer, (C) that is within certain foreign countries that have inadequate information exchange with the United States, or (D) to the extent the dividend is attributable to interest paid by a person that is a related person of the foreign shareholder and the foreign shareholder is a controlled foreign corporation.
If a Fund invests in a regulated investment company that pays capital gain dividends, short-term capital gain dividends, or interest-related dividends to the Fund, such distributions retain their character as not subject to withholding if properly reported when paid by the Fund to foreign shareholders.
B-102

TABLE OF CONTENTS
A Fund is permitted to report such part of its dividends as interest-related and/or short-term capital gain dividends as are eligible, but is not required to do so. In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if a Fund reports all or a portion of a payment as an interest-related or short-term capital gain dividend to shareholders. Foreign shareholders should contact their intermediaries regarding the application of these rules to their accounts.
Distributions by a Fund to foreign shareholders other than capital gain dividends, short-term capital gain dividends, and interest-related dividends (e.g., dividends attributable to dividend and foreign-source interest income or to short-term capital gains or U.S. source interest income to which the exception from withholding described above does not apply) are generally subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate).
Under U.S. federal income tax law, a beneficial holder of shares who or which is a foreign person is not, in general, subject to U.S. federal income tax on gains (and is not allowed a deduction for losses) realized on the sale of shares of a Fund unless (i) such gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business carried on by such holder within the United States, (ii) in the case of an individual holder, the holder is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating one hundred eighty-three (183) days or more during the year of the sale and certain other conditions are met, or (iii) the special rules relating to gain attributable to the sale or exchange of “U.S. real property interests” ​(“USRPIs”) apply to the foreign shareholder’s sale of shares of the Fund (as described below).
Beneficial holders that are foreign persons with respect to whom income from a Fund is effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the foreign shareholder within the United States will in general be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the income derived from the Fund at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens, residents, or domestic corporations, whether such income is received in cash or reinvested in shares of the Fund and, in the case of a foreign corporation, may also be subject to a branch profits tax. If a foreign shareholder is eligible for the benefits of a tax treaty, any effectively connected income or gain will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis only if it is also attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the shareholder in the United States. More generally, foreign shareholders who are residents in a country with an income tax treaty with the United States may obtain different tax results than those described herein, and are urged to consult their tax advisers.
Special rules would apply if a Fund were a qualified investment entity (“QIE”) because it is either a “U.S. real property holding corporation” ​(“USRPHC”) or would be a USRPHC but for the operation of certain exceptions to the definition of USRPIs described below. Very generally, a USRPHC is a domestic corporation that holds USRPIs the fair market value of which equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market values of the corporation’s USRPIs, interests in real property located outside the United States, and other trade or business assets. USRPIs generally are defined as any interest in U.S. real property and any interest (other than solely as a creditor) in a USRPHC or, very generally, an entity that has been a USRPHC in the last five years. A Fund that holds, directly or indirectly, significant interests in REITs may be a USRPHC. Interests in domestically controlled QIEs, including REITs and regulated investment companies that are QIEs, not-greater-than-10% interests in publicly traded classes of stock in REITs and not-greater-than-5% interests in publicly traded classes of stock in regulated investment companies generally are not USRPIs, but these exceptions do not apply for purposes of determining whether a Fund is a QIE.
If an interest in a Fund were a USRPI, the Fund would be required to withhold U.S. tax on the proceeds of a share redemption by a greater-than-5% foreign shareholder, in which case such foreign shareholder generally would also be required to file U.S. tax returns and pay any additional taxes due in connection with the redemption.
If a Fund were a QIE, under a special “look-through” rule, any distributions by the Fund to a foreign shareholder (including, in certain cases, distributions made by the Fund in redemption of its shares) attributable directly or indirectly to (i) distributions received by the Fund from a lower-tier regulated investment company or REIT that the Fund is required to treat as USRPI gain in its hands and (ii) gains realized on the disposition of USRPIs by the Fund would retain their character as gains realized from USRPIs in the hands of the Fund’s foreign shareholders and would be subject to U.S. tax withholding. In addition, such distributions could result in the foreign shareholder being required to file a U.S. tax return and pay tax on the distributions at regular U.S. federal income tax rates. The consequences to a foreign shareholder, including the rate of such withholding and character of such distributions (e.g., as ordinary income or USRPI gain), would vary depending upon the extent of the foreign shareholder’s current and past ownership of the Fund.
Foreign shareholders of a Fund also may be subject to “wash sale” rules to prevent the avoidance of the tax-filing and payment obligations discussed above through the sale and repurchase of Fund shares.
Beneficial holders that are foreign persons should consult their tax advisers and, if holding shares through intermediaries, their intermediaries, concerning the application of these rules to their investment in the Funds.
B-103

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Other Reporting and Withholding Requirements
Sections 1471-1474 of the Code and the U.S. Treasury and IRS guidance issued thereunder (collectively, “FATCA”) generally require a Fund to obtain information sufficient to identify the status of each of its shareholders under FATCA or under an applicable intergovernmental agreement (an “IGA”) between the United States and a foreign government. If a shareholder fails to provide the requested information or otherwise fails to comply with FATCA or an IGA, the Fund may be required to withhold under FATCA at a rate of 30% with respect to that shareholder on ordinary dividends it pays. The IRS and the Department of Treasury have issued proposed regulations providing that these withholding rules will not apply to the gross proceeds of share redemptions or capital gain dividends a Fund pays. If a payment by a Fund is subject to FATCA withholding, the Fund is required to withhold even if such payment would otherwise be exempt from withholding under the rules applicable to foreign shareholders described above (e.g., short-term capital gain dividends and interest-related dividends).
Each prospective investor is urged to consult its tax adviser regarding the applicability of FATCA and any other reporting requirements with respect to the prospective investor’s own situation, including investments through an intermediary.
General Considerations
Special tax rules apply to investments through defined contribution plans and other tax-qualified plans or tax-advantaged arrangements. Shareholders should consult their tax adviser to determine the suitability of shares of a Fund as an investment through such plans and arrangements and the precise effect of an investment on their particular tax situation.
The foregoing discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences of investment in the Funds is a general and abbreviated summary based on the applicable provisions of the Code, U.S. Treasury regulations, and other applicable authority currently in effect. For the complete provisions, reference should be made to the pertinent Code sections and regulations. The Code and regulations are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion of the federal income tax treatment of the Funds and their shareholders does not describe in any respect the tax treatment of any particular arrangement, e.g., tax-exempt trusts or insurance products, pursuant to which or by which investments in the Funds may be made. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers as to their own tax situation, including possible foreign, state, and local taxes.
EXPERTS
Ropes & Gray LLP, The Prudential Tower, 800 Boylston Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02199-3600 serves as counsel to the Trust.
The financial statements of the Funds incorporated herein by reference from the Trust’s Annual Report as of September 30, 2022 have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its reports which are also incorporated herein by reference. Such financial statements have been so incorporated in reliance upon the reports of Deloitte & Touche LLP given on the authority of that firm as experts in accounting and auditing. Copies of the Trust’s Annual Report as of September 30, 2022 are available, without charge, upon request by calling 1-888-309-3539.
B-104

TABLE OF CONTENTS
APPENDIX A—DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS
Although the ratings of fixed income securities by S&P, Moody’s, and Fitch are a generally accepted measurement of credit risk, they are subject to certain limitations. For example, ratings are based primarily upon historical events and do not necessarily reflect the future. Furthermore, there is a period of time between the issuance of a rating and the update of the rating, during which time a published rating may be inaccurate.
The descriptions of the S&P, Moody’s, and Fitch’s commercial paper and bond ratings are set forth below.
Commercial Paper Ratings:
S&P commercial paper ratings are graded into four categories, ranging from A for the highest quality obligations to D for the lowest. Issues assigned the highest rating of A are regarded as having the greatest capacity for timely payment. Issues in this category are further refined with the designations 1, 2, and 3 to indicate the relative degree of safety. The A-1 and A-2 categories are described as follows:
A-1—This designation indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely payment is strong. Those issues determined to possess extremely strong safety characteristics will be noted with a plus (+) sign designation.
A-2—Capacity for timely payment on issues with this designation is satisfactory. However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues designated A-1.
Moody’s employs three designations, all judged to be investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers. The two highest designations are as follows:
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 (or P-1) have a superior ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations. Prime-1 (or P-1) repayment ability will normally be evidenced by many of the following characteristics:

Leading market positions in well-established industries.

High rates of return on funds employed.

Conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance on debt and ample asset protection.

Broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and high internal cash generation.

Well-established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources of alternate liquidity.
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 (or P-2) have a strong ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations. This will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above but to a lesser degree. Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, may be more subject to variation. Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.
Fitch’s Short-Term Credit Ratings are graded into six categories, ranging from ‘F-1’ for the highest quality obligations to ‘D’ for the lowest. The F-1 and F-2 categories are described as follows:
F-1—Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
F-2—A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.
Bond Ratings:
S&P describes its four highest ratings for corporate debt as follows:
AAA—Debt rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by S&P. Capacity to pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.
AA—Debt rated AA has a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal and differs from the higher rated issues only in a small degree.
A—Debt rated A has a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher rated categories.
B-105

TABLE OF CONTENTS
BBB—Debt rated BBB is regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Whereas such debt normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for debt in this category than in higher rated categories.
The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
Moody’s describes its four highest corporate bond ratings as follows:
Aaa—Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as “gilt-edged.” Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.
Aa—Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group they compose what are generally known as high grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.
A—Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and may be considered as upper medium grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment in the future.
Baa—Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium grade obligations, i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.
Moody’s applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa in its corporate bond rating system. The modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category.
Fitch describes its four highest long-term credit ratings as follows:
AAA—“AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
AA—“AA” ratings denote a very low expectation of credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A—“A” ratings denote a low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
BBB—“BBB” ratings indicate that there is currently a low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and in economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest investment grade category.
A “+” or “–” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the “AAA” category or to categories below “CCC.”
S&P describes its below investment grade ratings for corporate debt as follows:
BB, B, CCC, CC, C—Debt rated “BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC,” and “C” is regarded, on balance, as predominantly speculative with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation, “BB” indicates the lowest degree of speculation, and “C” the highest degree of speculation. While such debt will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.
BB—Debt rated “BB” has less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to
B-106

TABLE OF CONTENTS
inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments. The “BB” rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied “BBB–” rating.
B—Debt rated “B” has a greater vulnerability to default but currently has the capacity to meet interest payments and principal repayments. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or willingness to pay interest and repay principal. The “B” rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied “BB” or “BB–” rating.
CCC—Debt rated “CCC” has a currently identifiable vulnerability to default, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions to meet timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, it is not likely to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal. The “CCC” rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied “B” or “B–” rating.
CC—The rating “CC” is typically applied to debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied “CCC” rating.
C—The rating “C” is typically applied to debt subordinated to senior debt which is assigned an actual or implied “CCC–” debt rating. The “C” rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed, but debt service payments are continued.
D—Debt rated “D” is in payment default. The “D” rating category is used when interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition if debt service payments are jeopardized.
Moody’s describes its below investment grade corporate bond ratings as follows:
Ba—Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during other good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.
B—Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.
Caa—Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.
Ca—Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.
C—Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.
Fitch describes its below investment grade long-term credit ratings as follows:
BB—“BB” ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.
B—“B” ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.
CCC, CC, C—Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic developments. A “CC” rating indicates that default of some kind appears probable. “C” ratings signal imminent default.
DDD, DD, D—The ratings of obligations in this category are based on their prospects for achieving partial or full recovery in a reorganization or liquidation of the obligor. While expected recovery values are highly speculative and cannot be estimated with any precision, the following serve as general guidelines. “DDD” obligations have the highest potential for recovery, around 90%-100% of outstanding amounts and accrued interest. “DD” indicates potential recoveries in the range of 50%-90% and “D” the lowest recovery potential, i.e., below 50%.
Entities rated in this category have defaulted on some or all of their obligations. Entities rated “DDD” have the highest prospect for resumption of performance or continued operation with or without a formal reorganization process.
B-107

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Entities rated “DD” and “D” are generally undergoing a formal reorganization or liquidation process; those rated “DD” are likely to satisfy a higher portion of their outstanding obligations, while entities rated “D” have a poor prospect of repaying all obligations.
B-108

TABLE OF CONTENTS
APPENDIX B—PROXY VOTING POLICIES
The following represents the proxy voting policies (the “Policies”) of the MassMutual Premier Funds (the “Funds”) with respect to the voting of proxies on behalf of each series of the Funds (the “Series”). It is the policy of the Funds and MML Investment Advisers, LLC (the “Adviser”), as investment manager to the Series, to delegate (with certain exceptions) voting responsibilities and duties with respect to all proxies to the subadvisers (the “Subadvisers”) of the Series. All references to votes by proxy in this policy shall be interpreted to include both votes by proxy and votes and consents that do not involve proxies. The Adviser will vote proxies on behalf of any Fund of Funds or Feeder Funds for which it serves as investment adviser, as well as for any special situations where the Adviser is in the best position to vote the proxy (“Special Situations”).
I. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
In voting proxies, the Adviser and Subadvisers will be guided by general fiduciary principles and their respective written proxy voting policies. The Adviser and Subadvisers will act prudently and solely in the best interest of the beneficial owners of the accounts they respectively manage, and for the exclusive purpose of providing benefit to such persons.
II. SUBADVISERS TO WHICH THE FUNDS AND ADVISER HAVE DELEGATED PROXY VOTING RESPONSIBILITIES
1.   The Subadvisers each have the duty to provide a copy of their written proxy voting policies to the Adviser and Funds annually. The Subadvisers’ written proxy voting policies will maintain procedures that address potential conflicts of interest.
2.   The Subadvisers will each maintain a record of all proxy votes exercised on behalf of each series of the Funds for which they act as subadviser and will furnish such records to the Adviser and Funds annually.
3.   The Subadvisers will report proxy votes that deviated from their normal proxy voting policies and any exceptions to their proxy voting policies to the Adviser quarterly.
4.   The Subadvisers will provide the Adviser and Funds with all such information and documents relating to the Subadvisers’ proxy voting in a timely manner, as necessary for the Adviser and Funds to comply with applicable laws and regulations.
III. THE FUNDS AND ADVISER
1.   The Chief Compliance Officer of the Funds will annually update the Trustees after a review of proxy voting records.
2.   The Trustees of the Funds will not vote proxies on behalf of the Funds or any Series.
3.   The Adviser will not vote proxies on behalf of the Funds or any Series, except that the Adviser will vote proxies on behalf of any Fund of Funds or Feeder Fund for which it serves as investment adviser or in Special Situations.
Information regarding how the Funds voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available, without charge, upon request, on the MassMutual website at https://www.massmutual.com/funds and on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
B-109

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MML INVESTMENT ADVISERS, LLC
As Investment Adviser to the MassMutual Select Funds, MassMutual Premier Funds,
MassMutual Advantage Funds, MML Series Investment Fund, and MML Series Investment Fund II
(November 4, 2022)
General Overview
Policy
It is the policy of MML Investment Advisers, LLC (“MML Investment Advisers” or the “Company”) to fulfill its responsibilities under Rule 206(4)-6 (the “Rule”) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), by delegating to subadvisers for each series of the MassMutual Select Funds, MassMutual Premier Funds, MassMutual Advantage Funds, MML Series Investment Fund, and MML Series Investment Fund II (each, a “Trust”) proxy voting related to the securities in each subadviser’s respective portfolio, with the following exceptions: (i) each series of a Trust operating as a “fund of funds” where MML Investment Advisers has not delegated proxy voting responsibility to a subadviser (each a “Fund of Funds” and, collectively, the “Funds of Funds”); (ii) each series of the Trusts operating as a “feeder fund” ​(each, a “Feeder Fund”) to a “master fund” ​(“Master Fund”); and (iii) in certain other special situations (“Special Situations”). For these exceptions, MML Investment Advisers will act on behalf of the Trusts to vote proxies (including Information Statements) (“Proxies”), as described below.
Background
MML Investment Advisers currently serves as investment adviser to each of the Trusts, including those series that are Funds of Funds and Feeder Funds. The Funds of Funds may invest in other series of the Trusts, funds advised by affiliates of MML Investment Advisers, and/or funds or exchange-traded funds advised by an unaffiliated investment adviser.
MML Investment Advisers will vote Proxies of the underlying funds held by the Funds of Funds, of the related Master Fund for a Feeder Fund, and in certain other Special Situations in accordance with the following procedure.
Procedure
1. When a Fund of Funds holds shares of an underlying fund advised by MML Investment Advisers, MML Investment Advisers will generally vote in favor of proposals recommended by the underlying fund’s Board of Trustees and by a majority of the Trustees of the underlying fund who are not interested persons of the underlying fund or of MML Investment Advisers. However, MML Investment Advisers may alternatively, in its discretion, (i) seek instruction from the Fund of Fund’s Board of Trustees (or any member or committee thereof (provided that such member, or each member of such committee, as the case may be, is not an interested person of the underlying fund or of MML Investment Advisers) delegated authority to provide such instructions to MML Investment Advisers and vote in accordance with such instructions, or (ii) vote in accordance with the recommendation of an independent proxy advisor or consultant retained by MML Investment Advisers to provide a recommendation, on the basis solely of the best interest of the Fund of Funds and its shareholders, as to the matter; provided, however, that prior to taking the action described in clause (ii) above, MML Investment Advisers is required to seek and obtain the prior approval of its Board of Directors. When a quorum is present at any meeting, a majority of the Board members present may take any action. If it is not possible to obtain a quorum of such Board, any action may be taken without a meeting if all Board members consent to the action in writing and such written consents are filed with the records of the meetings of the Board.
2. When a Fund of Funds holds shares of an underlying fund advised by a control affiliate of MML Investment Advisers, MML Investment Advisers will generally vote the shares held by the Fund of Funds in the same proportions (for, against, abstain) as the votes of all other shareholders (other than MML Investment Advisers or a control affiliate of MML Investment Advisers) of such underlying fund. However, MML Investment Advisers may alternatively, in its discretion, (i) seek instruction from the Fund of Funds’ Board of Trustees (or any member or committee thereof (provided that such member, or each member of such committee, as the case may be, is not an interested person of the underlying fund or of MML Investment Advisers) delegated authority to provide such instructions to MML Investment Advisers) and vote in accordance with such instructions, or (ii) vote in accordance with the recommendation of an independent proxy advisor or consultant retained by MML Investment Advisers to provide a recommendation, on the basis solely of the best interest of the Fund of Funds and its shareholders, as to the matter; provided, however, that prior to taking the action described in clause (ii) above, MML Investment Advisers is required to seek and obtain the prior approval of its Board of Directors. When a quorum is present at any meeting, a majority of the Board members present may take any action. If it is not possible to obtain a quorum of such Board, any action may be taken without a meeting if all Board members consent to the action in writing and such written consents are filed with the records of the meetings of the Board.
B-110

TABLE OF CONTENTS
3. When a Fund of Funds holds shares of an underlying fund not advised by MML Investment Advisers or a control affiliate of MML Investment Advisers, MML Investment Advisers will generally vote the shares held by the Fund of Funds in the same proportions (for, against, abstain) as the votes of all other shareholders of such underlying fund. However, MML Investment Advisers may alternatively, in its discretion, (i) seek instruction from the Fund of Funds’ Board of Trustees (or any member or committee thereof delegated authority to provide such instructions to MML Investment Advisers) and vote in accordance with such instructions, or (ii) vote in accordance with the recommendation of an independent proxy advisor or consultant retained by MML Investment Advisers to provide a recommendation, on the basis solely of the best interest of the Fund of Funds and its shareholders, as to the matter; provided, however, that prior to taking the action described in clause (ii) above, MML Investment Advisers is required to seek and obtain the prior approval of its Board of Directors. When a quorum is present at any meeting, a majority of the Board members present may take any action. If it is not possible to obtain a quorum of such Board, any action may be taken without a meeting if all Board members consent to the action in writing and such written consents are filed with the records of the meetings of the Board.
4. Notwithstanding paragraph 3 above, (i) in the event a Fund of Funds is investing in an underlying fund pursuant to an exemptive order from the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, MML Investment Advisers will vote the shares held by the Fund of Funds in accordance with any conditions set forth in the order; or (ii) in the event a Fund of Funds is investing in an underlying fund pursuant to Section 12(d)(1)(F) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, MML Investment Advisers will vote the shares held by the Fund of Funds either by seeking instructions from the Fund of Funds’ shareholders or vote the shares in the same proportions (for, against, abstain) as the votes of all other shareholders of the underlying fund.
5. When a fund is structured as a Feeder Fund that is an interest holder of a Master Fund and is requested to vote on any matter submitted to interest holders of the Master Fund, MML Investment Advisers will, on behalf of the Feeder Fund, generally vote the shares held by the Feeder Fund in the same proportions (for, against, abstain) as the votes of all other interest holders of such Master Fund. However, if the Feeder Fund elects to hold a meeting of its own shareholders to consider such matters, MML Investment Advisers will, on behalf of the Feeder Fund, vote the shares held by the Feeder Fund in proportion to the votes received from its shareholders, with shares for which a Feeder Fund receives no voting instructions being voted in the same proportion as the votes received from the other Feeder Fund shareholders.
6. Although rare, there is a possibility of Special Situations presented where MML Investment Advisers is in the best position to vote Proxies. In those Special Situations, which are determined by the Investment Management team in consultation with MML Investment Advisers’ Chief Compliance Officer and/or legal counsel, MML Investment Advisers (i) will, when the Special Situation involves a proxy for a Funds’ investment in another mutual fund or pooled investment vehicle, generally vote the shares held in the same proportions (for, against, abstain) as the votes of all other shareholders of such underlying fund; (ii) may seek instruction from the relevant Trust’s Board of Trustees (or any member or committee thereof delegated authority to provide such instructions to MML Investment Advisers) and vote in accordance with such instructions; or (iii) may vote in accordance with the recommendation of an independent proxy advisor or consultant retained by MML Investment Advisers to provide a recommendation, on the basis solely of the best interest of the Trust and its shareholders, as to the matter; provided, however, that prior to taking the action described in clause (iii) above, MML Investment Advisers is required to seek and obtain the prior approval of its Board of Directors. When a quorum is present at any meeting, a majority of the Board members present may take any action. If it is not possible to obtain a quorum of such Board, any action may be taken without a meeting if all Board members consent to the action in writing and such written consents are filed with the records of the meetings of the Board.
Operating Procedures
MML Investment Advisers exercises its proxy voting responsibility with respect to the Funds of Funds, Feeder Funds, and Special Situations through the Investment Management team.
All proxy statements, including Information Statements (“Proxy Statements”) and proxy cards received by associates relating to a Fund of Funds, Feeder Fund, or Special Situations are to be immediately forwarded to the Investment Management team. The head of Investment Management or that person’s designee, then is responsible for (i) logging, reviewing and casting the vote for all Proxies solicited and received, (ii) voting such Proxies in a manner consistent with these policies and procedures, (iii) documenting the method followed in determining how to cast the vote, and (iv) maintaining the records required by Rule 204-2 under the Advisers Act.
B-111

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Record Retention
The Investment Management team will retain for such time periods as set forth in Rule 204-2:

Copies of all policies and procedures required by the Rule;

A copy of each Proxy Statement that MML Investment Advisers receives regarding a Fund of Fund’s or Feeder Fund’s investments;

A copy of each Proxy Statement that MML Investment Advisers receives regarding a Special Situation;

A record of each vote cast by MML Investment Advisers on behalf of a Fund of Funds, a Feeder Fund, or in a Special Situation; and

A copy of any document created by MML Investment Advisers that was material to making a decision how to vote Proxies on behalf of a Fund of Funds, a Feeder Fund, or in a Special Situation or that otherwise memorializes the basis for that decision.
B-112

TABLE OF CONTENTS
BARINGS LLC
GLOBAL PROXY VOTING POLICY
Key Points

Barings LLC (“Barings”) has established a Proxy Voting Policy to establish the manner in which Barings fulfills its proxy voting responsibilities and complies with applicable regulations

Any proxies received by Barings should be forwarded as soon as possible to the Proxy Voting Team for timely processing and voting

Barings has a responsibility to oversee any service providers it may engage to facilitate proxy voting on behalf of its clients
Introduction/Policy Statement
As an investment adviser or manager, Barings has a fiduciary duty to vote proxies on behalf of its clients (“Clients”). Regulations that apply to Barings, including Rule 206(4)-6 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 applicable to US regulated investment advisers, requires that Barings adopt and implement written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of its Clients. The policies and procedures must:

Describe how Barings addresses material conflicts that may arise between Barings’ interests and those of its Clients;

Disclose to Clients how they may obtain information regarding how Barings voted with respect to their securities; and

Describe to Clients Barings’ proxy voting policies and procedures and, upon request, furnish a copy of the policies and procedures.
The purpose of this Global Proxy Voting Policy (“Policy”) is to establish the manner in which Barings will fulfill its proxy voting responsibilities and comply with applicable regulatory requirements. Barings understands that voting proxies is part of its investment advisory and management responsibilities and believes that as a general principle proxies should be acted upon (voted or abstained) solely in the best interests of its Clients (i.e., in a manner that is most likely to enhance the economic value of the underlying securities held in Client accounts).
No Barings associate (“Associate”), officer, board of managers/directors of Barings or its affiliates (other than those assigned such responsibilities under the Policy) can influence how Barings votes proxies, unless such person has been requested to provide assistance from an authorized investment person or designee (“Proxy Analyst”) or from a member of the Governance and Conflicts Committee (“GCC”) and has disclosed any known Material Conflict, as discussed in the Procedures section below.
Requirements
Standard Proxy Procedures
Barings engages a proxy voting service provider (“Service Provider”) responsible for processing and maintaining records of proxy votes. In addition, the Service Provider, a recognized authority on proxy voting and corporate governance, provides research and recommendations (including environmental, social and governance topics) on proxies to Barings as its research provider (“Research Provider”). Barings’ policy is to generally vote all Client proxies for which it has proxy voting discretion in accordance with the recommendations of the Research Provider or with the Research Provider’s proxy voting guidelines (“Guidelines”), in the absence of a recommendation. In circumstances where the Research Provider has not provided a recommendation, the proxy will be analyzed on a case-by-case basis.
Barings recognizes that there may be times when it is in the best interests of Clients to vote proxies, (i) against the Research Provider’s recommendations; or (ii) in instances where the Research Provider has not provided a recommendation, against the Guidelines. Barings can vote, in whole or part, against the Research Provider’s recommendations or Guidelines as it deems appropriate. Procedures are designed to ensure that votes against the Research Provider’s recommendations or Guidelines are made in the best interests of Clients and are not the result of any material conflict of interest (“Material Conflict”). For purposes of this Policy, a Material Conflict is defined as any position, relationship or interest, financial or otherwise, of Barings or Associate that could reasonably be expected to affect the independence or judgment concerning proxy voting.
B-113

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Review of Service Provider/Research Provider
In determining whether to retain, or continue the retention of, the Service Provider and/or Research Provider Barings should consider, among other things:

if the Service Provider and/or Research Provider have the capacity and competency to adequately analyze the matters for which Barings is responsible for voting by, for example, reviewing the adequacy and quality of the Service Provider’s and/or Research Provider’s staffing, personnel, and/or technology;

if the Research Provider has an effective process for seeking timely input from issuers and Research Provider clients with respect to such matters as its proxy voting policies, methodologies, and if applicable, its peer group constructions. If peer group comparisons are a component of the Research Provider’s substantive evaluation, Barings should consider how the Research Provider incorporates appropriate input in formulating its methodologies and construction of issuer peer groups, and how, in constructing peer groups, the Research Provider takes into account the unique characteristics regarding the issuer, to the extent available, such as the issuer’s size; its governance structure; its industry and any particular practices unique to that industry; and its history;

whether the Research Provider has adequately disclosed to Barings its methodologies in formulating voting recommendations, such that Barings can understand the factors underlying the Research Provider’s voting recommendations. In addition, Barings should consider the nature of any third-party information sources that the Research Provider uses as a basis for its voting recommendations;

whether the Research Provider has adequate policies and procedures to identify, disclose, and address actual and potential conflicts of interest, including (1) conflicts relating to the provision of proxy voting recommendations and proxy voting services generally, (2) conflicts relating to activities other than providing proxy voting recommendations and proxy voting services, and (3) conflicts presented by certain affiliations;

the effectiveness of the Research Provider’s firm’s policies and procedures for obtaining current and accurate information relevant to matters included in its research and on which it makes voting recommendations. In assessing such matters, Barings should consider: the Research Provider’s engagement with issuers, including the firm’s process for ensuring that it has complete and accurate information about the issuer and each particular matter, and the firm’s process, if any, for investment advisers to access the issuer’s views about the firm’s voting recommendations in a timely and efficient manner; and

Barings should consider requiring the Research Provider to update Barings regarding business changes Barings considers relevant (i.e., with respect to the Research Provider’s capacity and competency to provide independent proxy voting advice or carry out voting instructions), and should consider whether the Research Provider appropriately updates its methodologies, guidelines, and voting recommendations on an ongoing basis, including in response to feedback from issuers and their shareholders.
Other Considerations
There could be circumstances where Barings is unable or determines not to vote a proxy on behalf of its Clients. The following is a non-inclusive list of examples whereby Barings may decide not to vote proxies on behalf of its Clients:

The cost of voting a proxy for a foreign security outweighs the expected benefit to the Client, so long as refraining from voting does not materially harm the Client;

Barings is not given enough time to process the vote (i.e., receives a meeting notice and proxy from the issuer too late to permit voting);

Barings may hold shares on a company’s record date, but sells them prior to the company’s meeting date;

Barings has outstanding sell orders on a particular security and the decision to refrain from voting may be made in order to facilitate such sale;

The underlying securities have been lent out pursuant to a security lending program; or

The company has participated in share blocking, which would prohibit Barings ability to trade or loan shares for a period of time.
B-114

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Administration of Proxy Voting
Barings has designated the Proxy Voting Team to ensure the responsibilities set forth in this Policy are satisfied.
Handling of Proxies
Proxy statements and ballots are typically routed directly to Barings’ proxy voting Service Provider. In the event that an Associate receives a proxy statement or ballot, the Associate should immediately forward the statement or ballot to the Proxy Voting Team who will record receipt of the proxy, route the materials for review, maintain a record of all action taken and process votes.
Voting of Proxies
Typically, Barings will vote all Client proxies for which it has proxy voting discretion, where no Material Conflict exists, in accordance with the Research Provider’s recommendation or Guidelines, unless (i) Barings is unable or determines not to vote a proxy in accordance with the Policy; or (ii) a Proxy Analyst determines that it is in the Clients’ best interests to vote against the Research Provider’s recommendation or Guidelines. In the event a Proxy Analyst believes a proxy should be voted against the Research Provider’s recommendations or Guidelines, the Proxy Voting Team will vote the proxy in accordance with the Proxy Analyst’s recommendation so long as (i) no other Proxy Analyst disagrees with such recommendation; and (ii) no known Material Conflict is identified by the Proxy Analyst(s) or the Proxy Voting Team. If a Material Conflict is identified by a Proxy Analyst or the Proxy Voting Team, the proxy will be submitted to the GCC to determine how the proxy is to be voted in order to achieve the Clients’ best interests.
Pre-vote communications with proxy-solicitors are prohibited. In the event that a pre-vote communication occurs, it should be reported to the GCC, the relevant Head of Compliance and/or General Counsel prior to voting. Any questions or concerns regarding proxy-solicitor arrangements should be addressed to the relevant Head of Compliance and/or General Counsel, or the respective designees.
Oversight
Compliance will review the Policy at least annually and recommend any necessary changes to Barings’ GCC. Compliance or the GCC will be responsible for (i) approving proxy voting forms as needed; and (ii) reviewing and approving any proposed changes to disclosures. In addition to the above, the Proxy Voting Team will provide materials to the relevant Barings’ governance committees or Compliance on the following matters:

The extent to which potential credible factual errors, potential incompleteness, or potential methodological weaknesses in the Service Provider and or Research Provider (that Barings becomes aware of and deems relevant) are materially affecting the research or recommendations that Barings used or is using in voting;

Confirm to Compliance that it believes that Barings is casting votes on behalf of its clients consistently with the Policy.This confirmation will be based on the Proxy Voting Team, at least annually, sampling the proxy votes cast on behalf of its clients. The review will consist of sampling of proxy votes that relate to proposals that may require more issuer-specific analysis (e.g., mergers and acquisition transactions, dissolutions, conversions, or consolidations) and providing the results of this testing to Compliance. Any identified issues will be escalated as necessary to the relevant governance committee;

Periodically reviewing the Service Provider’s guidelines used in the voting of proxies and notify the GCC of any material changes;

Confirm that Barings is casting votes when a conflict of interest exists in compliance with the Policy;

Escalating any issues relating to proxy voting identified during internal or external audits or assessments or reviews to Compliance and or the relevant governance committee; and

In circumstances where either the Proxy Voting Team has not provided a recommendation or has not contemplated an issue within its Guidelines and the proxy is analyzed on a case-by-case basis, or the matter subject to the proxy was contested or highly controversial, considering whether a higher degree of analysis was necessary to assess whether any votes cast on behalf of Barings’ clients were cast in the clients’ best interest will be presented to the GCC.
B-115

TABLE OF CONTENTS
New Account Procedures
Investment management agreements generally delegate the authority to Barings to vote proxies in accordance with its Policy. In the event that an investment management agreement is silent on proxy voting, Barings should obtain written instructions from the Client as to their voting preference. However, when the Client does not provide written instructions as to their voting preference, Barings will assume proxy voting responsibilities. In the event that a Client makes a written request regarding proxy voting, Barings will vote as instructed.
Required Disclosures and Client Request for Information
Barings will include a summary of this Policy in the Form ADV Part 2A for its US registered investment advisers, as well as provide instructions as to how a Client may request a copy of this Policy and/or a record of how Barings voted the Client’s proxies. Requests will be directed to the Proxy Voting Team, who will provide the information to the appropriate client service representative in order to respond to the Client in a timely manner.
Conflict Resolution and Escalation Process
Associates should immediately report any issues they believe are a potential or actual breach of this Policy to their relevant business unit management and to the relevant Chief Compliance Officer (or relevant designee). The relevant Chief Compliance Officer (or relevant designee) will review the matter and determine whether the issue is an actual breach and whether to grant an exception, and/or the appropriate course of action. When making such determination, the relevant Chief Compliance Officer (or relevant designee) may, as part of his/her review, discuss the matter with relevant business unit management, members of the Senior Leadership Team, governance committees or other parties (i.e. legal counsel, auditor, etc).
The relevant Compliance Department can grant exceptions to any provision of this Policy so long as such exceptions are consistent with the purpose of the Policy and applicable law, are documented and such documentation is retained for the required retention period. Any questions regarding the applicability of this Policy should be directed to the appropriate Compliance Department or the relevant Chief Compliance Officer (or relevant designee).
Books and Records Retained
The table below identifies each Record that is required to be retained as it relates to this Policy unless a different retention period is required by local regulations in the relevant jurisdiction. Records may be unique to the relevant jurisdiction or combined with records maintained by Barings.
Description/Requirement
Barings Record
Creator
Owner
Retention
Period
Source
The Compliance review and any approvals needed by GCC of Policy, proxy activity, and approval of Proxy Voting Forms Compliance and GCC meeting materials Proxy Voting Team and Compliance GCC Representative
7 Years
Barings Policy Requirement and Investment Advisers Act of 1940, Rule 206(4)-6 Barings Policy requirement for Barings US regulated Advisers
Proxy statements, research, recommendations, and records of votes cast Proxy Records Service Provider or Proxy Voting Team Service Provider or Proxy Voting Team
7 Years
Barings Policy Requirement and Investment Advisers Act of 1940, Rule 206(4)-6 Barings Policy requirement for Barings US regulated Advisers
Proxy Voting Forms (including supporting documentation used in deciding how to vote) Proxy Voting Forms Proxy Voting Team and/or Proxy Analyst
Proxy Voting Team
7 Years
Barings Policy Requirement and Investment Advisers Act of 1940, Rule 206(4)-6 Barings Policy requirement for Barings US regulated Advisers
Client written requests for proxy voting information and responses thereto Client Proxy Requests Proxy Voting Team
Proxy Voting Team
7 Years
Barings Policy Requirement and Investment Advisers Act of 1940, Rule 206(4)-6 Barings Policy requirement for Barings US regulated Advisers
B-116

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Description/Requirement
Barings Record
Creator
Owner
Retention
Period
Source
Form N-PX, for proxies voted on behalf of an investment company for which Barings serves as investment adviser and is responsible for making such filing on behalf of its Clients Form N-PX Proxy Voting Team
Proxy Voting Team
7 Years
Barings Policy requirement and Investment Advisers Act of 1940, Rule 206(4)‑6 for Barings US regulated Advisers
Rule 30b1‑4
The Proxy Voting Policy, associated procedures and any amendments thereto
Proxy Voting Policy
Compliance Department Compliance Department
7 Years
Barings Policy requirement
A copy of the Research Provider’s proxy voting guidelines Research Provider’s Proxy Voting Guidelines Research Provider
Proxy Voting Team
7 Years
Barings Policy requirement
Original Date of Policy:
October 2004 (Barings)
Last Revision Date:
October 2022
B-117

TABLE OF CONTENTS
INVESCO’S POLICY STATEMENT ON GLOBAL CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND PROXY VOTING
Effective January 2023
I. Introduction
Invesco Ltd. and its wholly owned investment adviser subsidiaries (collectively, “Invesco”, the “Company”, “our” or “we”) has adopted and implemented this Policy Statement on Global Corporate Governance and Proxy Voting (“Global Proxy Voting Policy” or “Policy”), which it believes describes policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of its clients. This Policy is intended to help Invesco’s clients understand our commitment to responsible investing and proxy voting, as well as the good governance principles that inform our approach to engagement and voting at shareholder meetings.
A. Our Commitment to Environmental, Social and Governance Investment Stewardship and Proxy Voting
Our commitment to environmental, social and governance (ESG) principles is a core element of our ambition to be the most client-centric asset manager. We aspire to incorporate ESG considerations into all our investment capabilities in the context of financial materiality in the best interest of our clients. In our role as stewards of our clients’ investments, we regard our stewardship activities, including engagement and the exercise of proxy voting rights as an essential component of our fiduciary duty to maximize long-term shareholder value. Our Global ESG team functions as a center of excellence, providing specialist insights on research, engagement, voting, integration, tools, and client and product solutions with investment teams implementing ESG approaches appropriate to asset class and investment style. Much of our work is rooted in fundamental research and frequent dialogue with companies during due diligence and monitoring of our investments.
Invesco views proxy voting as an integral part of its investment management responsibilities. The proxy voting process at Invesco focuses on protecting clients’ rights and promoting governance structures and practices that reinforce the accountability of corporate management and boards of directors to shareholders.
The voting decision lies with our portfolio managers and analysts with input and support from our Global ESG team. Our proprietary proxy voting platform (“PROXYintel”) facilitates implementation of voting decisions and rationales across global investment teams. Our good governance principles, governance structure and processes are designed to ensure that proxy votes are cast in accordance with clients’ best interests.
As a large active investor, Invesco is well placed to use our ESG expertise and beliefs to engage directly with portfolio companies or by collaborative means in ways which drive corporate change that we believe will enhance shareholder value. We take our responsibility as active owners very seriously and see engagement as an opportunity to encourage continual improvement and ensure that our clients’ interests are represented and protected. Dialogue with portfolio companies is a core part of the investment process. Invesco may engage with investee companies to discuss environmental, social and governance issues throughout the year or on specific ballot items to be voted on.
Our passive strategies and certain other client accounts managed in accordance with fixed income, money market and index strategies (including exchange traded funds) will typically vote in line with the majority holder of the active-equity shares held by Invesco outside of those strategies. Invesco refers to this approach as “Majority Voting”. This process of Majority Voting ensures that our passive strategies benefit from the engagement and deep dialogue of our active investors, which Invesco believes benefits shareholders in passively-managed accounts. In the absence of overlap between the active and passive holders, the passive holders vote in line with our internally developed voting guidelines (as defined below). Portfolio managers and analysts for accounts employing Majority Voting retain full discretion to override Majority Voting and to vote the shares as they determine to be in the best interest of those accounts, absent certain types of conflicts of interest, which are discussed elsewhere in this Policy.
B. Applicability of Policy
Invesco may be granted by its clients the authority to vote the proxies of securities held in client portfolios. Invesco’s investment teams vote proxies on behalf of Invesco-sponsored funds and both fund and non-fund advisory clients that have explicitly granted Invesco authority in writing to vote proxies on their behalf. In the case of institutional or sub-advised clients, Invesco will vote the proxies in accordance with this Policy unless the client agreement specifies that the client retains the right to vote or has designated a named fiduciary to direct voting.
This Policy applies to all entities in Exhibit A. Due to regional or asset-class specific considerations, certain entities may have local proxy voting guidelines or policies and procedures that differ from this Policy. In the event that local policies and the Global Policy differ, the local policy will apply. These entities are also listed in Exhibit A and include
B-118

TABLE OF CONTENTS
proxy voting guidelines specific to: Invesco Asset Management (Japan) Limited, Invesco Asset Management (India) Pvt. Ltd, Invesco Taiwan Ltd and Invesco Capital Markets, Inc. for Invesco Unit Investment Trusts.
II. Global Proxy Voting Operational Procedures
Invesco’s global proxy voting operational procedures are in place to implement the provisions of this Policy (the “Procedures”). At Invesco, proxy voting is conducted by our investment teams through PROXYintel. Our investment teams globally are supported by Invesco’s centralized team of ESG professionals and proxy voting specialists. Invesco’s Global ESG team oversees the proxy policy, operational procedures and implementation, inputs to analysis and research, vote execution oversight and leads the Global Invesco Proxy Advisory Committee (“Global IPAC”).
Invesco aims to vote all proxies where we have been granted voting authority in accordance with this Policy, as implemented by the Procedures. Our portfolio managers and analysts review voting items based on their individual merits and retain full discretion on vote execution conducted through our proprietary proxy voting platform. Invesco may supplement its internal research with information from independent third-parties, such as proxy advisory firms.
A. Proprietary Proxy Voting Platform
Invesco’s proprietary proxy voting platform is supported by a dedicated team of internal proxy specialists. PROXYintel streamlines the proxy voting process by providing our investment teams globally with direct access to meeting information and proxies, external proxy research and ESG ratings, as well as related functions, such as management of conflicts of interest issues, significant votes, global reporting and recordkeeping capabilities. Managing these processes internally, as opposed to relying on third parties, is designed to provide Invesco greater quality control, oversight and independence in the proxy administration process.
Historical proxy voting information is stored to build institutional knowledge across the Invesco complex with respect to individual companies and proxy issues. Certain investment teams also use PROXYintel to access third-party proxy research and ESG ratings.
Our proprietary systems facilitate internal control and oversight of the voting process. Invesco may choose to leverage this capability to automatically vote proxies based on its internally developed custom voting guidelines and in circumstances where Majority Voting applies.
B. Oversight of Voting Operations
Invesco’s Global ESG Team provides oversight of the proxy voting verification processes which include: (i) the monthly global vote audit review of votes cast containing documented rationales of conflicts of interest votes, market and operational limitations; (ii) the quarterly sampling of proxy votes cast to determine that (a) Invesco is voting consistently with this Policy and (b) third-party proxy advisory firms’ methodologies in formulating the vote recommendation are consistent with their publicly disclosed guidelines; and (iii) quarterly review of rationales with the Global IPAC of occasions where a portfolio manager may take a position that may not be in accordance with Invesco’s good governance principles and our internally developed voting guidelines.
To the extent material errors are identified in the proxy voting process, such errors are reviewed and reported to, as appropriate, the Global Head of ESG, Global Proxy Governance and Voting Manager, legal and compliance, the Global IPAC and relevant boards and clients, where applicable. Invesco’s Global Head of ESG and Proxy Governance and Voting Manager provide proxy voting updates and reporting to the Global IPAC, various boards and clients. Invesco’s global proxy governance and voting operations are subject to periodic review by Internal Audit and Compliance groups.
C. Disclosures and Recordkeeping
Unless otherwise required by local or regional requirements, Invesco maintains voting records in either electronic format or hard copy for at least six years. Invesco makes available its proxy voting records publicly in compliance with regulatory requirements and industry best practices in the regions below:

In accordance with the US Securities and Exchange Commission regulations, Invesco will file a record of all proxy voting activity for the prior 12 months ending June 30th for each U.S. registered fund. That filing is made on or before August 31st of each year. Each year, the proxy voting records are made available on Invesco’s website at https://www.invesco.com/corporate/en/our-commitments/esg.html. Moreover, and to the extent applicable, the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), including Department of Labor regulations and guidance thereunder, provide that the named fiduciary generally should be
B-119

TABLE OF CONTENTS
able to review not only the investment manager’s voting procedure with respect to plan-owned stock, but also to review the actions taken in individual proxy voting situations. In the case of institutional and sub-advised Clients, Clients may contact their client service representative to request information about how Invesco voted proxies on their behalf. Absent specific contractual guidelines, such requests may be made on a semi-annual basis.

In the UK and Europe, Invesco publicly discloses our proxy votes monthly in compliance with the UK Stewardship Code and for the European Shareholder Rights Directive annually at https://vds.issgovernance.com/vds/#/Mzk3MA==/.

In Canada, Invesco publicly discloses our annual proxy votes each year at https://vds.issgovernance.com/vds/#/MTg2Mg==/ by August 31st, covering the 12-month period ending June 30th in compliance with the National Instrument 81-106 Investment Fund Continuous Disclosure.

In Japan, Invesco publicly discloses our proxy votes annually in compliance with the Japan Stewardship Code at https://www.invesco.com/jp/ja/country-splash.html?src=%2Fjp%Fja%2Fpolicies%2Fproxy.html.

In India, Invesco publicly discloses our proxy votes quarterly at https://www.invescomutualfund.com/about-us?tab=Staturory in compliance with The Securities and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”) Circular on stewardship code for all mutual funds and all categories of Alternative Investment Funds in relation to their investment in listed equities. SEBI has implemented principles on voting for Mutual Funds through circulars dated March 15, 2010 and March 24, 2014, which prescribed detailed mandatory requirements for Mutual Funds in India to disclose their voting policies and actual voting by Mutual Funds on different resolutions of investee companies.

In Hong Kong, Invesco Hong Kong Limited will provide proxy voting records upon request in compliance with the Securities and Futures Commission (“SFC”) Principles of Responsible Ownership.

In Taiwan, Invesco publicly discloses our proxy voting policy and proxy votes annually in compliance with Taiwan’s Stewardship Principles for Institutional Investors at https://www.invesco.com/tw/zh/footer/stewardship-code.html.

In Australia, Invesco publicly discloses a summary of its proxy voting record annually at https://www.invesco.com.au/home/dam/jcr:bf3a3268-b7d1-4521-9dea-e233b7be82f2/
Invesco%20FSC%20Proxy%20Voting%20Record%20Reporting%20Jul’20-Jun’21.pdf.

In Singapore, Invesco Asset Management Singapore Ltd. will provide proxy voting records upon request in compliance with the Singapore Stewardship Principles for Responsible Investors.
D. Global Invesco Proxy Advisory Committee
Guided by its philosophy that investment teams should manage proxy voting, Invesco has created the Global IPAC. The Global IPAC is an investments-driven committee comprised of representatives from various investment management teams globally, Invesco’s Global Head of ESG and chaired by its Global Proxy Governance and Voting Manager. The Global IPAC provides a forum for investment teams to monitor, understand and discuss key proxy issues and voting trends within the Invesco complex, to assist Invesco in meeting regulatory obligations, to review votes not aligned with our good governance principles and to consider conflicts of interest in the proxy voting process, all in accordance with this Policy.
In fulfilling its responsibilities, the Global IPAC meets as necessary, but no less than semi-annually, and has the following responsibilities and functions: (i) acts as a key liaison between the Global ESG team and local proxy voting practices to ensure compliance with this Policy; (ii) provides insight on market trends as it relates to stewardship practices; (iii) monitors proxy votes that present potential conflicts of interest; (iv) the Conflict of Interest sub-committee will make voting decisions on submissions made by portfolio managers on conflict of interest issues to override the Policy; and (v) reviews and provides input, at least annually, on this Policy and related internal procedures and recommends any changes to the Policy based on, but not limited to, Invesco’s experience, evolving industry practices, or developments in applicable laws or regulations.
In addition to the Global IPAC, for some clients, third parties (e.g., U.S. fund boards) provide oversight of the proxy voting process.
B-120

TABLE OF CONTENTS
E. Market and Operational Limitations
In the great majority of instances, Invesco will vote proxies. However, in certain circumstances, Invesco may refrain from voting where the economic or other opportunity costs of voting exceeds any benefit to clients. Moreover, ERISA fiduciaries, in voting proxies or exercising other shareholder rights, must not subordinate the economic interests of plan participants and beneficiaries to unrelated objectives. These matters are left to the discretion of the relevant portfolio manager. Such circumstances could include, for example:

In some countries the exercise of voting rights imposes temporary transfer restrictions on the related securities (“share blocking”). Invesco generally refrains from voting proxies in share blocking countries unless Invesco determines that the benefit to the client(s) of voting a specific proxy outweighs the client’s temporary inability to sell the security.

Some companies require a representative to attend meetings in person to vote a proxy, additional documentation or the disclosure of beneficial owner details to vote. Invesco may determine that the costs of sending a representative, signing a power-of-attorney or submitting additional disclosures outweigh the benefit of voting a particular proxy.

Invesco may not receive proxy materials from the relevant fund or client custodian with sufficient time and information to make an informed independent voting decision.

Invesco held shares on the record date but has sold them prior to the meeting date.
In some non-U.S. jurisdictions, although Invesco uses reasonable efforts to vote a proxy, proxies may not be accepted or may be rejected due to changes in the agenda for a shareholder meeting for which Invesco does not have sufficient notice, due to a proxy voting service not being offered by the custodian in the local market or due to operational issues experienced by third-parties involved in the process or by the issuer or sub-custodian. In addition, despite the best efforts of Invesco and its proxy voting agent, there may be instances where our votes may not be received or properly tabulated by an issuer or the issuer’s agent.
F. Securities Lending
Invesco’s funds may participate in a securities lending program. In circumstances where shares are on loan, the voting rights of those shares are transferred to the borrower. If the security in question is on loan as part of a securities lending program, Invesco may determine that the benefit to the client of voting a particular proxy outweighs the benefits of securities lending. In those instances, Invesco may determine to recall securities that are on loan prior to the meeting record date, so that we will be entitled to vote those shares. There may be instances where Invesco may be unable to recall shares or may choose not to recall shares. The relevant portfolio manager will make these determinations.
G. Conflicts of Interest
There may be occasions where voting proxies may present a perceived or actual conflict of interest between Invesco, as investment manager, and one or more of Invesco’s clients or vendors.
Firm-Level Conflicts of interest
A conflict of interest may exist if Invesco has a material business relationship with either the company soliciting a proxy or a third party that has a material interest in the outcome of a proxy vote or that is actively lobbying for a particular outcome of a proxy vote. Such relationships may include, among others, a client relationship, serving as a vendor whose products / services are material or significant to Invesco, serving as a distributor of Invesco’s products, a significant research provider or broker to Invesco.
Invesco identifies potential conflicts of interest based on a variety of factors, including but not limited to the materiality of the relationship between the issuer or its affiliates to Invesco.
Material firm-level conflicts of interests are identified by individuals and groups within Invesco globally based on criteria established by the global ESG team. These criteria are monitored and updated periodically by the global ESG team so an updated view is available when conducting conflicts checks. Operating procedures and associated governance are designed to seek to ensure conflicts of interest are appropriately considered ahead of voting proxies. The Global IPAC Conflict of Interest Sub-committee maintains oversight of the process. Companies identified as conflicted will be voted in line with the principles below as implemented by Invesco’s internally developed voting guidelines. To the extent a portfolio manager disagrees with the Policy, our processes and procedures seek to ensure justification and rationales are fully documented and presented to the Global IPAC Conflict of Interest Sub-committee for approval by a majority vote.
B-121

TABLE OF CONTENTS
As an additional safeguard, persons from Invesco’s marketing, distribution and other customer-facing functions may not serve on the Global IPAC. For the avoidance of doubt, Invesco may not consider Invesco Ltd.’s pecuniary interest when voting proxies on behalf of clients. To avoid any appearance of a conflict of interest, Invesco will not vote proxies issued by Invesco Ltd. that may be held in client accounts.
Personal Conflicts of Interest
A conflict also may exist where an Invesco employee has a known personal or business relationship with other proponents of proxy proposals, participants in proxy contests, corporate directors, or candidates for directorships. Under Invesco’s Global Code of Conduct, Invesco entities and individuals must act in the best interests of clients and must avoid any situation that gives rise to an actual or perceived conflict of interest.
All Invesco personnel with proxy voting responsibilities are required to report any known personal or business conflicts of interest regarding proxy issues with which they are involved. In such instances, the individual(s) with the conflict will be excluded from the decision-making process relating to such issues.
Voting Fund of Funds
There may be conflicts that arise from Invesco voting on matters when shares of Invesco-sponsored funds are held by other Invesco funds or entities. The scenarios below set out how Invesco votes in these instances.

Proportional voting will be implemented in the following scenarios:

When required by law or regulation, shares of an Invesco fund held by other Invesco funds will be voted in the same proportion as the votes of external shareholders of the underlying fund. If such proportional voting is not operationally possible, Invesco will not vote the shares.

When required by law or regulation, shares of an unaffiliated registered fund held by one or more Invesco funds will be voted in the same proportion as the votes of external shareholders of the underlying fund. If such proportional voting is not operationally possible, Invesco will not vote the shares.

For US fund of funds where proportional voting is not required by law or regulation, shares of Invesco funds will be voted in the same proportion as the votes of external shareholders of the underlying fund. If such proportional voting is not operationally possible, Invesco will vote in line with our internally developed voting guidelines (as defined below).

Non-US fund of funds will not be voted proportionally, Invesco will vote in line with local policies as per Exhibit A. If no local policies exist, Invesco will vote non-US funds of funds in line with the firm-level conflicts of interest process described above.
H. Use of Proxy Advisory Services
Invesco may supplement its internal research with information from independent third-parties, such as proxy advisory firms, to assist us in assessing the corporate governance of investee companies. Globally, Invesco leverages research from Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (“ISS”) and Glass Lewis (“GL”). Invesco generally retains full and independent discretion with respect to proxy voting decisions.
ISS and GL both provide research reports, including vote recommendations, to Invesco and its portfolio managers and analysts. Invesco retains ISS to provide written analysis and recommendations based on Invesco’s internally developed custom voting guidelines. Updates to previously issued proxy research reports may be provided to incorporate newly available information or additional disclosure provided by the issuer regarding a matter to be voted on, or to correct factual errors that may result in the issuance of revised proxy vote recommendations. Invesco’s global ESG team may periodically monitor for these research alerts issued by ISS and GL that are shared with our investment teams. Invesco will generally endeavor to consider such information where such information is considered material provided it is delivered in a timely manner ahead of the vote deadline.
Invesco also retains ISS to assist in the implementation of certain proxy voting-related functions, including, but not limited to, operational and reporting services. These administrative services include receipt of proxy ballots, vote execution through PROXYintel and vote disclosure in Canada, the UK and Europe to meet regulatory reporting obligations.
As part of its fiduciary obligation to clients, Invesco performs extensive initial and ongoing due diligence on the proxy advisory firms it engages globally. This includes reviews of information regarding the capabilities of their research
B-122

TABLE OF CONTENTS
staff, methodologies for formulating voting recommendations, the adequacy and quality of personnel and technology, as applicable, and internal controls, policies and procedures, including those relating to possible conflicts of interest.
The proxy advisory firms Invesco engages globally complete an annual due diligence questionnaire submitted by Invesco, and Invesco conducts annual due diligence meetings in part to discuss their responses to the questionnaire. In addition, Invesco monitors and communicates with these firms and monitors their compliance with Invesco’s performance and policy standards. ISS and GL disclose conflicts to Invesco through a review of their policies, procedures and practices regarding potential conflicts of interests (including inherent internal conflicts) as well as disclosure of the work ISS and GL perform for corporate issuers and the payments they receive from such issuers. As part of our annual policy development process, Invesco engages with external proxy and governance experts to understand market trends and developments and to weigh in on the development of these policies at these firms, where appropriate. These meetings provide Invesco with an opportunity to assess the firms’ capabilities, conflicts of interest and service levels, as well as provide investment professionals with direct insight into the advisory firms’ stances on key governance and proxy topics and their policy framework/methodologies.
Invesco completes a review of the System and Organizational Controls (“SOC”) Reports for each proxy advisory firm to ensure the related controls operated effectively to provide reasonable assurance.
In addition to ISS and GL, Invesco may use regional third-party research providers to access regionally specific research.
I. Review of Policy
The Global IPAC and Invesco’s Global ESG team, compliance and legal teams annually communicate and review this Policy and our internally developed custom voting guidelines to seek to ensure that they remain consistent with clients’ best interests, regulatory requirements, investment team considerations, governance trends and industry best practices. At least annually, this Policy and our internally developed voting guidelines are reviewed by various groups within Invesco to ensure that they remain consistent with Invesco’s views on best practice in corporate governance and long-term investment stewardship.
III. Our Good Governance Principles
Invesco’s good governance principles outline our views on best practice in corporate governance and long-term investment stewardship. These principles have been developed by our global investment teams in collaboration with the Global ESG team. The broad philosophy and guiding principles in this section inform our approach to long-term investment stewardship and proxy voting. The principles and positions reflected in this Policy are designed to guide Invesco’s investment professionals in voting proxies; they are not intended to be exhaustive or prescriptive.
Our portfolio managers and analysts retain full discretion on vote execution in the context of our good governance principles and internally developed custom voting guidelines, except where otherwise specified in this Policy. The final voting decisions may consider the unique circumstances affecting companies, regional best practices and any dialogue we have had with company management. As a result, different Portfolio Management Teams may vote differently on particular votes for the same company. To the extent a portfolio manager chooses to vote a proxy in a way that is not aligned with the principles below, such manager’s rationales are fully documented.
The following guiding principles apply to operating companies. We apply a separate approach to open-end and closed-end investment companies and unit investment trusts. Where appropriate, these guidelines are supplemented by additional internal guidance that considers regional variations in best practices, disclosure and region-specific voting items. Invesco may vote on proposals not specifically addressed by these principles based on an evaluation of a proposal’s likelihood to enhance long-term shareholder value.
Our good governance principles are divided into six key themes that Invesco endorses:
A. Transparency
We expect companies to provide accurate, timely and complete information that enables investors to make informed investment decisions and effectively carry out their stewardship activities. Invesco supports the highest standards in corporate transparency and believes that these disclosures should be made available ahead of the voting deadlines for the Annual General Meeting or Extraordinary General Meeting to allow for timely decision-making.
B-123

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Financial reporting: Company accounts and reporting must accurately reflect the underlying economic position of a company. Arrangements that may constitute an actual or perceived conflict with this objective should be avoided.

We will generally support proposals to accept the annual financial statements, statutory accounts and similar proposals unless these reports are not presented in a timely manner or significant issues are identified regarding the integrity of these disclosures.

We will generally vote against the incumbent audit committee chair, or nearest equivalent, where the non-audit fees paid to the independent auditor exceed audit fees for two consecutive years or other problematic accounting practices are identified such as fraud, misapplication of audit standards or persistent material weaknesses/deficiencies in internal controls over financial reporting.

We will generally not support the ratification of the independent auditor and/or ratification of their fees payable if non-audit fees exceed audit and audit related fees or there are significant auditing controversies or questions regarding the independence of the external auditor. We will consider an auditor’s length of service as a company’s independent auditor in applying this policy.
B. Accountability
Robust shareholder rights and strong board oversight help ensure that management adhere to the highest standards of ethical conduct, are held to account for poor performance and responsibly deliver value creation for stakeholders over the long-term. We therefore encourage companies to adopt governance features that ensure board and management accountability. In particular, we consider the following as key mechanisms for enhancing accountability to investors:
One share one vote: Voting rights are an important tool for investors to hold boards and management teams accountable. Unequal voting rights may limit the ability of investors to exercise their stewardship obligations.

We generally do not support proposals that establish or perpetuate dual classes of voting shares, double voting rights or other means of differentiated voting or disproportionate board nomination rights.

We generally support proposals to decommission differentiated voting rights.

Where unequal voting rights are established, we expect these to be accompanied by reasonable safeguards to protect minority shareholders’ interests.
Anti-takeover devices: Mechanisms designed to prevent or unduly delay takeover attempts may unduly limit the accountability of boards and management teams to shareholders.

We generally will not support proposals to adopt antitakeover devices such as poison pills. Exceptions may be warranted at entities without significant operations and to preserve the value of net operating losses carried forward or where the applicability of the pill is limited in scope and duration.

In addition, we will generally not support capital authorizations or amendments to corporate articles or bylaws at operating companies that may be utilized for antitakeover purposes, for example, the authorization of classes of shares of preferred stock with unspecified voting, dividend, conversion or other rights (“blank check” authorizations).
Shareholder rights: We support the rights of shareholders to hold boards and management teams accountable for company performance. We generally support best practice aligned proposals to enhance shareholder rights, including but not limited to the following:

Adoption of proxy access rights

Rights to call special meetings

Rights to act by written consent

Reduce supermajority vote requirements

Remove antitakeover provisions

Requirement that directors are elected by a majority vote
B-124

TABLE OF CONTENTS
In addition, we oppose practices that limit shareholders’ ability to express their views at a general meeting such as bundling unrelated proposals or several significant article or bylaw amendments into a single voting item. We will generally vote against these proposals unless we are satisfied that all the underlying components are aligned with our views on best practice.
Director Indemnification: Invesco recognizes that individuals may be reluctant to serve as corporate directors if they are personally liable for all related lawsuits and legal costs. As a result, reasonable limitations on directors’ liability can benefit a company and its shareholders by helping to attract and retain qualified directors while preserving recourse for shareholders in the event of misconduct by directors. Accordingly, unless there is insufficient information to make a decision about the nature of the proposal, Invesco will generally support proposals to limit directors’ liability and provide indemnification and/or exculpation, provided that the arrangements are reasonably limited in scope to directors acting in good faith and, in relation to criminal matters, limited in scope to directors having reasonable grounds for believing the conduct was lawful.
Responsiveness: Boards should respond to investor concerns in a timely fashion, including reasonable requests to engage with company representatives regarding such concerns, and address matters that receive significant voting dissent at general meetings of shareholders.

We will generally vote against the lead independent director and/or the incumbent chair of the governance committee, or nearest equivalent, in cases where the board has not adequately responded to items receiving significant voting opposition from shareholders at an annual or extraordinary general meeting.

We will generally vote against the lead independent director and/or incumbent chair of the governance committee, or nearest equivalent, where the board has not adequately responded to a shareholder proposal which has received significant support from shareholders.

We will generally vote against the incumbent chair of the compensation committee if there are significant ongoing concerns with a company’s compensation practices that have not been addressed by the committee or egregious concerns with the company’s compensation practices for two years consecutively.

We will generally vote against the incumbent compensation committee chair where there are ongoing concerns with a company’s compensation practices and there is no opportunity to express dissatisfaction by voting against an advisory vote on executive compensation, remuneration report (or policy) or nearest equivalent.

Where a company has not adequately responded to engagement requests from Invesco or satisfactorily addressed issues of concern, we may oppose director nominations, including, but not limited to, nominations for the lead independent director and/or committee chairs.
Virtual shareholder meetings: Companies should hold their annual or special shareholder meetings in a manner that best serves the needs of its shareholders and the company. Shareholders should have an opportunity to participate in such meetings. Shareholder meetings provide an important mechanism by which shareholders provide feedback or raise concerns without undue censorship and hear from the board and management.

We will generally support management proposals seeking to allow for the convening of hybrid shareholder meetings (allowing shareholders the option to attend and participate either in person or through a virtual platform).

Management or shareholder proposals that seek to authorize the company to hold virtual-only meetings (held entirely through virtual platform with no corresponding in-person physical meeting) will be assessed on a case-by-case basis. Companies have a responsibility to provide strong justification and establish safeguards to preserve comparable rights and opportunities for shareholders to participate virtually as they would have during an in-person meeting. Invesco will consider, among other things, a company’s practices, jurisdiction and disclosure, including the items set forth below:
(i)
meeting procedures and requirements are disclosed in advance of a meeting detailing the rationale for eliminating the in-person meeting;
(ii)
clear and comprehensive description of which shareholders are qualified to participate, how shareholders can join the virtual-only meeting, how and when shareholders submit and ask questions either in advance of or during the meeting;
(iii)
disclosure regarding procedures for questions received during the meeting, but not answered due to time or other restrictions; and
B-125

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(iv)
description of how shareholder rights will be protected in a virtual-only meeting format including the ability to vote shares during the time the polls are open.
C. Board Composition and Effectiveness
Director election process: Board members should generally stand for election annually and individually.

We will generally support proposals requesting that directors stand for election annually.

We will generally vote against the incumbent governance committee chair or lead independent director if a company has a classified board structure that is not being phased out. We may make exceptions to this policy for non-operating companies (e.g., open-end and closed-end funds) or in regions where market practice is for directors to stand for election on a staggered basis.

When a board is presented for election as a slate (e.g., shareholders are unable to vote against individual nominees and must vote for or against the entire nominated slate of directors) and this approach is not aligned with local market practice, we will generally vote against the slate in cases where we otherwise would vote against an individual nominee.

Where market practice is to elect directors as a slate we will generally support the nominated slate unless there are governance concerns with several of the individuals included on the slate or we have broad concerns with the composition of the board such as a lack independence.
Board size: We will generally defer to the board with respect to determining the optimal number of board members given the size of the company and complexity of the business, provided that the proposed board size is sufficiently large to represent shareholder interests and sufficiently limited to remain effective.
Board assessment and succession planning: When evaluating board effectiveness, Invesco considers whether periodic performance reviews and skills assessments are conducted to ensure the board represents the interests of shareholders. In addition, boards should have a robust succession plan in place for key management and board personnel.
Definition of independence: Invesco considers local market definitions of director independence but applies a proprietary standard for assessing director independence considering a director’s status as a current or former employee of the business, any commercial or consulting relationships with the company, the level of shares beneficially owned or represented and familial relationships, among others.
Board and committee independence: The board of directors, board committees and regional equivalents should be sufficiently independent from management, substantial shareholders and conflicts of interest. We consider local market practices in this regard and in general we look for a balance across the board of directors. Above all, we like to see signs of robust challenge and discussion in the boardroom.

We will generally vote against one or more non-independent directors when a board is less than majority independent, but we will take into account local market practice with regards to board independence in limited circumstances where this standard is not appropriate.

We will generally vote against non-independent directors serving on the audit committee.

We will generally vote against non-independent directors serving on the compensation committee.

We will generally vote against non-independent directors serving on the nominating committee.

In relation to the board, compensation committee and nominating committee we will consider the appropriateness of significant shareholder representation in applying this policy. This exception will generally not apply to the audit committee.
Separation of Chair and CEO roles: We believe that independent board leadership generally enhances management accountability to investors. Companies deviating from this best practice should provide a strong justification and establish safeguards to ensure that there is independent oversight of a board’s activities (e.g., by appointing a lead or senior independent director with clearly defined powers and responsibilities).

We will generally vote against the incumbent nominating committee chair where the board chair is not independent unless a lead independent or senior director is appointed.
B-126

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We will generally support shareholder proposals requesting that the board chair be an independent director.

We will generally not vote against a CEO or executive serving as board chair solely on the basis of this issue, however, we may do so in instances where we have significant concerns regarding a company’s corporate governance, capital allocation decisions and/or compensation practices.
Attendance and over boarding: Director attendance at board and committee meetings is a fundamental part of their responsibilities and provides efficient oversight for the company and its investors. In addition, directors should not have excessive external board or managerial commitments that may interfere with their ability to execute the duties of a director.

We will generally vote against directors who attend less than 75% of board and committee meetings held in the previous year unless an acceptable extenuating circumstance is disclosed, such as health matters or family emergencies.

We will generally vote against directors who have more than four total mandates at public operating companies. We apply a lower threshold for directors with significant commitments such as executive positions and chairmanships.
Diversity: We encourage companies to continue to evolve diversity and inclusion practices. Boards should be comprised of directors with a variety of relevant skills and industry expertise together with a diverse profile of individuals of different genders, ethnicities, race, skills, tenures and backgrounds to provide robust challenge and debate. We consider diversity at the board level, within the executive management team and in the succession pipeline.

We will generally vote against the incumbent nominating committee chair of a board where women constitute less than two board members or 25% of the board, whichever is lower, for two or more consecutive years, unless incremental improvements are being made to diversity practices.

In addition, we will consider a company’s performance on broader types of diversity which may include diversity of skills, non-executive director tenure, ethnicity, race or other factors where appropriate and reasonably determinable. We will generally vote against the incumbent nominating committee chair if there are multiple concerns on diversity issues.

We generally believe that an individual board’s nominating committee is best positioned to determine whether director term limits would be an appropriate measure to help achieve these goals and, if so, the nature of such limits. Invesco generally opposes proposals to limit the tenure of outside directors through mandatory retirement ages.
D. Long-Term Stewardship of Capital
Capital allocation: Invesco expects companies to responsibly raise and deploy capital toward the long-term, sustainable success of the business. In addition, we expect capital allocation authorizations and decisions to be made with due regard to shareholder dilution, rights of shareholders to ratify significant corporate actions and pre-emptive rights, where applicable.
Share issuance and repurchase authorizations: We generally support authorizations to issue shares up to 20% of a company’s issued share capital for general corporate purposes. Shares should not be issued at a substantial discount to the market price or be repurchased at a substantial premium to the market price.
Stock splits: We generally support management proposals to implement a forward or reverse stock split, provided that a reverse stock split is not being used to take a company private. In addition, we will generally support requests to increase a company’s common stock authorization if requested to facilitate a stock split.
Increases in authorized share capital: We will generally support proposals to increase a company’s number of authorized common and/or preferred shares, provided we have not identified concerns regarding a company’s historical share issuance activity or the potential to use these authorizations for antitakeover purposes. We will consider the amount of the request in relation to the company’s current authorized share capital, any proposed corporate transactions contingent on approval of these requests and the cumulative impact on a company’s authorized share capital, for example, if a reverse stock split is concurrently submitted for shareholder consideration.
Mergers, acquisitions, proxy contests, disposals and other corporate transactions: Invesco’s investment teams will review proposed corporate transactions including mergers, acquisitions, reorganizations, proxy contests, private
B-127

TABLE OF CONTENTS
placements, dissolutions and divestitures based on a proposal’s individual investment merits. In addition, we broadly approach voting on other corporate transactions as follows:

We will generally support proposals to approve different types of restructurings that provide the necessary financing to save the company from involuntary bankruptcy.

We will generally support proposals to enact corporate name changes and other proposals related to corporate transactions that we believe are in shareholders’ best interests.

We will generally support reincorporation proposals, provided that management have provided a compelling rationale for the change in legal jurisdiction and provided further that the proposal will not significantly adversely impact shareholders’ rights.

With respect to contested director elections, we consider the following factors, among others, when evaluating the merits of each list of nominees: the long term performance of the company relative to its industry, management’s track record, any relevant background information related to the contest, the qualifications of the respective lists of director nominees, the strategic merits of the approaches proposed by both sides including the likelihood that the proposed goals can be met, and positions of stock ownership in the company.
E. Environmental, Social and Governance Risk Oversight
Director responsibility for risk oversight: The board of directors are ultimately responsible for overseeing management and ensuring that proper governance, oversight and control mechanisms are in place at the companies they oversee. Invesco may take voting action against director nominees in response to material governance or risk oversight failures that adversely affect shareholder value.
Invesco considers the adequacy of a company’s response to material oversight failures when determining whether any voting action is warranted. In addition, Invesco will consider the responsibilities delegated to board sub-committees when determining if it is appropriate to hold certain director nominees accountable for these material failures.
Material governance or risk oversight failures at a company may include, without limitation:
(i)
significant bribery, corruption or ethics violations;
(ii)
events causing significant climate-related risks;
(iii)
significant health and safety incidents; or
(iv)
failure to ensure the protection of human rights.
Reporting of financially material ESG information: Companies should report on their environmental, social and governance opportunities and risks where material to their business operations.

Where Invesco finds significant gaps in management and disclosure of environmental, social and governance risk policies, we will generally vote against the annual reporting and accounts or an equivalent resolution.

Climate risk management: We encourage companies to report on material climate-related risks and opportunities and how these are considered within the company’s strategy, financial planning, governance structures and risk management frameworks in accordance with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”), or other relevant reporting frameworks. For companies in industries that materially contribute to climate change, we encourage comprehensive disclosure of greenhouse gas emissions and Paris-aligned emissions reduction targets, where appropriate. Invesco may take voting action at companies that fail to adequately address climate-related risks, including opposing director nominations in cases where we view the lack of effective climate transition risk management as potentially detrimental to long-term shareholder value.
Shareholder proposals addressing environmental and social issues: Invesco may support shareholder resolutions requesting that specific actions be taken to address environmental and social (“E&S”) issues or mitigate exposure to material E&S risks, including reputational risk, related to these issues. When considering such proposals, we will consider a company’s track record on E&S issues, the efficacy of the proposal’s request, whether the requested action is unduly burdensome, and whether we consider the adoption of such a proposal would promote long-term shareholder value. We will also consider company responsiveness to the proposal and any engagement on the issue when casting votes.

We generally do not support resolutions where insufficient information has been provided in advance of the vote or a lack of disclosure inhibits our ability to make fully informed voting decisions.
B-128

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We will generally support shareholder resolutions requiring additional disclosure on material environmental, social and governance risks facing their businesses, provided that such requests are not unduly burdensome or duplicative with a company’s existing reporting. These may include, but are not limited to, reporting on the following: gender and racial diversity issues, political contributions and lobbying disclosure, information on data security, privacy, and internet practices, human capital and labor issues and the use of natural capital, and reporting on climate change-related risks.
Ratification of board and/or management acts: We will generally support proposals to ratify the actions of the board of directors, supervisory board and/or executive decision-making bodies, provided there are no material oversight failures as described above. When such oversight concerns are identified, we will consider a company’s response to any issues raised and may vote against ratification proposals instead of, or in addition to, director nominees.
F. Executive Compensation and Alignment
Invesco supports compensation polices and equity incentive plans that promote alignment between management incentives and shareholders’ long-term interests. We pay close attention to local market practice and may apply stricter or modified criteria where appropriate.
Advisory votes on executive compensation, remuneration policy and remuneration reports: We will generally not support compensation-related proposals where more than one of the following is present:
(i)
there is an unmitigated misalignment between executive pay and company performance for at least two consecutive years;
(ii)
there are problematic compensation practices which may include, among others, incentivizing excessive risk taking or circumventing alignment between management and shareholders’ interests via repricing of underwater options;
(iii)
vesting periods for long-term incentive awards are less than three years;
(iv)
the company “front loads” equity awards;
(v)
there are inadequate risk mitigating features in the program such as clawback provisions;
(vi)
excessive, discretionary one-time equity grants are awarded to executives;
(vii)
less than half of variable pay is linked to performance targets, except where prohibited by law.
Invesco will consider company reporting on pay ratios as part of our evaluation of compensation proposals, where relevant.
Equity plans: Invesco generally supports equity compensation plans that promote the proper alignment of incentives with shareholders’ long-term interests, and generally votes against plans that are overly dilutive to existing shareholders, plans that contain objectionable structural features which may include provisions to reprice options without shareholder approval, plans that include evergreen provisions or plans that provide for automatic accelerated vesting upon a change in control.
Employee stock purchase plans: We generally support employee stock purchase plans that are reasonably designed to provide proper incentives to a broad base of employees, provided that the price at which employees may acquire stock represents a reasonable discount from the market price.
Severance Arrangements: Invesco considers proposed severance arrangements (sometimes known as “golden parachute” arrangements) on a case-by-case basis due to the wide variety among their terms. Invesco acknowledges that in some cases such arrangements, if reasonable, may be in shareholders’ best interests as a method of attracting and retaining high-quality executive talent. We generally vote in favor of proposals requiring shareholder ratification of senior executives’ severance agreements where the proposed terms and disclosure align with good market practice.
B-129

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Exhibit A
Harbourview Asset Management Corporation
Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Asset Management (India) Pvt. Ltd*1
Invesco Asset Management (Japan) Limited*1
Invesco Asset Management (Schweiz) AG
Invesco Asset Management Deutschland GmbH
Invesco Asset Management Limited1
Invesco Asset Management Singapore Ltd
Invesco Australia Ltd
Invesco European RR L.P
Invesco Canada Ltd.1
Invesco Capital Management LLC
Invesco Capital Markets, Inc.*1
Invesco Hong Kong Limited
Invesco Investment Advisers LLC
Invesco Investment Management (Shanghai) Limited
Invesco Investment Management Limited
Invesco Loan Manager, LLC
Invesco Managed Accounts, LLC
Invesco Management S.A
Invesco Overseas Investment Fund Management (Shanghai) Limited
Invesco Pensions Limited
Invesco Private Capital, Inc.
Invesco Real Estate Management S.a.r.l1
Invesco RR Fund L.P.
Invesco Senior Secured Management, Inc.
Invesco Taiwan Ltd*1
Invesco Trust Company
Oppenheimer Funds, Inc.
WL Ross & Co. LLC
*  Invesco entities with specific proxy voting guidelines
1  Invesco entities with specific conflicts of interest policies
B-130

TABLE OF CONTENTS
THOMPSON, SIEGEL & WALMSLEY LLC
PROXY VOTING
Policy
Thompson, Siegel & Walmsley LLC (“TSW”) has a fiduciary responsibility to its clients for voting proxies, where authorized, for portfolio securities consistent with the best economic interests of its clients. TSW maintains written policies and procedures as to the handling, research, voting and reporting of proxy voting and makes appropriate disclosures about our Firm’s proxy voting policies and practices in Form ADV Part 2A. In addition, we review our policies and practices no less than annually for adequacy; to make sure they have been implemented effectively, and to make sure they continue to be reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of our clients. Our policy and practice include the responsibility to monitor corporate actions and potential conflicts of interest, receive and vote client proxies, and make information available to clients about the voting of proxies for their portfolio securities while maintaining relevant and required records.
Background
Proxy voting is an important right of shareholders, and reasonable care and diligence should be undertaken to ensure that such rights are properly exercised.
Investment advisers registered with the SEC, and which exercise voting authority with respect to client securities, are required by Rule 206(4)-6 of the Advisers Act to (a) adopt and implement written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that client securities are voted in the best interests of clients, which should include how an adviser addresses material conflicts that may arise between an adviser’s interests and those of its clients; (b) disclose to clients how they may obtain information from the adviser with respect to the voting of proxies for their securities; (c) describe to clients a summary of its proxy voting policies and procedures and, upon request, furnish a copy to its clients; and (d) maintain certain records relating to the adviser’s proxy voting activities when the adviser has proxy voting authority.
A related companion release by the SEC also adopted rule and form amendments under the Securities Act and Investment Company Act similar to the above which TSW complies with when acting as a sub-adviser to a mutual fund.
Responsibility
TSW’s Senior Compliance Officer (Proxy Coordinator) has the responsibility for the organization and monitoring of our Proxy Voting policy, practices, and recordkeeping. Implementation and disclosure, including outlining our voting guidelines in our procedures, is the responsibility of the CCO and Director of Operations. TSW has retained the services of a third-party provider, Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (“ISS”) to assist with the proxy process. ISS is a Registered Investment Adviser under the Advisers Act. It is a leading provider of proxy voting and corporate governance services. ISS provides TSW proxy proposal research and voting recommendations and votes proxies on TSW’s behalf in accordance with ISS’s standard voting guidelines. Those guidelines cover the following areas:

Operational Issues

Board of Directors

Proxy Contests

Anti-takeover Defenses and Voting Related Issues

Mergers and Corporate Restructurings

State of Incorporation

Capital Structure

Executive & Director Compensation
Equity Compensation Plans
Specific Treatment of Certain Award Types in Equity Plan Evaluations
Other Compensation Proposals & Policies
B-131

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

Social/Environmental Issues
Consumer Issues and Public Safety
Environment and Energy
General Corporate Issues
Labor Standards and Human Rights
Military Business
Workplace Diversity

Mutual Fund Proxies
TSW generally believes that voting proxies in a manner that is favorable to a business’s long-term performance and valuation is in its clients’ best interests. However, a uniform voting policy may not be in the best interest of all clients. While TSW applies ISS’s standard policy guidelines to most clients, where appropriate we utilize ISS’s Taft-Hartley or Catholic policy guidelines to meet specific client requirements.
TSW’s Proxy Coordinator is responsible for monitoring ISS’s voting procedures on an ongoing basis. TSW’s general procedure regarding the voting of proxies is addressed below. For instances not directly addressed in this policy the Proxy Oversight Representative should act in accordance with the principles outlined in the SEC’s Guidance Regarding Proxy Voting Responsibilities of Investment Advisers issued in August 2019 and supplemental release in September 2020 in consultation with the Proxy Coordinator.
Procedure
TSW has adopted various procedures and internal controls to review, monitor and ensure the Firm’s Proxy Voting policy is observed, implemented properly and amended or updated, as appropriate, which include the following:
Voting Procedures

Upon timely receipt of proxy materials, ISS will automatically release vote instructions on client’s behalf as soon as custom research is completed. TSW retains authority to override the votes (before cut-off date) if TSW disagrees with the vote recommendation.

The Proxy Coordinator will monitor the voting process at ISS via ISS’s Proxy Exchange website (ISS’s online voting and research platform). Records of which accounts are voted, how accounts are voted, and how many shares are voted are kept electronically with ISS.

For proxies not received by ISS, TSW and ISS will make a best effort attempt to receive ballots from the clients’ custodian prior to the vote cut-off date.

TSW is responsible for account maintenance – opening and closing of accounts, transmission of holdings and account environment monitoring. ISS will email TSW Compliance personnel to get approval when closing an account that was not directed by TSW.

The Director of Operations (Proxy Oversight Representative) will keep abreast of any critical or exceptional events or events qualifying as a conflict of interest via ISS Proxy Exchange website and email.

Investment teams should keep the Proxy Oversight Representative and Proxy Coordinator informed of material issues affecting pending or upcoming proxy votes. If the Proxy Oversight Representative and Proxy Coordinator become aware of additional information that would reasonably be expected to affect TSW’s vote, then this information should be considered prior to voting.

TSW has the ability to override ISS recommended vote instructions and will do so if believed to be in the best interest of the client. All changes are documented and coordinated between the Proxy Oversight Representative and/or Proxy Coordinator and the Portfolio Manager and/or Research Analyst. Changes generally occur as a result of TSW’s communication with issuer management regarding matters pertaining to securities held when the issuer questions or disputes ISS’s voting recommendation.
B-132

TABLE OF CONTENTS
All proxies are voted solely in the best interest of clients on a best efforts basis. Proactive communication takes place via regular communication with ISS’s Client Relations team.
Disclosure
TSW will provide conspicuously displayed information in its Disclosure Document summarizing this Proxy Voting policy, including a statement that clients may request information regarding how TSW voted a client’s proxies, and that clients may request a copy of these policies and procedures.
See Form ADV, Part 2A – Item 17– Voting Client Securities
Client Requests for Information

All client requests for information regarding proxy votes, or policies and procedures, received by any associate should be forwarded to the Proxy Coordinator.

In response to any request, the Proxy Coordinator will prepare a response to the client with the information requested, and as applicable, will include the name of the issuer, the proposal voted upon, and how TSW voted the client’s proxy with respect to each proposal about which the client inquired.
Voting Guidelines

TSW has a fiduciary responsibility under ERISA to vote ERISA Plan proxies unless the Plan directs otherwise. TSW will vote proxies when directed by non-ERISA clients. In the absence of specific voting guidelines from the client and upon timely receipt of proxy materials from the custodian, TSW will vote proxies in the best interests of each particular client according to the recommended election of ISS. ISS’s policy is to vote all proxies from a specific issuer the same way for each client, absent qualifying restrictions from a client. Clients are permitted to place reasonable restrictions on TSW’s voting authority in the same manner that they may place such restrictions on the actual selection of account securities.

ISS will generally vote in favor of routine corporate housekeeping proposals such as the election of directors and selection of auditors absent conflicts of interest raised by auditors’ non-audit services.

ISS will generally vote against proposals that cause board members to become entrenched, reduce shareholder control over management or in some way diminish shareholders’ present or future value.

In reviewing proposals, ISS will further consider the opinion of management and the effect on management, and the effect on shareholder value and the issuer’s business practices.

A complete summary of ISS’s U.S. and International voting guidelines is available at: https://www.issgovernance.com/policy
Forensic Testing Procedures

No less than quarterly, TSW’s Proxy Coordinator will review the ISS Proxy Exchange Master Account List to ensure all appropriate accounts are being voted.

TSW will conduct periodic tests to review proxy voting records and the application of general voting guidelines, especially in circumstances such as corporate events (e.g., mergers and acquisition transactions, dissolutions, conversions, consolidations, etc.) or contested director elections. Any matter warranting additional, often issuer-specific review will be escalated to the Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst as needed.

TSW occasionally communicates directly with issuer management regarding matters pertaining to securities held in the portfolio when it questions or disputes ISS’s voting recommendation.
Conflicts of Interest

TSW will identify any conflicts that exist between the interests of the adviser and each client by reviewing the relationship of TSW with the issuer of each security to determine if TSW or any of its associates has any financial, business or personal relationship with the issuer.
B-133

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If a material conflict of interest exists, the Proxy Coordinator will instruct ISS to vote using ISS’s standard policy guidelines which are derived independently from TSW.

TSW will maintain a record of the voting resolution of any conflict of interest.

ISS also maintains a Conflicts Policy which indicates how they address any potential conflicts of interest and is available at: https://www.issgovernance.com/compliance/due-diligence-materials
Practical Limitations Relating to Proxy Voting
TSW makes a best effort to vote proxies. In certain circumstances, it may be impractical or impossible for TSW to do so. Identifiable circumstances include:

Limited Value: Where TSW has concluded that to do so would have no identifiable economic benefit to the client-shareholder;

Unjustifiable Cost: When the costs of or disadvantages resulting from voting, in TSW’s judgment, outweigh the economic benefits of voting;

Securities Lending: If securities are on loan on the record date, the client lending the security is not eligible to vote the proxy. Because TSW generally is not aware of when a security is on loan, we will not likely have the opportunity to recall the security prior to the record date; and

Failure to receive proxy statements: TSW may not be able to vote proxies in connection with certain holdings, most frequently for foreign securities, if it does not receive the account’s proxy statement in time to vote the proxy.
Recordkeeping
TSW and/or ISS shall retain the following proxy records in accordance with the SEC’s five-year retention requirement:

These policies and procedures and any amendments;

Each proxy statement that ISS receives;

A record of each vote that ISS casts on behalf of TSW;

Any document ISS created that was material to making a decision regarding how to vote proxies, or that memorializes that decision; and

A copy of each client request for information on how ISS voted such client’s proxies (i.e., Vote Summary Report), and a copy of any response.
Due Diligence and Error Procedures
TSW will periodically perform due diligence on ISS, focusing on the following areas:

Adequacy of ISS’s staffing and personnel;

Adequacy/robustness of ISS’s Policies and Procedures and review of their policies for conflict issues;

Adequacy of control environment and operational controls of ISS (i.e., SSAE 18);

Review of any specific conflicts ISS may have with regard to TSW;

Review of ISS for any business changes that may affect services provided to TSW; and

Review quarterly reporting package provided by ISS and enhance this package as necessary for any additional information that is needed.
TSW will take the following steps should there ever be an issue/error that occurs with regard to its proxy voting responsibilities:

Follow up with ISS to determine the cause of and the details surrounding the issue;
B-134

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Report back to the affected client immediately with such details and how the issue will be resolved;

Put additional controls in place if necessary to prevent such issues from occurring in the future; and

Report back to the affected client with the final resolution and any remedial steps.
B-135

TABLE OF CONTENTS
WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLP
GLOBAL PROXY POLICY AND PROCEDURES
Introduction
Wellington Management Company LLP (“Welllington Management”) has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that it believes are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of clients for whom it exercises proxy-voting discretion.
Wellington Management’s Proxy Voting Guidelines (the “Guidelines”) set forth broad guidelines and positions on common proxy issues that Wellington Management uses in voting on proxies. In addition, Wellington Management also considers each proposal in the context of the issuer, industry and country or countries in which the issuer’s business is conducted. The Guidelines are not rigid rules and the merits of a particular proposal may cause Wellington Management to enter a vote that differs from the Guidelines. Wellington Management seeks to vote all proxies with the goal of increasing long-term client value and, while client investment strategies may differ, applying this common set of guidelines is consistent with the investment objective of achieving positive long-term investment performance for each client.
Statement of Policy
Wellington Management:
1)
Votes client proxies for which clients have affirmatively delegated proxy-voting authority, in writing, unless it has arranged in advance with the client to limit the circumstances in which it would exercise voting authority or determines that it is in the best interest of one or more clients to refrain from voting a given proxy.
2)
Votes all proxies in the best interests of the client for whom it is voting.
3)
Identifies and resolves all material proxy-related conflicts of interest between the firm and its clients in the best interests of the client.
Responsibility and Oversight
The Investment Research Group (“Investment Research”) monitors regulatory requirements with respect to proxy voting and works with the firm’s Legal and Compliance Group and the Investment Stewardship Committee to develop practices that implement those requirements. Investment Research also acts as a resource for portfolio managers and research analysts on proxy matters as needed. Day-to-day administration of the proxy voting process is the responsibility of Investment Research. The Investment Stewardship Committee is responsible for oversight of the implementation of the Global Proxy Policy and Procedures, review and approval of the Guidelines, identification and resolution of conflicts of interest, and for providing advice and guidance on specific proxy votes for individual issuers. The Investment Stewardship Committee reviews the Global Proxy Policy and Procedures annually.
Procedures
Use of Third-Party Voting Agent Wellington Management uses the services of a third-party voting agent for research, voting recommendations, and to manage the administrative aspects of proxy voting. The voting agent processes proxies for client accounts, casts votes based on the Guidelines and maintains records of proxies voted. Wellington Management complements the research received by its primary voting agent with research from another voting agent.
Receipt of Proxy If a client requests that Wellington Management votes proxies on its behalf, the client must instruct its custodian bank to deliver all relevant voting material to Wellington Management or its voting agent.
Reconciliation Each public security proxy received by electronic means is matched to the securities eligible to be voted and a reminder is sent to any custodian or trustee that has not forwarded the proxies as due. This reconciliation is performed at the ballot level. Although proxies received for private securities, as well as those received in non-electronic format, are voted as received, Wellington Management is not able to reconcile these ballots, nor does it notify custodians of non-receipt.
B-136

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Research In addition to proprietary investment research undertaken by Wellington Management investment professionals, Investment Research conducts proxy research internally, and uses the resources of a number of external sources including third-party voting agents to keep abreast of developments in corporate governance and of current practices of specific companies.
Proxy Voting Following the reconciliation process, each proxy is compared against the Guidelines, and handled as follows:

Generally, issues for which explicit proxy voting guidance is provided in the Guidelines (i.e., “For”, “Against”, “Abstain”) are voted in accordance with the Guidelines.

Issues identified as “case-by-case” in the Guidelines are further reviewed by Investment Research. In certain circumstances, further input is needed, so the issues are forwarded to the relevant research analyst and/or portfolio manager(s) for their input.

Absent a material conflict of interest, the portfolio manager has the authority to decide the final vote. Different portfolio managers holding the same securities may arrive at different voting conclusions for their clients’ proxies.
Wellington Management reviews a subset of the voting record to ensure that proxies are voted in accordance with these Global Proxy Policy and Procedures and the Guidelines; and ensures that documentation and reports, for clients and for internal purposes, relating to the voting of proxies are promptly and properly prepared and disseminated.
Material Conflict of Interest Identification and Resolution Processes Wellington Management’s broadly diversified client base and functional lines of responsibility serve to minimize the number of, but not prevent, material conflicts of interest it faces in voting proxies. Annually, the Investment Stewardship Committee sets standards for identifying material conflicts based on client, vendor, and lender relationships, and publishes those standards to individuals involved in the proxy voting process. In addition, the Investment Stewardship Committee encourages all personnel to contact Investment Research about apparent conflicts of interest, even if the apparent conflict does not meet the published materiality criteria. Apparent conflicts are reviewed by designated members of the Investment Stewardship Committee to determine if there is a conflict and if so whether the conflict is material.
If a proxy is identified as presenting a material conflict of interest, the matter must be reviewed by designated members of the Investment Stewardship Committee, who will resolve the conflict and direct the vote. In certain circumstances, the designated members may determine that the full Investment Stewardship Committee should convene.
Other Considerations
In certain instances, Wellington Management may be unable to vote or may determine not to vote a proxy on behalf of one or more clients. While not exhaustive, the following are potential instances in which a proxy vote might not be entered.
Securities Lending. In general, Wellington Management does not know when securities have been lent out pursuant to a client’s securities lending program and are therefore unavailable to be voted. Efforts to recall loaned securities are not always effective, but, in rare circumstances, Wellington Management may determine voting would outweigh the benefit to the client resulting from use of securities for lending and recommend that a client attempt to have its custodian recall the security to permit voting of related proxies.
Share Blocking and Re-registration. Certain countries impose trading restrictions or requirements regarding re-registration of securities held in omnibus accounts in order for shareholders to vote a proxy. The potential impact of such requirements is evaluated when determining whether to vote such proxies.
Lack of Adequate Information, Untimely Receipt of Proxy Materials, or Excessive Costs. Wellington Management may abstain from voting a proxy when the proxy statement or other available information is inadequate to allow for an informed vote, when the proxy materials are not delivered in a timely fashion or when, in Wellington Management’s judgment, the costs exceed the expected benefits to clients (such as when powers of attorney or consularization are required).
B-137

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Additional Information
Wellington Management maintains records related to proxies pursuant to Rule 204-2 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”), the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and other applicable laws. In addition, Wellington Management discloses annually how it has exercised its voting rights for significant votes, as require by the EU Shareholder Rights Directive II (“SRD II”).
Wellington Management provides clients with a copy of its Global Proxy Policy and Procedures, including the Guidelines, upon written request. In addition, Wellington Management will provide specific client information relating to proxy voting to a client upon written request.
Dated: 1 September 2020
B-138

TABLE OF CONTENTS
WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLP
GLOBAL PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES
January 2022
Wellington’s Philosophy
Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”) are long term stewards of clients’ assets and aim to vote all proxies of securities held for which it has vote authority.
These guidelines are based on Wellington Management’s fiduciary obligation to act in the best interest of its clients as shareholders and while written to apply globally, we consider differences in local practice, cultures, and law to make informed decisions.
Each proposal is evaluated on its merits, considering its effects on the specific company in question and on the company within its industry. It should be noted that the following are guidelines, and not rigid rules, and Wellington Management reserves the right in all cases to vote contrary to guidelines where doing so is judged to represent the best interest of its clients.
Our approach to stewardship
The goal of our stewardship activities is to support decisions that we believe will deliver sustainable, competitive investment returns for our clients.
The mechanisms we use to implement our stewardship activities vary by asset class. Engagement applies to all our investments across equity and credit, in both private and public markets. Proxy voting applies mostly to public equities.
Stewardship extends beyond just the considerations of ESG issues to any area that may affect the long-term sustainability of an investment. Stewardship can be accomplished thorough research and constructive dialogue with company management and boards, by monitoring company behavior through informed active ownership, and by emphasizing management accountability for important issues via our proxy votes, which have long been part of Wellington’s investment ethos.
Engagement
As an active manager seeking to deliver sustainable, competitive investment returns for our clients, we are securities owners by choice, and our corporate engagement is a form of active ownership. Through engagement, we encourage companies to hold high standards for governance and sustainability practices that can enhance resilience and profitability. We believe that through informed, active ownership, we can improve corporate behavior and further best practices on issues material to client outcomes.
We typically start with routine one-on-one engagement with investee companies. This starting point helps prioritize issues for subsequent engagements and, ultimately, inform the investment decisions we make on behalf of our clients. Thanks to our long history of investing in nearly all sectors of the global securities markets, we have direct access to most company management teams and boards. Each year, our portfolio managers, global industry analysts, credit analysts, and ESG research analysts conduct regular, in-person or virtual company meetings around the world.
We focus on gaining differentiated insights, assessing, and influencing risks and opportunities facing an issuer, encouraging transparency improvements, and influencing behavioral changes that we believe may impact future profitability and resilience of a company. We prioritize engagement on material issues most likely to have a financial impact on companies or affect operations. We also seek to understand corporate strategy and share our views, if appropriate, on material topics such as capital allocation, risk management, and environmental, social, and governance (ESG) practices inclusive of ethics and corporate culture.
As a community of investment boutiques, each of Wellington’s portfolio teams acts as a fiduciary for its clients. Differences in investment philosophy and process across teams mean that the way in which stewardship, including engagement and escalation strategies and proxy voting, are incorporated into the investment decision-making process may vary to ensure alignment and consistency with investment philosophy and process.
B-139

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Board engagement
We believe meeting directly with corporate boards can enhance discussions about long-term material ESG issues, complements our ongoing conversations with management teams, and helps us assess a board’s effectiveness — all of which is challenging to do using company disclosures alone.
We believe this ongoing dialogue benefits board members and provides an opportunity for directors to ask questions, gain market insights, and hear how the company compares with peers. Questions from investors often signal emerging areas of emphasis for a company.
We believe continuous dialogue between board directors and investors can help ensure honest feedback and foster trust and transparency. Board engagements provide a forum to encourage best practice and hold companies to account. When providing feedback to portfolio companies, we actively track and measure engagements to monitor outcomes, assess effectiveness, and inform the potential for escalation. Wellington investors consider multiple factors, including materiality and impact, in deciding whether an engagement requires escalation and which escalation steps will be used. Escalation may include voting against management at the company’s annual general meeting.
Please see Wellington’s Engagement Policy at https://www.wellington.com/uploads/2022/02/ce4cddaa8eb7f59cd780a9452cf1e3b9/wellington-engagement-policy-january-2022.pdf for more information.
Our approach to voting
As active owners we vote proxies in what we consider to be the best interests of our clients. Our approach to voting is investment-led and serves as an influential component of our engagement and escalation strategy. The Investment Stewardship Committee, a cross-functional group of experienced professionals, oversees and monitors Wellington Management’s stewardship activities with oversight of proxy voting and engagement practices.
The ESG Research Team examine proxy proposals on their merits and offer voting recommendations in the interest of our clients, primarily guided by the expected impact on long-term risk-adjusted returns and supporting shareholder rights. Each portfolio manager is empowered to make a final decision for their client portfolios, absent a material conflict of interest. The deliberation across the firm is collaborative and interactive but does not seek to prioritize consensus across the firm above all other interests. Consistent with our community-of-boutiques model, portfolio managers may occasionally arrive at different voting conclusions for their clients, resulting in a split decision for the same security. Robust voting procedures and the deliberation that occurs prior to a vote decision are aligned with our role as active owners and fiduciaries for our clients.
Detailed below are the principles which we consider when deciding how to vote. We reserve the right to vote contrary to these guidelines if doing so is acting in the best interests of clients and to enhance returns.
Voting guidelines
Board composition and role of directors
Effective boards should act in shareholders’ best economic interests and possess the relevant skills to implement the company’s strategy.
Shareholders’ ability to elect directors annually is an important shareholder right so we support proposals to enable annual director elections and declassify a board.
We generally support proposals to remove existing supermajority vote requirements.
We may withhold votes from directors for being unresponsive to shareholders or for failing to make progress on material issues. We may also withhold votes from directors who fail to implement shareholder proposals that have received majority support or have implemented poison pills without shareholder approval.
We expect directors to have the time and energy to fully commit to their board-related responsibilities and not be over- stretched with multiple external directorships. Our internal voting guidelines define directors as over-boarded when serving on five or more public company boards; and executives when serving on three or more public company boards, including their own. We also consider the roles of chair of the audit committee and chair of the remuneration committee as equivalent to an additional board seat when evaluating the over-boarding matrix.
We expect companies to refresh their board membership every five years and may vote against the head of the nominating committee for failure to implement. We believe this succession allows companies to strengthen board diversity
B-140

TABLE OF CONTENTS
and add new skillsets to the board to enhance their oversight and adapt to evolving strategies. Directors should also attend at least 75% of scheduled board meetings and we may vote against their re-election unless they disclose a valid reasoning.
We do not have specific voting policies relating to director age or tenure. We prefer to take a holistic view, evaluating whether the company is balancing the perspectives of new directors with the institutional knowledge of longer serving board members. Succession planning is a key topic during many of our board engagements. Companies in certain markets are governed by multi-tiered boards, with each tier having different responsibilities. We hold supervisory board members to similar standards, subject to prevailing local governance best practices.
Board independence
In our view, boards can best represent shareholders when enough directors are present to challenge and counsel management. We believe that most board members should be independent, as defined by the local market regulatory authority. This is particularly true of audit, compensation, and nominating committees.
At times, we may withhold approval for non-independent directors or those responsible for the board composition. We typically vote in support of proposals calling for improved independence. To determine appropriate minimum levels of board independence, we look to the prevailing market best practices; two-thirds in the US, for example, and majority in the UK and France. In Japan, we will consider voting against the board chair (or most senior executive on the ballot) in cases where the board — including statutory auditors — is less than one-third independent.
We believe that having an independent chair is the preferred structure for board leadership. Having an independent chair avoids the inherent conflict of self-oversight and helps ensure robust debate and diversity of thought in the boardroom. We will generally support proposals to separate the chair and CEO or establish a lead director but may support the involvement of an outgoing CEO as executive chair for a limited period to ensure a smooth transition to new management.
Board diversity
We believe boards which reflect a wide range of perspectives are best positioned to create shareholder value. Appointing boards that thoughtfully debate company strategy and direction is not possible unless boards elect highly qualified and diverse directors. By setting a leadership example, diverse boardrooms encourage an organizational culture that promotes diverse thinkers, enabling better strategic decisions and the navigation of increasingly complex issues facing companies today.
We will also support shareholder proposals asking for improved workforce diversity disclosure, for example EEO-1 reporting.
We think it is not in shareholders’ best interests for the full board to be comprised of directors from the same industry, gender, race, nationality, or ethnic group. We have an expectation for our portfolio companies to be thoughtful and intentional in considering the widest possible pool of skilled candidates who bring diverse perspectives into the boardroom. We encourage companies to disclose the racial and ethnic composition of their board and to communicate their ambitions and strategies for creating and fostering a diverse board.
We reserve the right to vote against the reelection of the Nominating/Governance Committee Chair in the following instances:

When the board is not meeting local market standards from a diversity perspective.

Where there is no market-defined standard, we expect one gender diverse director on the board globally, including Japan.

When the gender diverse representation is below 20% at companies in Major indices
We reserve the right to vote against the reelection of the Nominating/Governance Committee Chair at US large cap and FTSE 100 companies that has failed to appoint at least one director from a minority ethnic group and has failed to provide clear and compelling disclosure for why it has been unable to do so. We will continue to engage on ethnic diversity of the board in other markets and may vote against the re-election of directors where we fail to see progress.
B-141

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Majority vote on election of directors
Because we believe the election of directors by a majority of votes cast is the appropriate standard, we will generally support proposals that seek to adopt such a standard. Our support will typically extend to situations where the relevant company has an existing resignation policy for directors that receive a majority of “withhold” votes. We believe majority voting should be defined in the company’s charter and not simply in its corporate governance policy.
Generally, we oppose proposals that fail to provide for the exceptional use of a plurality standard in the case of contested elections. Further, we will not support proposals that seek to adopt a standard of majority of votes outstanding (total votes eligible as opposed to votes cast). We likely will support shareholder and management proposals to remove existing supermajority vote requirements.
Contested director elections
We approach contested director elections on a case-by-case basis, considering the specific circumstances of each situation to determine what we believe to be in the best interest of our clients. In each case, we welcome the opportunity to engage with both the company and the proponent to ensure that we understand both perspectives and are making an informed decision on our clients’ behalf.
Compensation
Executive compensation plans establish the incentive structure that plays a role in strategy-setting, decision-making, and risk management. While design and structure vary widely, we believe the most effective compensation plans attract and retain high caliber executives, foster a culture of performance and accountability, and align management’s interests with those of long-term shareholders.
Due to each company’s unique circumstances and wide range of plan structures, Wellington determines support for a compensation plan on a case-by-case basis. We support plans that we believe lead to long-term value creation for our clients and the right to vote on compensation plans annually.
In evaluating compensation plans, we consider the following attributes in the context of the company’s business, size, industry, and geographic location:

Alignment — We believe in pay-for-performance and encourage plan structures that align executive compensation with shareholder experience. We compare total compensation to performance metrics on an absolute and relative basis over various timeframes, and we look for a strong positive correlation. To ensure shareholder alignment, executives should maintain meaningful equity ownership in the company while they are employed, and for a period thereafter.

Transparency — We expect compensation committees to articulate the decision-making process and rationale behind the plan structure, and to provide adequate disclosure so shareholders can evaluate actual compensation relative to the committee’s intentions. Disclosure should include how metrics, targets, and timeframes are chosen, and detail desired outcomes. We also seek to understand how the compensation committee determines the target level of compensation and constructs the peer group for benchmarking purposes.

Structure — The plan should be clear and comprehensible. We look for a mix of cash versus equity, fixed versus variable, and short- versus long-term pay that incentivizes appropriate risk-taking and aligns with industry practice. Performance targets should be achievable but rigorous, and equity awards should be subject to performance and/or vesting periods of at least three years, to discourage executives from managing the business with a near-term focus. Unless otherwise specified by local market regulators, performance-based compensation should be based primarily on quantitative financial and non-financial criteria such as ESG-related criteria. There is scope, however, for qualitative criteria related to strategic, individual, or ESG goals, that are critical to the business. Qualitative goals may be acceptable if a compensation committee has demonstrated a fair and consistent approach to evaluating qualitative performance and applying discretion over time.

Accountability — Compensation committees should be able to use discretion, positive and negative, to ensure compensation aligns with performance and provide a cogent explanation to shareholders. We generally oppose one-time awards aimed at retention or achieving a pre-determined goal. Barring an extenuating circumstance, we view retesting provisions unfavorably.
B-142

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Approving equity incentive plans
A well-designed equity incentive plan facilitates the alignment of interests of long-term shareholders, management, employees, and directors. We evaluate equity-based compensation plans on a case-by-case basis, considering projected plan costs, plan features, and grant practices. We will reconsider our support for a plan if we believe these factors, on balance, are not in the best interest of shareholders. Specific items of concern may include excessive cost or dilution, unfavorable change-in-control features, insufficient performance conditions, holding/vesting periods, or stock ownership requirements, repricing stock options/stock appreciate rights (SARs) without prior shareholder approval, or automatic share replenishment (an “evergreen” feature).
Employee stock purchase plans
We generally support employee stock purchase plans, as they may align employees’ interests with those of shareholders. That said, we typically vote against plans that do not offer shares to a broad group of employees (e.g., if only executives can participate) or plans that offer shares at a significant discount.
Non-executive director compensation
We expect companies to disclose non-executive director compensation and we prefer the use of an annual retainer or fee, delivered as cash, equity, or a combination. We do not believe non-executive directors should receive performance-based compensation, as this creates a potential conflict of interest. Non-executive directors oversee executive compensation plans; their objectivity is compromised if they design a plan that they also participate in.
Severance arrangements
We are mindful of the board’s need for flexibility in recruitment and retention but will oppose excessively generous arrangements unless agreements encourage management to negotiate in shareholders’ best interest. We generally support proposals calling for shareholder ratification of severance arrangements.
Retirement bonuses (Japan)
Misaligned compensation which is based on tenure and seniority may compromise director independence. We generally vote against directors and statutory auditors if retirement bonuses are given to outgoing directors.
Claw back policies
We believe companies should be able to recoup incentive compensation from members of management who received awards based on fraudulent activities, accounting misstatements, or breaches in standards of conduct that lead to corporate reputational damage. We generally support shareholder proposals requesting that a company establish a robust claw back provision if existing policies do not cover these circumstances. We also support proposals seeking greater transparency about the application of claw back policies.
Audit quality and oversight
Scrutiny of auditors, particularly audit quality and oversight, has been increasing. When we assess financial statement reporting and audit quality, we will generally support management’s choice of auditors, unless the auditors have demonstrated failure to act in shareholders’ best economic interest. We also pay close attention to the non-audit services provided by auditors and consider the potential for the revenue from those services to create conflicts of interest that could compromise the integrity of financial statement audits.
Shareholder Voting Rights
Shareholder rights plans
Also known as poison pills, these plans can enable boards of directors to negotiate higher takeover prices on behalf of shareholders. Such plans also may be misused, however, as a means of entrenching management. Consequently, we may support plans that include a shareholder approval requirement, a sunset provision, or a permitted bid feature (e.g., bids that are made for all shares and demonstrate evidence of financing must be submitted to a shareholder vote). Because boards generally have the authority to adopt shareholder rights plans without shareholder approval, we are equally vigilant in our assessment of requests for authorization of blank-check preferred shares.
B-143

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Multiple voting rights
We generally support one share, one vote structures. The growing practice of going public with a dual-class share structure can raise governance and performance concerns. In our view, dual-class shares can create misalignment between shareholders’ economic stake and their voting power and can grant control to a small number of insiders who may make decisions that are not in the interests of all shareholders. We believe sunset clauses are a reasonable compromise between founders seeking to defend against takeover attempts in pivotal early years, and shareholders demanding a mechanism for holding management accountable, especially in the event of leadership changes. The Council of Institutional Investors, a nonprofit association of pension funds, endowments, and foundations, recommends that newly public companies that adopt structures with unequal voting rights do away with the structure within three to five years.
Without a sunset clause, we would prefer that a company eliminates a dual-class share structure, as shareholders’ voting power should be reflected by their economic stake in a company. Similarly, we generally do not support the introduction of loyalty shares, which grant increased voting rights to investors who hold shares over multiple years, because they create misalignment of voting power and economic interest.
Proxy access
We believe shareholders should have the right to nominate director candidates on the management’s proxy card. We will generally support shareholder proposals seeking proxy access unless the current policy is in-line with market norms.
Special meeting rights
We believe the right to call a special meeting is a shareholder right, and we will support such proposals at companies that lack a special-meeting ownership threshold. We also will support proposals lowering thresholds not in line with market norms. If shareholders are granted the right to call special meetings, we generally do not support written consent.
Mergers and acquisitions
We approach votes to approve mergers and acquisitions on a case-by-case basis, considering the specific circumstances of each proposal to determine what we believe to be in the best interest of our clients. In conducting our assessment, equity and ESG analysts collaborate with portfolio managers in their vote decisions.
Capital structure and capital allocation
Increases in authorized common stock
We generally support requests for increases up to 100% of the shares with preemption rights. Exceptions will be made when the company has clearly articulated a reasonable need for a greater increase. Conversely, at companies trading in less liquid markets, we may impose a lower threshold. When companies seek to issue shares without preemptive rights, we consider potential dilution and generally support requests when dilution is below 20%. For issuance with preemptive rights, we review on a case-by-case basis, considering the size of issuance relative to peers.
Capital allocation (Japan)
We hold board chairs accountable for persistently low returns on equity (ROE) in Japan, using a five-year average ROE of below 5% as a guide. Our assessment of a company’s capital stewardship complements our assessment of board effectiveness without dictating specific capital allocation decisions. We may make exceptions where ROE is improving, where a long-cycle business warrants a different standard, or where new management is in place, and we feel they should not be punished for the past CEO/Chair’s record.
Cross shareholding (Japan)
Cross-shareholdings reduce management accountability by creating a cushion of cross-over investor support. We will vote against the highest-ranking director up for re-election for companies where management allocations a significant portion (20% or more) of net assets to cross-shareholdings.
B-144

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Environmental and social issues
We assess portfolio companies’ performance on environmental and social issues we deem to be material to long-term financial performance and set expectations for best practice. Areas of focus include diversity, equity, and inclusion practices, modern slavery in supply chains, building resiliency to physical climate risks, and establishing targets to reduce emissions and mitigate climate transition risks.
We evaluate shareholder proposals on a case-by-case basis, and believe they are a valuable tool to hold companies accountable. We expect portfolio companies to comply with applicable laws and regulations with regard to environmental and social standards and may vote against directors where we see a lack of accountability. We consider the spirit of the proposal, not just the letter, and generally support proposals addressing material issues even when management has been responsive to our engagement on the issue. In this way, we seek to align our voting with our engagement activities. If our views differ from any specific suggestions in the proposals, we will provide clarification via direct engagement.
Climate change
As an asset manager entrusted with investing on our clients’ behalf, we aim to assess, monitor, and manage the potential effects of climate change on our investment processes and portfolios, as well as on our business operations. Proxy voting is one tool we use to drive accountability for managing climate risks, as part of our stewardship escalation process.
We expect companies to have credible transition plans communicated using the recommendations of the Task Force for Climate Related Financial Disclosure (TCFD). Reporting on climate readiness will help stakeholders understand companies’ willingness and ability to adapt to or mitigate climate-related risks. In addition to the voting policies specifically mentioned, we may also vote against directors at companies where climate plans and disclosures meaningfully lag our expectations.
Metrics & Targets
Emissions disclosure
We view disclosure of Scope 1 and 2 emissions as a minimum expectation where measurement practices are well defined and attainable. We will vote against the re-election of the Chair of constituent companies of the MSCI World index or companies assessed by the Transition Pathway Initiative (TPI) which do not disclose Scope 1 and 2.
We encourage all companies to disclose Scope 1, 2, and 3 emissions. While we recognize the challenges associated with collecting Scope 3 emissions data, this disclosure is necessary for us to fully understand the transition risks applicable to an issuer. Disclosure of both overall categories of Scope 3 emissions – upstream and downstream – with context and granularity from companies about the most significant Scope 3 sources, enhances our ability to evaluate investment risks and opportunities. We encourage companies to adopt emerging global standards for measurement and disclosure of Scope 3 GHG (Greenhouse Gas), e.g., the IFRS’ International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB) and believe companies will benefit from acting now and consequently evolving their approach in line with emerging global standards.
Net-zero targets
As an outcome of enterprise risk management and strategic planning to reduce the potential financial impacts of climate change, we encourage companies to set a credible, science-based decarbonization glidepath, with an interim and long- term target, that comprises all categories of material emissions and is consistent with the ambition to achieve net zero emissions by 2050 or sooner. We consider it to be best practice for companies to pursue validation from the Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi).
Governance
We generally support shareholder proposals asking for improved disclosure on climate risk management and we support those that request alignment of business strategies with the Paris Agreement or similar language. We also generally support proposals asking for board oversight of political contributions and lobbying activities or those asking for improved disclosures where material inconsistencies in reporting and strategy may exist, especially as it relates to climate strategy.
B-145

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Strategy and Risk Management
Physical climate risks
To help us assess physical climate risks of portfolio companies, we would like to see location information concerning an issuer’s directly operated facilities, supply chains, key outsourced service providers, and labor pools.
Leveraging findings from our collaborative initiative with Woodwell Climate Research Center, the world’s leading independent climate research organization, we have established disclosure guidance to help companies improve their physical risk disclosures (incl. LINKS to PROCC 1.0 and 2.0 - below).
Use of carbon offsets
Priority should be given to emissions abatement within the value chain. When offsets are used as a part of a company’s decarbonization strategy to neutralize residual emissions, the offsets should be high in quality and should remove or reduce GHG emissions in real, additional, and permanent ways. In addition, they should have minimal negative social or environmental impacts (“do no significant harm”).
Companies should include disclosure on their offsets program that is distinct from Scope 1-3 emissions data and other transition risk disclosure. This offset disclosure should report the nature of offset projects being financed and specifically should include:

Company GHG Emissions are included in the offset program.

Projects which have been financed by the issuer, e.g., entering into a virtual power purchase agreement or funding reforestation efforts via a third party; and

Processes or policies for evaluating offset projects, including quality indicators such as additionality and permanence, and practical concerns such as scalability and cost-effectiveness.
Corporate culture, human capital, and diversity, equity, & inclusion
Through engagement we emphasize management accountability for how they invest in and cultivate their human capital to perpetuate a strong, inclusive culture. We do this through engagement escalation or support of shareholder resolutions. We assess culture holistically from an alignment of management incentives, responsiveness to employee feedback, evidence of an equitable and sound talent management strategy and commitment to diversity, equity, and inclusion. We value transparency and use of key performance indicators.
A well-articulated culture statement and talent attraction, retention and development strategy suggest that a company appreciates culture and talent as competitive advantages that can drive long-term value creation. It also sends a strong message when management compensation is linked, when appropriate, to employee satisfaction. If the company conducts regular employee engagement surveys, we look for leadership to disclose the results — both positive and negative — so we can monitor patterns and hold them accountable for implementing changes based on the feedback they receive. We consider workplace locations and how a company balances attracting talent with the costs of operating in desirable cities.
We maintain that a deliberate human capital management strategy should foster a collaborative, productive workplace in which all talent can thrive. As part of our focus on human capital, diversity, equity, and inclusion is an ongoing engagement issue. We seek to better understand how and to what extent a company’s approach to diversity is integrated with talent management at all levels. A sound long-term plan holds more weight than a company’s current demographics, so we look for a demonstrable diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) strategy that seeks to improve metrics over time and align management incentives accordingly. We expect companies in the US to publicly disclose their EEO-1 reporting and their strategy to create an inclusive, diverse, and equitable workplace. We see DEI practices as a material input to long-term performance, so as our clients’ fiduciaries, we seek to better understand how and to what extent a company’s approach to diversity is integrated with talent management at all levels. This is only possible when there is consistent, robust disclosure in place.
Gender and racial pay equity are important parts of our assessment of a company’s diversity efforts. Pay equity can impact shareholder value by exposing a company to challenges with recruiting & retaining talent, job dissatisfaction, workforce turnover, and costly lawsuits. Consequently, we may support proposals asking for improved transparency on a company’s gender and/or racial pay gap if existing disclosures are lagging best practice and if the company has not articulated its efforts to eliminate disparities and promote equal opportunities for women and minorities to advance to senior roles.
B-146

TABLE OF CONTENTS
We believe diversity among directors, leaders, and employees contributes positively to shareholder value by imbuing a company with myriad perspectives that help it better navigate complex challenges. A strong culture of diversity and inclusion begins in the boardroom. See the Board Diversity section above for more on our approach.
Stakeholders and risk management
In our assessment of social risks, we pay attention to how companies treat a key stakeholder: their workforce. We look for signs of constructive labor relations if employees are unionized, and a focus on key employee concerns, such as safe working conditions and competitive compensation.
In recent years, discourse on opioids, firearms, and sexual harassment has put the potential for social externalities —the negative effects that companies can have on society through their products, cultures, or policies — into sharp focus. These nuanced, often misunderstood issues can affect the value of corporate securities. Today, these are no longer just shareholder concerns; companies need to consider the opinions and actions of broader stakeholder constituencies, including employees, customers, and the public.
In our engagement with companies facing these risks, we encourage companies to disclose risk management strategies that acknowledge their societal impacts. When a company faces litigation or negative press, we inquire about lessons learned and request evidence of substantive changes that aim to prevent recurrence and mitigate downside risk. In these cases, we may also support proposals requesting enhanced disclosure on actions taken by management.
Human rights
Following the 2015 passage of the UK’s Modern Slavery Act, a handful of countries have passed laws requiring companies to report on how they are addressing risks related to human rights abuses in their global supply chains. While human rights have been a part of our research and engagement in this context, we seek to assess companies’ exposures to these risks, determine the sectors for which this risk is most material (highest possibility of supply-chain exposure), enhance our own engagement questions, and potentially work with external data providers to gain insights on specific companies or industries. To help us assess company practices and drive more substantive engagement with companies on this issue, we will support proposals requesting enhanced disclosure on companies’ approach to mitigating the risk of human rights violations in their business.
Cybersecurity
Robust cybersecurity practices are imperative for maintaining customer trust, preserving brand strength, and mitigating regulatory risk. Companies that fail to strengthen their cybersecurity platforms may end up bearing large costs. Through engagement, we aim to compare companies’ approaches to cyber threats, regardless of region or sector, to distinguish businesses that lag from those that are better prepared.
Political Contributions and Lobbying
We generally support proposals asking for board oversight of a company’s political contributions and lobbying activities or those asking for improved disclosures where material inconsistencies in reporting and strategy may exist. In assessing shareholder proposals focused on lobbying, we also focus on the level of transparency of existing disclosures and whether companies clearly explain how they will respond if policy engagement of trade association membership to which they belong do not align with company policy.
B-147

TABLE OF CONTENTS
APPENDIX C—ADDITIONAL PORTFOLIO MANAGER INFORMATION
Barings LLC
Baring International Investment Limited
The portfolio managers of the U.S. Government Money Market Fund are Adam Cash and Scott Simler.
Other Accounts Managed:
Number of
Accounts
Managed*
Total Assets*
Number of
Accounts
Managed for
which Advisory
Fee is
Performance-
Based*
Total Assets*
Adam Cash
Registered investment companies**
2
$467 million
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
0
$0
0
$0
Other accounts
12
$5,144 million
0
$0
Scott Simler
Registered investment companies**
2
$467 million
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
0
$0
0
$0
Other accounts
15
$11,321 million
0
$0
*
The information provided is as of September 30, 2022.
**
Does not include the U.S. Government Money Market Fund.
Ownership of Securities:
As of September 30, 2022, the portfolio managers did not own any shares of the U.S. Government Money Market Fund. The portfolio managers do not directly own any shares of the Fund, but may have an economic interest in the Fund due to their participation in a deferred compensation plan and/or 401(k) plan.
The portfolio managers of the Inflation-Protected and Income Fund are Yulia Alekseeva and Douglas Trevallion, II.
Other Accounts Managed:
Number of
Accounts
Managed*
Total Assets*
Number of
Accounts
Managed for
which Advisory
Fee is
Performance-
Based*
Total Assets*
Yulia Alekseeva
Registered investment companies**
6
$2,450 million
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
2
$561 million
0
$0
Other accounts
30
$20,680 million
0
$0
Douglas Trevallion, II
Registered investment companies**
6
$2,450 million
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
1
$191 million
0
$0
Other accounts
31
$20,435 million
0
$0
*
The information provided is as of September 30, 2022.
**
Does not include the Inflation-Protected and Income Fund.
B-148

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Ownership of Securities:
As of September 30, 2022, the portfolio managers did not own any shares of Inflation-Protected and Income Fund. The portfolio managers do not directly own any shares of the Fund, but may have an economic interest in the Fund due to their participation in a deferred compensation plan and/or 401(k) plan.
The portfolio managers of the Core Bond Fund are Yulia Alekseeva, Stephen Ehrenberg, Charles Sanford, and Douglas Trevallion, II.
Other Accounts Managed:
Number of
Accounts
Managed*
Total Assets*
Number of
Accounts
Managed for
which Advisory
Fee is
Performance-
Based*
Total Assets*
Yulia Alekseeva
Registered investment companies**
6
$2,024 million
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
2
$561 million
0
$0
Other accounts
30
$20,680 million
0
$0
Stephen Ehrenberg
Registered investment companies**
4
$1,524 million
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
1
$370 million
0
$0
Other accounts
15
$26,361 million
0
$0
Charles Sanford
Registered investment companies**
4
$1,524 million
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
1
$370 million
0
$0
Other accounts
49
$62,921 million
0
$0
Douglas Trevallion, II
Registered investment companies**
6
$2,024 million
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
1
$191 million
0
$0
Other accounts
31
$20,435 million
0
$0
*
The information provided is as of September 30, 2022.
**
Does not include the Core Bond Fund.
Ownership of Securities:
As of September 30, 2022, the portfolio managers did not own any shares of the Core Bond Fund. The portfolio managers do not directly own any shares of the Fund, but may have an economic interest in the Fund due to their participation in a deferred compensation plan and/or 401(k) plan.
The portfolio managers of the Diversified Bond Fund are Yulia Alekseeva, Stephen Ehrenberg, Charles Sanford, and Douglas Trevallion, II.
B-149

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Other Accounts Managed:
Number of
Accounts
Managed*
Total Assets*
Number of
Accounts
Managed for
which Advisory
Fee is
Performance-
Based*
Total Assets*
Yulia Alekseeva
Registered investment companies**
6
$2,588 million
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
2
$561 million
0
$0
Other accounts
30
$20,680 million
0
$0
Stephen Ehrenberg
Registered investment companies**
4
$2,088 million
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
1
$370 million
0
$0
Other accounts
15
$26,361 million
0
$0
Charles Sanford
Registered investment companies**
4
$2,088 million
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
1
$370 million
0
$0
Other accounts
49
$62,921 million
0
$0
Douglas Trevallion, II
Registered investment companies**
6
$2,588 million
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
1
$191 million
0
$0
Other accounts
31
$20,435 million
0
$0
*
The information provided is as of September 30, 2022.
**
Does not include the Diversified Bond Fund.
Ownership of Securities:
As of September 30, 2022, the portfolio managers did not own any shares of the Diversified Bond Fund. The portfolio managers do not directly own any shares of the Fund, but may have an economic interest in the Fund due to their participation in a deferred compensation plan and/or 401(k) plan.
Conflicts of Interest:
The potential for material conflicts of interest may exist when a portfolio manager has responsibilities for the day-to-day management of multiple accounts. These conflicts may be heightened to the extent a portfolio manager, Barings, BIIL and/or an affiliate has an investment in one or more of such accounts or an interest in the performance of one or more such accounts. Barings and BIIL have identified (and summarized below) areas where material conflicts of interest are most likely to arise, and have adopted policies and procedures that they believe are reasonably designed to address such conflicts.
It is possible that an investment opportunity may be suitable for both a fund and other accounts managed by a portfolio manager, but may not be available in sufficient quantities for both the fund and the other accounts to participate fully. Similarly, there may be limited opportunity to sell an investment held by a fund and another account. A conflict may arise where the portfolio manager may have an incentive to treat an account preferentially as compared to a fund because the account pays Barings and BIIL a performance-based fee or the portfolio manager, Barings, BIIL or an affiliate has an interest in the account. Barings and BIIL have adopted an investment allocation policy and trade allocation procedures to address allocation of portfolio transactions and investment opportunities across multiple clients. These policies are designed to achieve fair and equitable treatment of all clients over time, and specifically prohibit allocations based on performance of an account, the amount or structure of the management fee, performance fee or profit sharing allocations, participation or investment by an employee, Barings, BIIL or an affiliate, and whether the account is public, private, proprietary or third party.
Potential material conflicts of interest may also arise related to the knowledge and timing of a fund’s trades, investment opportunities and broker selection. Portfolio managers may have information about the size, timing and
B-150

TABLE OF CONTENTS
possible market impact of a fund’s trades. It is theoretically possible that portfolio managers could use this information for their personal advantage and/or the advantage of other accounts they manage, or to the possible detriment of a fund. For example, a portfolio manager could front run a fund’s trade or short sell a security for an account immediately prior to a fund’s sale of that security. To address these conflicts, Barings and BIIL have adopted policies and procedures governing employees’ personal securities transactions, the use of short sales, and trading between the fund and other accounts managed by the portfolio manager or accounts owned by Barings, BIIL or its affiliates.
With respect to securities transactions for the funds, Barings and BIIL determine which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with their duty to seek best execution of the transaction. Barings and BIIL manage certain other accounts, however, where Barings and BIIL may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or directed to trade such client’s transactions through a particular broker. In these cases, trades for a fund in a particular security may be placed separately from, rather than aggregated with, such other accounts. Placing separate transaction orders for a security may temporarily affect the market price of the security or otherwise affect the execution of the transaction to the possible detriment of a fund or the other account(s) involved. Barings and BIIL have policies and procedures that address best execution and directed brokerage.
A portfolio manager may also face other potential conflicts of interest in managing a fund, and the above is not a complete description of every conflict of interest that could be deemed to exist in managing both a fund and the other accounts listed above.
Compensation:
The discussion below describes the portfolio managers’ compensation as of September 30, 2022.
Compensation packages at Barings and BIIL are structured such that key professionals have a vested interest in the continuing success of each firm. Portfolio managers’ compensation is comprised of base salary, and a discretionary, performance-driven annual bonus. Certain key individuals may also receive a long-term incentive award and/or a performance fee award. As part of each firm’s continuing effort to monitor retention, Barings and BIIL participate in annual compensation surveys of investment management firms and subsidiaries to ensure that Barings’ and BIIL’s compensation are competitive with industry standards.
The base salary component is generally positioned at mid-market. Increases are tied to market, individual performance evaluations and budget constraints.
Portfolio managers may receive a yearly bonus. Factors impacting the potential bonuses include but are not limited to: i) investment performance of funds/accounts managed by a portfolio manager, ii) financial performance of Barings and BIIL, iii) client satisfaction, and iv) teamwork.
Long-term incentives are designed to share the long-term success of the firm and take the form of deferred cash awards, which may include an award that resembles phantom restricted stock; linking the value of the award to a formula which includes Barings’ and BIIL’s overall earnings. A voluntary separation of service will result in a forfeiture of unvested long-term incentive awards.
B-151

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Capital Management LLC
The portfolio managers of the Balanced Fund are Jacob Borbidge, Matt Brill, Pratik Doshi, Peter Hubbard, Michael D. Hyman, Michael Jeanette, Duy Nguyen, Todd Schomberg, and Tony Seisser.
Other Accounts Managed:
Number of
Accounts
Managed*
Total Assets*
Number of
Accounts
Managed for
which Advisory
Fee is
Performance-
Based*
Total Assets*
Jacob Borbidge
Registered investment companies**
35
$6,689.0 million
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
5
$26.6 million
0
$0
Other accounts
16,261***
$1,092.1 million
0
$0
Matt Brill
Registered investment companies**
7
$11,513.7 million
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
19
$5,171.6 million
0
$0
Other accounts
0
$0
0
$0
Pratik Doshi
Registered investment companies**
166
$123,357.9 million
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
106
$160,332.1 million
0
$0
Other accounts
43
$36,202.0 million
0
$0
Peter Hubbard
Registered investment companies**
231
$165,984.0 million
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
123
$196,116.4 million
0
$0
Other accounts
43
$36,202.0 million
0
$0
Michael D. Hyman
Registered investment companies**
8
$11,672.8 million
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
21
$5,117.6 million
0
$0
Other accounts
0
$0
0
$0
Michael Jeanette
Registered investment companies**
171
$123,543.7 million
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
106
$160,332.1 million
0
$0
Other accounts
43
$36,202.0 million
0
$0
Duy Nguyen
Registered investment companies**
36
$9,774,2 million
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
13
$462.4 million
0
$0
Other accounts
16,261***
$1,092.1 million
0
$0
Todd Schomberg
Registered investment companies**
6
$10,742.6 million
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
18
$4,643.8 million
0
$0
Other accounts
0
$0
0
$0
Tony Seisser
Registered investment companies**
167
$123,452.6 million
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
106
$160,332.1 million
0
$0
B-152

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Number of
Accounts
Managed*
Total Assets*
Number of
Accounts
Managed for
which Advisory
Fee is
Performance-
Based*
Total Assets*
Other accounts
43
$36,202.0 million
0
$0
*
The information provided is as of September 30, 2022.
**
Does not include the Balanced Fund.
***
These are accounts of individual investors for which Invesco Advisers provides investment advice. Invesco Advisers offers separately managed accounts that are managed according to the investment models developed by its portfolio managers and used in connection with the management of certain Invesco Funds. These accounts may be invested in accordance with one or more of those investment models and investments held in those accounts are traded in accordance with the applicable models.
Ownership of Securities:
As of September 30, 2022, the portfolio managers did not own any shares of the Balanced Fund.
The portfolio managers of the Main Street Fund are Manind Govil and Benjamin Ram.
Other Accounts Managed:
Number of
Accounts
Managed*
Total Assets*
Number of
Accounts
Managed for
which Advisory
Fee is
Performance-
Based*
Total Assets*
Manind Govil
Registered investment companies**
8
$15,111.4 million
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
1
$236.6 million
0
$0
Other accounts
6***
$1.0 million
0
$0
Benjamin Ram
Registered investment companies**
5
$12,498.5 million
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
1
$236.6 million
0
$0
Other accounts
6***
$1.0 million
0
$0
*
The information provided is as of September 30, 2022.
**
Does not include the Main Street Fund.
***
These are accounts of individual investors for which Invesco Advisers provides investment advice. Invesco Advisers offers separately managed accounts that are managed according to the investment models developed by its portfolio managers and used in connection with the management of certain Invesco Funds. These accounts may be invested in accordance with one or more of those investment models and investments held in those accounts are traded in accordance with the applicable models.
Ownership of Securities:
As of September 30, 2022, the portfolio managers did not own any shares of the Main Street Fund.
The portfolio managers of the Small Cap Opportunities Fund are Joy Budzinski, Magnus Krantz, Raman Vardharaj, Adam Weiner, and Matthew P. Ziehl.
B-153

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Other Accounts Managed:
Number of
Accounts
Managed*
Total Assets*
Number of
Accounts
Managed for
which Advisory
Fee is
Performance-
Based*
Total Assets*
Joy Budzinski
Registered investment companies**
6
$5,525.7 million
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
1
$87.0 million
0
$0
Other accounts
45***
$10.2 million
0
$0
Magnus Krantz
Registered investment companies**
7
$5,684.8 million
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
1
$87.0 million
0
$0
Other accounts
45***
$10.2 million
0
$0
Raman Vardharaj
Registered investment companies**
7
$6,954.1 million
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
1
$87.0 million
0
$0
Other accounts
45***
$10.2 million
0
$0
Adam Weiner
Registered investment companies**
5
$4,508.1 million
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
1
$87.0 million
0
$0
Other accounts
81***
$40.0 million
0
$0
Matthew P. Ziehl
Registered investment companies**
5
$4,508.1 million
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
1
$87.0 million
0
$0
Other accounts
81***
$40.0 million
0
$0
*
The information provided is as of September 30, 2022.
**
Does not include the Small Cap Opportunities Fund.
***
These are accounts of individual investors for which Invesco Advisers provides investment advice. Invesco Advisers offers separately managed accounts that are managed according to the investment models developed by its portfolio managers and used in connection with the management of certain Invesco Funds. These accounts may be invested in accordance with one or more of those investment models and investments held in those accounts are traded in accordance with the applicable models.
Ownership of Securities:
As of September 30, 2022, the portfolio managers did not own any shares of the Small Cap Opportunities Fund.
The portfolio manager of the Global Fund is John Delano.
B-154

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Other Accounts Managed:
Number of
Accounts
Managed*
Total Assets*
Number of
Accounts
Managed for
which Advisory
Fee is
Performance-
Based*
Total Assets*
John Delano
Registered investment companies**
10
$13,866.9 million
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
6
$309.1 million
0
$0
Other accounts
5***
$110.2
0
$0
*
The information provided is as of September 30, 2022.
**
Does not include the Global Fund.
***
These are accounts of individual investors for which Invesco Advisers provides investment advice. Invesco Advisers offers separately managed accounts that are managed according to the investment models developed by its portfolio managers and used in connection with the management of certain Invesco Funds. These accounts may be invested in accordance with one or more of those investment models and investments held in those accounts are traded in accordance with the applicable models.
Ownership of Securities:
As of September 30, 2022, the portfolio manager did not own any shares of the Global Fund.
The portfolio manager of the Strategic Emerging Markets Fund is Justin Leverenz.
Other Accounts Managed:
Number of
Accounts
Managed*
Total Assets*
Number of
Accounts
Managed for
which Advisory
Fee is
Performance-
Based*
Total Assets*
Justin Leverenz
Registered investment companies**
5
$25,569.5 million
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
10
$2,892.2 million
0
$0
Other accounts
0
$0
0
$0
*
The information provided is as of September 30, 2022.
**
Does not include the Strategic Emerging Markets Fund.
Ownership of Securities:
As of September 30, 2022, the portfolio manager did not own any shares of the Strategic Emerging Markets Fund.
Conflicts of Interest:
Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to more than one fund or other account. More specifically, portfolio managers who manage multiple funds and/or other accounts may be presented with one or more of the following potential conflicts:

The management of multiple funds and/or other accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each fund and/or other account. Invesco Advisers and ICM seek to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most other funds and/or accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment models that are used in connection with the management of the funds.

If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity which may be suitable for more than one fund or other account, a fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled
B-155

TABLE OF CONTENTS
purchase or sale orders across all eligible funds and other accounts. To deal with these situations, Invesco Advisers and ICM have adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across multiple accounts.

Invesco Advisers and ICM determine which broker to use to execute each order for securities transactions for the funds, consistent with its duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, for certain funds and/or accounts (such as mutual funds for which Invesco Advisers or an affiliate acts as sub-adviser, other pooled investment vehicles that are not registered mutual funds, and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals), Invesco Advisers and ICM may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, trades for a fund and/or account in a particular security may be placed separately from, rather than aggregated with, other funds and/or accounts. Having separate transactions with respect to a security may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the possible detriment of the fund(s) or other account(s) involved.

Finally, the appearance of a conflict of interest may arise where Invesco Advisers and ICM have an incentive, such as a performance-based management fee, which relates to the management of one fund or account but not all funds and accounts for which a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities.
Invesco Advisers and ICM have adopted certain compliance procedures which are designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.
Compensation:
The discussion below describes the portfolio managers’ compensation as of September 30, 2022.
Invesco Advisers and ICM seek to maintain a compensation program that is competitively positioned to attract and retain high-caliber investment professionals. Portfolio managers receive a base salary, an incentive cash bonus opportunity and a deferred compensation opportunity. Portfolio manager compensation is reviewed and may be modified each year as appropriate to reflect changes in the market, as well as to adjust the factors used to determine bonuses to promote competitive fund performance. Invesco Advisers and ICM evaluate competitive market compensation by reviewing compensation survey results conducted by an independent third party of investment industry compensation. Each portfolio manager’s compensation consists of the following three elements:
Base Salary
Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary. In setting the base salary, Invesco Advisers’ and ICM’s intention is to be competitive in light of the particular portfolio manager’s experience and responsibilities.
Annual Bonus
The portfolio managers are eligible, along with other employees of Invesco Advisers or ICM, to participate in a discretionary year-end bonus pool. The Compensation Committee of Invesco Ltd. reviews and approves the firm-wide bonus pool based upon progress against strategic objectives and annual operating plan, including investment performance and financial results. In addition, while having no direct impact on individual bonuses, assets under management are considered when determining the starting bonus funding levels. Each portfolio manager is eligible to receive an annual cash bonus which is based on quantitative (i.e., investment performance) and non-quantitative factors (which may include, but are not limited to, individual performance, risk management and teamwork).
Each portfolio manager’s compensation is linked to the pre-tax investment performance of the funds/accounts managed by the portfolio manager as described in Table 1 below.
Table 1
Sub-Adviser
Performance time period 1
Invesco Advisers 2
One-, Three- and Five-year performance against fund peer group.
ICM 2,3 Not applicable
1
Rolling time periods based on calendar year-end.
2
Portfolio Managers may be granted an annual deferral award that vests on a pro-rata basis over a four-year period.
B-156

TABLE OF CONTENTS
3
Portfolio Managers for ICM base their bonus on Invesco Advisers results as well as overall performance of ICM.
High investment performance (against applicable peer group and/or benchmarks) would deliver compensation generally associated with top pay in the industry (determined by reference to the third-party provided compensation survey information) and poor investment performance (versus applicable peer group) would result in low bonus compared to the applicable peer group or no bonus at all. These decisions are reviewed and approved collectively by senior leadership which has responsibility for executing the compensation approach across the organization.
With respect to ICM, there is no policy regarding, or agreement with, the portfolio managers or any other senior executive of ICM to receive bonuses or any other compensation in connection with the performance of any of the accounts managed by the portfolio managers.
Deferred/Long Term Compensation.   Portfolio managers may be granted a deferred compensation award based on a firm-wide bonus pool approved by the Compensation Committee of Invesco Ltd. Deferred compensation awards may take the form of annual deferral awards or long-term equity awards. Annual deferral awards may be granted as an annual stock deferral award or an annual fund deferral award. Annual stock deferral awards are settled in Invesco Ltd. common shares. Annual fund deferral awards are notionally invested in certain Invesco Funds selected by the Portfolio Manager and are settled in cash. Long-term equity awards are settled in Invesco Ltd. common shares. Both annual deferral awards and long-term equity awards have a four-year ratable vesting schedule. The vesting period aligns the interests of the portfolio managers with the long-term interests of clients and shareholders and encourages retention.
Retirement and health and welfare arrangements.   Portfolio managers are eligible to participate in retirement and health and welfare plans and programs that are available generally to all employees.
B-157

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Thompson, Siegel & Walmsley LLC
The portfolio manager of the International Equity Fund is Brandon H. Harrell.
Other Accounts Managed:
Number of
Accounts
Managed*
Total Assets*
Number of
Accounts
Managed for
which Advisory
Fee is
Performance-
Based*
Total Assets*
Brandon H. Harrell
Registered investment companies**
6
$6,369.8 million
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
5
$1,813.0 million
0
$0
Other accounts
12
$2,754.5 million
0
$0
*
The information provided is as of September 30, 2022.
**
Does not include the International Equity Fund.
Ownership of Securities:
As of September 30, 2022, the portfolio manager did not own any shares of the International Equity Fund.
Conflicts of Interest:
Policy
All TSW associates have a duty to act for the benefit of the firm’s clients and to act on clients’ behalf before taking action in the interest of TSW or any of its associates.
Background
As a SEC registered adviser, TSW and its associates are subject to various requirements under the Advisers Act and rules adopted thereunder. These requirements include various anti-fraud provisions which make it unlawful for advisers to engage in any activities which may be fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative.
TSW has a fiduciary responsibility to its advisory clients and as such has a duty of loyalty to act in utmost good faith, place its clients’ interests first and foremost and to make full and fair disclosure of all material facts and, information as to potential and/or actual conflicts of interests.
Responsibility
TSW’s CCO has the responsibility for implementing and monitoring TSW’s Conflicts of Interest policy for content and accuracy.
Procedure
TSW has identified several potential conflicts of interest and adopted various procedures and internal controls to review, monitor and ensure the firm’s Conflict of Interest policy is observed, implemented properly and amended or updated, as appropriate. TSW has identified the following potential conflicts and the specific Policy, ADV disclosure, or reference in the Associates Manual which addresses the conflict:

Trade allocation/rotation favoring proprietary accounts and/or TSW clients with higher fee schedules. TSW’s proprietary accounts and client accounts with higher fee schedules will participate in bunched trades when appropriate, on an equal basis, with other TSW clients. This is disclosed in TSW’s disclosure document. TSW’s policies are designed to ensure equitable treatment of all clients’ orders and details may be found in:
Side-by-Side Management policy
Trading policy –Trade Rotation & Allocation of Bunched Trades
B-158

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Form ADV, Part 2A - Item 6 – Performance Based Fees and Side-by-Side Management and Item 12 – Brokerage Practices – Bunched Trades/Block Trades and Partial Fill Process

IPO allocation favoring proprietary accounts or TSW clients with higher fee schedules or performance-based fees. TSW’s allocation policies are designed to ensure equitable treatment of all clients’ orders participating in IPOs. TSW’s four factor screening process generally requires at least three years of financial history prior to being considered for purchase which makes it less likely that a security would be introduced into a client’s account under an IPO.
Side-by-Side Management policy
Trading policy-Initial Public Offerings (IPOs)

Form ADV, Part 2A - Item 6 – Performance Based Fees and Side-by-Side Management and Item 12 – Brokerage Practices – Bunched Trades / Block Trades and Partial Fill Process

Trading with an affiliate could be a conflict of interest. TSW has developed an Affiliates policy that addresses this issue and precludes TSW from trading with its affiliates. The Director of Trading and the Trade Management Oversight Committee has responsibility for overseeing all firm trading activity to ensure TSW does not trade with its affiliates.
Affiliates policy
Form ADV, Part 2A – Item 10 – Other Financial Industry Activities and Affiliations

TSW may have a conflict from specific proxy voting issues. TSW’s Proxy Voting policy addresses potential conflicts of interest by reviewing the relationship of TSW with the issuer of each security to determine if TSW or any of its associates has any financial, business or personal relationship with the issuer, where a conflict might exist. If TSW determines that a material conflict exists, TSW will instruct ISS to vote using ISS’s standard policy guidelines which are derived independently from TSW.
Proxy Voting policy
Form ADV, Part 2A – Item 17 - Voting Client Securities

Soft Dollar transactions benefit TSW’s research effort by allocating a portion of client’s trade commissions to brokers with whom TSW has a commission sharing arrangement (“CSA”) brokers. TSW’s Soft Dollar Policy is designed to ensure that all research and brokerage services are qualified under the eligibility guidelines of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. All new research or brokerage services and any amendments to existing services are documented in writing. TSW’s Trade Management Oversight Committee has the responsibility to review overall trading, including transaction costs and the allocation to CSAs, to ensure TSW doesn’t misallocate more trades to CSAs for unnecessary or inappropriate services.
Soft Dollar policy
Form ADV, Part 2A – Item 12 – Brokerage Practices – Soft Dollars

The ability of alternative strategies to short securities held in other TSW long-only accounts could result in conflicting strategies that could find TSW’s clients at odds with one another. TSW’s Trading policy addresses this conflict by allowing certain strategies to short securities held in long only strategies with a minimum market capitalization of $10 billion. Rules are written and tested in the trading system, Charles River (“CRD”) to monitor this requirement.
Side-by-Side Management policy
Trading policy
B-159

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Form ADV, Part 2A – Item 6 – Performance-Based Fees and Side-by-Side Management and Item 12 – Brokerage Practices

Favoring investment strategies/accounts in which TSW has additional financial interest other than standard fees (some pooled vehicles and performance-based fee accounts). TSW’s Trading policies, including allocation procedures, are designed to ensure all strategies and accounts are treated fairly. Various restrictions are placed in CRD and tests are performed to ensure accounts in which TSW has a potentially more favorable financial interest do not take advantage of that position.
Side-by-Side Management policy
Trading policy – Other Trading Considerations
Form ADV, Part 2A – Item 6 – Performance-Based Fees and Side-by-Side Management
Form ADV, Part 2A – Item 10 – Other Financial Industry Activities and Affiliations

TSW associates’ personal trading and the potential use of inside information can create conflicts but are subject to the TSW Code of Ethics and Personal Securities Transactions & Records policy. TSW associates are required to pre-clear personal transactions as required by the Code of Ethics and transactions are monitored to ensure no associate takes advantage of any TSW client trades.
Personal Securities Transactions & Records policy
Code of Ethics
Form ADV, Part 2A –Item 11 – Code of Ethics

Portfolio Manager Compensation could present a portfolio manager an opportunity to advantage one client or a strategy over another if his/her compensation was so incentivized. TSW’s compensation strategy is not incentivized in that way. TSW’s compensation strategy addresses this potential conflict by providing competitive base salaries commensurate with an individual’s responsibility and providing incentive bonus awards that may significantly exceed base salary. Annually, the TSW Compensation Committee is responsible for determining the discretionary bonus, utilizing an analytical and qualitative assessment process. While it is not a formulaic decision, factors used to determine compensation include: overall firm success, investment team performance and individual contribution. A portion of the bonus (up to to 50%) may be deferred into Pendal stock.

Side-by-side management, where a portfolio manager is responsible for managing multiple strategies/accounts, could present instances where a portfolio manager may devote unequal time and attention to an account or strategy. TSW acknowledges that some of its portfolio managers have input to multiple strategies and client accounts. TSW feels it has addressed this specific potential conflict by adopting Side-By Side Management and Trading Policies.
Side-by-Side Management policy
Trading policy

Form ADV, Part 2A – Item 6 – Performance-Based Fees and Side-By-Side Management and Item 12 – Brokerage Practices

While acceptable to the SEC, paying for client referrals can result in a conflict of interest. TSW Compliance reviews and approves paid relationships with Promoters (under SEC Rule 206(4)-1 (Marketing Rule)). TSW has incorporated policies and procedures into its Marketing policy to prevent any conflict of interest.
Marketing Rule
Form ADV, Part 2A – Item 14 – Client Referrals and Other Compensation

Some of TSW’s related persons are managing members of pooled vehicles and as such, TSW is deemed to have custody of the assets of those vehicles, which presents an opportunity for a conflict of interest. In order to prevent any conflict, TSW has a third-party administrator provide monthly reports and annually requires the
B-160

TABLE OF CONTENTS
pooled vehicles to be audited by a Public Company Account Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) approved auditor, who distributes the audited financial statements to investors
Custody policy
Form ADV, Part 2A – Item 15 – Custody

The exchange of gifts and entertainment to or from clients or other business associates could influence a TSW associate to improperly favor such clients or other business associates in violation of the associate’s fiduciary duties. TSW associates are subject to its Code of Ethics which requires all associates to identify any gifts given or received in their quarterly compliance reporting. TSW associates are limited to receipt of gifts given or received valued at $100 and entertainment given or received valued at $250, unless approved as an exception from the CCO or a member of the Executive Team that is not otherwise prohibited under applicable rules. Please note that entertainment can be either in-person or virtual.
Code of Ethics
Form ADV, Part 2A – Code of Ethics
While TSW has recognized the conflicts summarized above, it realizes that it cannot identify all possible conflicts that exist or may arise in its business. Regardless of the ability to identify all conflicts, it has been emphasized to all TSW associates through its policies and procedures and Code of Ethics to act in utmost good faith, place its clients’ interests first and foremost and to make full and fair disclosure of all material facts and information as to potential and/or actual conflicts of interests. Form CRS contains additional, summary disclosures regarding the TSW’s conflicts of interest.
Compensation:
The discussion below describes the portfolio manager’s compensation as of September 30, 2022.
TSW believes the firm’s compensation structure is competitive within the industry, both nationally and regionally. The Portfolio Manager for the International Equity Fund is Brandon H. Harrell. Mr. Harrell is considered a key employee and is subject to the following compensation description:
TSW’s compensation strategy is to provide competitive base salaries commensurate with an individual’s responsibility and provide incentive bonus awards that may significantly exceed base salary. Annually, the TSW Compensation Committee is responsible for determining the discretionary bonuses, utilizing an analytical and qualitative assessment process. While it is not a formulaic decision, factors used to determine compensation include: overall firm success, investment team performance and individual contribution. A portion of the bonus (up to 35%) may be deferred into Perpetual stock, TSW Funds or a combination of the two.
B-161

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Wellington Management Company LLP
The portfolio managers of the Disciplined Value Fund are Matt J. Kyller and Tom S. Simon.
Other Accounts Managed:
Number of
Accounts
Managed*
Total Assets*
Number of
Accounts
Managed for
which Advisory
Fee is
Performance-
Based*
Total Assets*
Matt J. Kyller
Registered investment companies**
6
$634,863,398
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
7
$79,366,992
0
$0
Other accounts
2
$477,278,580
0
$0
Tom S. Simon
Registered investment companies**
9
$9,928,650,719
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
7
$140,071,846
0
$0
Other accounts
4
$1,625,407,263
0
$0
*
The information provided is as of September 30, 2022.
**
Does not include the Disciplined Value Fund.
Ownership of Securities:
As of September 30, 2022, the portfolio managers did not own any shares of the Disciplined Value Fund.
The portfolio managers of the Disciplined Growth Fund are Matt J. Kyller and Tom S. Simon.
Other Accounts Managed:
Number of
Accounts
Managed*
Total Assets*
Number of
Accounts
Managed for
which Advisory
Fee is
Performance-
Based*
Total Assets*
Matt J. Kyller
Registered investment companies**
6
$547,317,316
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
7
$79,366,992
0
$0
Other accounts
2
$477,278,580
0
$0
Tom S. Simon
Registered investment companies**
9
$9,841,104,637
0
$0
Other pooled investment vehicles
7
$140,071,846
0
$0
Other accounts
4
$1,625,407,263
0
$0
*
The information provided is as of September 30, 2022.
**
Does not include the Disciplined Growth Fund.
B-162

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Ownership of Securities:
As of September 30, 2022, the portfolio managers did not own any shares of the Disciplined Growth Fund.
The portfolio manager of the International Equity Fund is Peter C. Fisher.
Other Accounts Managed:
Number of
Accounts
Managed*
Total Assets*
Number of
Accounts
Managed for
which Advisory
Fee is
Performance-
Based*
Total Assets*
Peter C. Fisher
Registered investment companies**
7
$51,609,906,370
2
$47,832,999,381
Other pooled investment vehicles
5
$499,093,569
1
$52,807,345
Other accounts
4
$374,497,863
0
$0
*
The information provided is as of September 30, 2022.
**
Does not include the International Equity Fund.
Ownership of Securities:
As of September 30, 2022, the portfolio manager did not own any shares of the International Equity Fund.
Conflicts of Interest:
Individual investment professionals at Wellington Management manage multiple accounts for multiple clients. These accounts may include mutual funds, separate accounts (assets managed on behalf of institutions, such as pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, or separately managed account programs sponsored by financial intermediaries), bank common trust accounts, and hedge funds. Each Fund’s managers listed in the prospectus who are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Funds (“Investment Professionals”) generally manage accounts in several different investment styles. These accounts may have investment objectives, strategies, time horizons, tax considerations and risk profiles that differ from those of the Funds. The Investment Professionals make investment decisions for each account, including the relevant Fund, based on the investment objectives, policies, practices, benchmarks, cash flows, tax and other relevant investment considerations applicable to that account. Consequently, the Investment Professionals may purchase or sell securities, including IPOs, for one account and not another account, and the performance of securities purchased for one account may vary from the performance of securities purchased for other accounts. Alternatively, these accounts may be managed in a similar fashion to the relevant Fund and thus the accounts may have similar, and in some cases nearly identical, objectives, strategies and/or holdings to that of the relevant Fund.
The Investment Professionals or other investment professionals at Wellington Management may place transactions on behalf of other accounts that are directly or indirectly contrary to investment decisions made on behalf of the relevant Fund, or make investment decisions that are similar to those made for the relevant Fund, both of which have the potential to adversely impact the relevant Fund depending on market conditions. For example, an investment professional may purchase a security in one account while appropriately selling that same security in another account. Similarly, an Investment Professional may purchase the same security for the relevant Fund and one or more other accounts at or about the same time. In those instances the other accounts will have access to their respective holdings prior to the public disclosure of the relevant Fund’s holdings. In addition, some of these accounts have fee structures, including performance fees, which are or have the potential to be higher, in some cases significantly higher, than the fees Wellington Management receives for managing the Funds. Mr. Fisher also manages accounts which pay performance allocations to Wellington Management or its affiliates. Because incentive payments paid by Wellington Management to the Investment Professionals are tied to revenues earned by Wellington Management and, where noted, to the performance achieved by the manager in each account, the incentives associated with any given account may be significantly higher or lower than those associated with other accounts managed by the given Investment Professional. Finally, the Investment Professionals may hold shares or investments in the other pooled investment vehicles and/or other accounts identified above.
Wellington Management’s goal is to meet its fiduciary obligation to treat all clients fairly and provide high quality investment services to all of its clients. Wellington Management has adopted and implemented policies and procedures,
B-163

TABLE OF CONTENTS
including brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures, which it believes address the conflicts associated with managing multiple accounts for multiple clients. In addition, Wellington Management monitors a variety of areas, including compliance with primary account guidelines, the allocation of IPOs, and compliance with Wellington Management’s Code of Ethics, and places additional investment restrictions on investment professionals who manage hedge funds and certain other accounts. Furthermore, senior investment and business personnel at Wellington Management periodically review the performance of Wellington Management’s investment professionals. Although Wellington Management does not track the time an investment professional spends on a single account, Wellington Management does periodically assess whether an investment professional has adequate time and resources to effectively manage the investment professional’s various client mandates.
Compensation:
Wellington Management receives a fee based on the assets under management of each Fund as set forth in the Investment Subadvisory Agreements between Wellington Management and MML Advisers on behalf of each Fund. Wellington Management pays its investment professionals out of its total revenues, including the advisory fees earned with respect to each Fund. The following information relates to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022.
Wellington Management’s compensation structure is designed to attract and retain high-caliber investment professionals necessary to deliver high quality investment management services to its clients. Wellington Management’s compensation of each Fund’s managers listed in the prospectus who are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Funds (“Investment Professionals”) includes a base salary and incentive components. The base salary for each Investment Professional who is a partner (a “Partner”) of Wellington Management Group LLP, the ultimate holding company of Wellington Management, is generally a fixed amount that is determined by the managing partners of Wellington Management Group LLP. The base salary for each other Investment Professional is determined by the Investment Professionals’ experience and performance in their role as an Investment Professional. Base salaries for Wellington Management’s employees are reviewed annually and may be adjusted based on the recommendation of an Investment Professional’s manager, using guidelines established by Wellington Management’s Compensation Committee, which has final oversight responsibility for base salaries of employees of the firm. Each Investment Professional, with the exception of Messrs. Kyller and Simon, is eligible to receive an incentive payment based on the revenues earned by Wellington Management from the Fund managed by the Investment Professional and generally each other account managed by such Investment Professional. Each Investment Professional’s incentive payment relating to the relevant Fund is linked to the gross pre-tax performance of the portion of the Fund managed by the Investment Professional compared to the benchmark index and/or peer group identified below over one, three, and five year periods, with an emphasis on five year results. Wellington Management applies similar incentive compensation structures (although the benchmarks or peer groups, time periods and rates may differ) to other accounts managed by these Investment Professionals, including accounts with performance fees.
Portfolio-based incentives across all accounts managed by an investment professional can, and typically do, represent a significant portion of an investment professional’s overall compensation; incentive compensation varies significantly by individual and can vary significantly from year to year. The Investment Professionals may also be eligible for bonus payments based on their overall contribution to Wellington Management’s business operations. Senior management at Wellington Management may reward individuals as it deems appropriate based on other factors. Each Partner is eligible to participate in a Partner-funded tax qualified retirement plan, the contributions to which are made pursuant to an actuarial formula. Messrs. Fisher and Simon are Partners.
Fund
Benchmark and/or Peer Group
International Equity Fund
MSCI EAFE Index
B-164